20-F

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 2017

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

David Harlock, Company Secretary

Tel: +44 20 8978 6000

E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares
Ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each
 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange(i)

2.875% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

8.000% Guaranteed Notes due 2022

7.450% Guaranteed Notes due 2035

4.250% Guaranteed Notes due 2042

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

(i) Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares representing such ordinary shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,754,467,515 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.


Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ☒ No ☐

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☐ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer ☒             Accelerated Filer ☐             Non-Accelerated Filer ☐            Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

  The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP ☐    International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒
   Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2017 of Diageo plc (the 2017 Form 20-F).

 

 

 


Contents

 

5    Introduction
7    Recent trends
8    Historical information
  
13    Strategic report
13    Business description
13    Our business model
15    Our strategy
21    Our global reach
22    Our brands
23    How we measure performance: key performance indicators
28    Chairman’s statement
31    Chief Executive’s statement
34    Market dynamics
37    Risk factors
46    Cautionary statement concerning forward looking statements
  
49    Business review
49    Operating results 2017 compared with 2016
83    Operating results 2016 compared with 2015
115    Liquidity and capital resources
117    Contractual obligations and commitments
118    Off-balance sheet arrangements
118    Risk management
118    Critical accounting policies
118    New accounting standards
119    Our role in society
141    Definitions and reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures
  
155    Governance
155    Board of Directors and Company Secretary
158    Executive Committee
160    Corporate governance report
168    Report of the Audit Committee
172    Directors’ remuneration report
200    Directors’ report

 

3


Contents (continued)

 

203    Financial statements   
203   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  
205    Consolidated income statement   
206    Consolidated statement of comprehensive income   
207    Consolidated balance sheet   
208    Consolidated statement of changes in equity   
209    Consolidated statement of cash flows   
210    Notes to the consolidated financial statements   

210

  

Accounting information and policies

  

212

  

Results for the year

  

227

  

Operating assets and liabilities

  

247

  

Risk management and capital structure

  

263

  

Other financial information

  

272

   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges   

273

   Additional information for shareholders   

273

   Legal proceedings   

273

   Related party transactions   

273

   Share capital   

275

   American depositary shares   

275

   Articles of association   

279

   Exchange controls   

280

   Documents on display   

280

   Taxation   

283

   Warning to shareholders - share fraud   

284

   Signature   

285

   Exhibits   

287

   Cross reference to Form 20-F   

290

   Glossary of terms and US equivalents   

 

4


Introduction

Diageo is a global leader in the beverage alcohol industry. Its geographic breadth and range of industry leading brands across categories and price points is unparalleled.

Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo was incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son and Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness plc (the Guinness Group) in December 1997. Diageo plc’s principal executive office is located at Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 8978 6000. Diageo plc’s agent for service of process in the United States is General Counsel, Diageo North America, Inc., 801 Main Avenue (6078-06), Norwalk, CT 06851.

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2017. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc’s statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2017, 2016 or 2015. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has reported on the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2017 and 2016, and the group’s former auditor, KPMG LLP has reported on the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2015; their respective audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2017, 2016 or 2015. The accounts for 2016 and 2015 have been delivered to the registrar of companies for England and Wales and those for 2017 will be delivered in due course.

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo’s control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 46-48.

The content of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term ‘company’ refers to Diageo plc and terms ‘group’ and ‘Diageo’ refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the report.

Diageo’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Information presented

Organic movements and organic operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated, refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to value share. For a definition of organic movement and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures see page 141.

The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing information with competitors, reflects data published by sources such as Impact Databank. Market data information and competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

 

5


Introduction (continued)

 

Disclosures not incorporated by reference

The following pages and sections of the Annual Report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2017 are not incorporated by reference into this report on Form 20-F and are furnished to the SEC for information only:

 

    Disclosures under the headings ‘Values’, ‘Broad portfolio’, ‘Global reach’, ‘Our role in society’, ‘Financial strength’, ‘Efficient supply and procurement’, ‘Brilliant execution’, ‘Doing business the right way’, ‘We produce’, ‘We innovate’, ‘We market’, and ‘We sell’ in the section ‘Strategic report – Our business model’ on pages 13 and 14.
    Disclosures under the headings ‘Creating a positive role for alcohol in society’, ‘Building thriving communities’, ‘Reducing our environmental impact’, and ‘Highest standards of governance and ethics’ in the section ‘Strategic report – Our strategy on page 16.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Number of responsible drinking programs (%)’, ‘Water withdrawal (%)’, ‘Carbon emission (%)’ and ‘Number of employees (%)’ in the section ‘Strategic report – Our global reach – Diageo reports as five regions’ on page 21.
    Disclosures on pages 25 and 27 in the section ‘Strategic report – How we measure performance: key performance indicators’ of non-financial key performance indicators.
    Disclosures under the heading ‘Our role in society’ in the Chairman’s statement on page 29.
    Disclosures under the heading ‘Our role in society’ in the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 32 and 33.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Earning trust and respect as part of wider society’, ‘Creating a positive role for alcohol in society’, ‘Industry collaboration and partnership to reduce harmful drinking’, ‘Building thriving communities’, ‘Water and environment’ and ‘Diageo sites located in water-stressed areas’ in the section ‘Strategic report – Market dynamics’ on pages 35 and 36.
    Disclosures included under the titles ‘Sustainability and responsibility’ on pages 62, 65, 69, 73, and 77 in relation to each reporting segment in the Business Review.
    Disclosures in the section ‘Strategic report – Our role in society’ on pages 119 to 140.

 

6


Recent trends

The following comments were made by Ivan Menezes, Chief Executive of Diageo, in Diageo’s preliminary results announcement on 27 July 2017:

“We delivered a strong set of results including broad based improvement in organic net sales and operating profit. Our performance demonstrates the effective delivery of our strategy through disciplined execution of our six priorities put in place four years ago. We have delivered consistent strong performance improvement across all regions and I am pleased with progress in our focus areas of US Spirits, scotch and India.

Our productivity work is delivering ahead of expectations allowing us to reinvest in our brands, drive margin improvement and generate consistent strong cash flow. Through productivity we have embedded an everyday efficiency mind set in the business and with improved data and insight we are making faster, smarter decisions on investment choices.

Diageo is a strong company today and we are confident in our ability to deliver sustainable growth. We are raising our productivity goal to £700 million with two thirds being reinvested in the business. We continue to expect mid-single digit top line growth, and we are raising our operating margin expansion objective to 175bps over the three years ending 30 June 2019.

Following three years of consistently improving cash flow generation the Board has approved a share buyback programme of up to £1.5 billion in F18.”

 

7


Historical information

The following tables present selected consolidated financial data for Diageo for the five years ended 30 June 2017 and as at the respective year ends. The data presented below for the five years ended 30 June 2017 and the respective year ends has been derived from Diageo’s consolidated financial statements, audited by Diageo’s independent auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the two years ended 30 June 2017. The group’s former auditor, KPMG LLP (KPMG) reported on the financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2015.

 

                                                                                                             
Income statement data    Year ended 30 June  
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Sales

     18,114       15,641       15,966       13,980       15,276  

Excise duties

     (6,064     (5,156     (5,153     (3,722     (3,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     12,050       10,485       10,813       10,258       11,303  

Cost of sales

     (4,680     (4,251     (4,610     (4,029     (4,416
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,370       6,234       6,203       6,229       6,887  

Marketing

     (1,798     (1,562     (1,629     (1,620     (1,769

Other operating expenses

     (2,013     (1,831     (1,777     (1,902     (1,738
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     3,559       2,841       2,797       2,707       3,380  

Non-operating items

     20       123       373       140       (83

Net interest and other financial charges

     (329     (327     (412     (388     (457

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     309       221       175       252       217  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     3,559       2,858       2,933       2,711       3,057  

Taxation

     (732     (496     (466     (447     (507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,827       2,362       2,467       2,264       2,550  

Discontinued operations

     (55                 (83      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,772       2,362       2,467       2,181       2,550  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares

   million     million     million     million     million  

Shares in issue excluding own shares

     2,512       2,508       2,505       2,506       2,502  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

     11       10       12       11       15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,523       2,518       2,517       2,517       2,517  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data

   pence     pence     pence     pence     pence  

Dividend per share

     62.2       59.2       56.4       51.7       47.4  

Earnings per share

          

Basic

          

Continuing operations

     108.2       89.5       95.0       93.0       98.0  

Discontinued operations

     (2.2                 (3.3      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     106.0       89.5       95.0       89.7       98.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

          

Continuing operations

     107.7       89.1       94.6       92.6       97.4  

Discontinued operations

     (2.2                 (3.3      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

     105.5       89.1       94.6       89.3       97.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

8


Historical information (continued)

 

Balance sheet data

 

                                                                                                             
     As at 30 June  
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Non-current assets

     20,196       19,639       18,134       15,495       16,481  

Current assets

     8,652       8,852       7,670       7,469       8,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     28,848       28,491       25,804       22,964       24,991  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     (6,660     (6,187     (5,290     (4,851     (5,519

Non-current liabilities

     (10,160     (12,124     (11,258     (10,523     (11,384
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (16,820     (18,311     (16,548     (15,374     (16,903
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     12,028       10,180       9,256       7,590       8,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share capital

     797       797       797       797       797  

Share premium

     1,348       1,347       1,346       1,345       1,344  

Other reserves

     2,693       2,625       1,994       2,243       3,154  

Retained earnings

     5,475       3,761       3,634       2,438       1,741  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     10,313       8,530       7,771       6,823       7,036  

Non-controlling interests

     1,715       1,650       1,485       767       1,052  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     12,028       10,180       9,256       7,590       8,088  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     (7,892     (8,635     (9,527     (8,850     (8,403
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes to the historical information

1. Accounting policies The consolidated financial statements for the five years ended 30 June 2017 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to prepare the financial information in this document are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

9


Historical information (continued)

 

2. Exceptional items Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. An analysis of exceptional items is as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

          

Competition authority investigation in Turkey

     (33                        

Customer claim in India

     (32                        

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

     23       (49                  

Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment

           (118           (264     (50

Restructuring programmes

                 (82     (163     (69

Korea settlement

                 (146            

Associate impairment

                 (41            

Pension changes – past service credits

                             20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (42     (167     (269     (427     (99
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating items

          

Gains/(losses) on sale of businesses

     20       215       247             (83

Step up gains

                 156       140        

Other non-operating items

           (92     (30            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20       123       373       140       (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Items included in taxation

          

Tax credit on exceptional operating items

     11       7       51       99       27  

Tax on sale of businesses

     (7     49                   28  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4       56       51       99       55  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items in continuing operations

     (18     12       155       (188     (127

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 3)

     (55                 (83      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items

     (73     12       155       (271     (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

3. Discontinued operations In the year ended 30 June 2017 discontinued operations of £55 million, net of £9 million deferred tax comprise additional amounts payable to the UK Thalidomide Trust following an agreement reached in December 2016, updates to the discount and inflation rates applied to the existing thalidomide provision and legal costs. In the year ended 30 June 2014 discontinued operations comprised a charge after tax of £83 million, net of £8 million deferred tax, in respect of the settlement of thalidomide litigation in respect of claimants in Australia and New Zealand and anticipated future payments to the UK Thalidomide Trust.

4. Dividends The Board expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo’s earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the Board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the Board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend.

 

10


Historical information (continued)

 

The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the actual rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 

                                                                                                                                   
            Year ended 30 June  
            2017      2016      2015      2014      2013  
            pence      pence      pence      pence      pence  

Per ordinary share

     Interim        23.70        22.60        21.50        19.70        18.10  
     Final        38.50        36.60        34.90        32.00        29.30  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total        62.20        59.20        56.40        51.70        47.40  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            $      $      $      $      $  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per ADS

     Interim        1.18        1.27        1.28        1.31        1.10  
     Final        2.02        1.85        2.14        2.06        1.89  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total        3.20        3.12        3.42        3.37        2.99  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: Subject to shareholders’ approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2017 will be paid on 5 October 2017, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 11 October 2017. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.31 has been assumed for this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 5 October 2017.

5. Net borrowings Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

6. Share capital There were 2,754 million ordinary share of 28101/108 pence each in issue with a nominal value of £797 million throughout the five year period ended 30 June 2017.

7. Exchange rates A substantial portion of the group’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the group’s financial position and results of operations, see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

The following table shows year end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2017
$
     2016
$
     2015
$
     2014
$
     2013
$
 

Year end

     1.30        1.32        1.57        1.71        1.52  

Average rate(i)

     1.27        1.47        1.57        1.64        1.57  

 

 

(i) The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

 

11


Historical information (continued)

 

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six month period to 28 July 2017, expressed in US dollars per £1. The information in respect of the month July is for the period up to and including 28 July 2017.

 

                                                                                                                                   
    2017  
    July      June      May      April      March      February  
    $      $      $      $      $      $  

Month end

    1.31        1.30        1.29        1.29        1.25        1.24  

Month high

    1.31        1.30        1.30        1.29        1.26        1.26  

Month low

    1.29        1.26        1.28        1.24        1.22        1.24  

Average rate(i)

    1.31        1.28        1.29        1.26        1.23        1.25  

 

 

(i)  The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

 

     The noon buying exchange rate as at 28 July 2017 was £1 = $1.31.

These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

 

12


Strategic report

Business description

Our business model

Diageo is a global leader in beverage alcohol with iconic brands across spirits and beer. We truly understand the consumer and have world-class marketing and innovation skills to build powerful brands that play a positive role in society.

Our organisation is structured into a market-based business model, applying country-specific strategies to meet consumer and customer needs.

Our business model enables us to identify and act on consumer trends early and deliver sustainable performance.

We do this by identifying and executing against the most valuable growth opportunities, using our global expertise to supply our brands efficiently and effectively, and sourcing and producing locally where optimal to do so.

We aim to deliver returns for shareholders, while creating value for our customers and employees. In everything we do, we set out to make a positive contribution to society.

Global leader

Values

Passionate about customers and consumers; be the best; freedom to succeed; proud of what we do; valuing each other.

Broad portfolio

Across categories, brands and price points. Our markets draw on a portfolio of global and local brands to best meet their consumer and customer needs.

Global reach

180 countries; we have a leading position in the geographies that will generate most of the medium-term industry growth and have broad reach in key markets, the United States and Europe.

Our role in society

Passionate about ensuring alcohol plays a positive role in society. Increasing access to opportunity to support thriving communities and reducing our environmental impact.

Financial strength

Strong financial returns and consistent financial performance.

Efficient supply and procurement

High-quality manufacturing and environmental standards.

Brilliant execution

Cutting-edge consumer insights and marketing, scalable innovation, and valuable winning relationships with our customers through distribution and sales.

 

13


Business description (continued)

 

Strength through global reach and iconic brands

We build global brands alongside local stars. These brands have broad consumer appeal across geographies to meet demand now and in the future.

Doing business the right way

For us, standards are everything, from how we produce and market our brands, to how we innovate and sell, and in governance and ethics as set out in our Code of Business Conduct.

 

We produce

  

We innovate

  

We market

  

We sell

We are committed to efficient, sustainable production to the highest quality standards.    Led by consumer insights, we unlock new opportunities through our recruit, re-recruit, disrupt approach.    We invest in world-class marketing to build our brands, focused on programmes which recruit and re-recruit consumers responsibly.    We work to extend our sales reach by ensuring our products are available where people want them and by delivering memorable consumer experiences.

Key highlights

 

Brands

   Employees  

200+

     30,400  

Production sites

   Countries  

143

     180  

Agile business model

Market-based

 

    Consumer insights: Our in-market teams are able to identify trends more accurately and quickly, delivering more locally relevant solutions.

 

    Portfolio strategy: We have the flexibility to select the best portfolio of brands to capture the unique consumer opportunity in each market, and then to invest directly against the most valuable growth opportunities.

 

    Supply resources: Our markets are designated as import markets; import and third party production markets; or import and local-owned production markets.

Global functions

Our markets are supported by a global structure and shared services designed to drive efficiency, share best practice, impart knowledge and help build capability at a local level, as well as set the standards for governance of controls, compliance and ethics.

Our people

We want all our employees around the world to reach their full potential and play their part in the success of our business. To achieve this we have created a diverse and inclusive culture, with shared values and a common purpose.

 

14


Business description (continued)

 

Our strategy

Growth in the spirits category is being driven by population and income growth, and the increasing penetration of spirits in emerging markets. We aim to grow our participation in international premium spirits.

Our strategy is to support premiumisation in developed markets and increase our spirits participation in emerging markets through categories that give us access to the growing middle class consumer.

To support this, we participate in both beer and mainstream spirits selectively where it delivers organisational scale and distribution reach, allows consumers to access our brands at affordable price points and to shape responsible drinking trends in markets where international premium spirits is an emerging category.

Our broad portfolio means we have leading positions across many of our markets, enabling us to serve consumer occasions with our brands, across price points.

Everywhere we operate, we do so in a responsible and sustainable way.

Our strategy is delivered through

Six executional priorities

Keep premium core vibrant

Our premium core brands account for roughly two thirds of Diageo’s net sales. Ensuring we have a vibrant premium core is therefore critical to our overall performance.

Increase participation in mainstream spirits

Mainstream spirits is a sizeable and growing opportunity. We have rapidly invested in mainstream spirits and now have a strong foundation from which to drive growth.

Continue to win in reserve

We build our reserve brands by ensuring they are available in the most influential accounts and build their reputation with the bartenders and consumers who set trends.

Drive innovation at scale

We build on our existing brands, fulfil new consumer occasions and create the brands of tomorrow with a focus on scale and speed.

Build an advantaged route to consumer

Consumers are at the heart of our business; using insights we ensure we understand where we invest our resources and that our brands show up consistently.

Embed productivity to drive out costs and invest in growth

We are focused on everyday efficiency, effectiveness and agility to reduce costs and create fuel for our growth.

 

15


Business description (continued)

 

Our sustainability and responsibility priorities and our commitment to governance and ethics

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

We are committed to alcohol playing a positive role in society with our work to tackle alcohol misuse alongside the industry. We remain focused on delivering the five Global Producers’ Commitments and our own stretching 2020 targets.

Building thriving communities

We want to continue to make Diageo a great, safe and diverse place to work for our people. We want to build sustainable supply chains and create programmes that empower communities and individuals and increase their access to opportunity.

Reducing our environmental impact

We are dependent on the natural resources we share with the communities around us, and with the wider world. We are working to reduce our impact in the areas of water, carbon, packaging, and waste.

Highest standards of governance and ethics

We are constantly looking for ways to strengthen our culture of integrity to help our people make the right choices. For example, within 30 days of joining, all employees complete our Code of Business Conduct training, which sets out our commitment to conducting business in accordance with the laws and regulations to which our activities are subject, in a way that brings to life our purpose and values.

 

    Outcomes of our strategy     
  ① Efficient growth    ③ Credibility and trust   
  ② Consistent value creation    ④ Motivated people   

 

We measure progress against our strategy using the following financial and non-financial indicators
Organic net sales growth ①    Return on average    Reach and impact of   

Carbon emissions ① ③

Organic operating margin    invested capital ②    responsible drinking    Employee
improvement ①    Total shareholder return ②    programmes ③ ④    engagement index ③ ④
Earnings per share before        

Health and safety ③ ④

    
exceptional items ①      

Water efficiency ① ③

    
Free cash flow ①               

See our key performance indicators (KPIs) on pages 23-27

 

16


Business description (continued)

 

Production

Diageo owns manufacturing production facilities across the globe, including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages and distribution warehouses. Diageo’s brands are also produced at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations throughout the world.

Diageo has been investing over the last few years in a number of restructuring programmes to increase the efficiency of its supply operations. This has resulted in improvements and changes in the group’s supply operations principally in North America, Scotland and Ireland.

Capacity

The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume of Diageo owned principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2017 are as follows:

 

Location

  

Principal products

   Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units (i)
     Production
    volume in 2017
in

millions of
equivalent units
 
United Kingdom (Spirits)    Scotch whisky, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink      96        52  
UK, Ireland (Guinness)    Beer      8        7  
Ireland (Baileys)    Irish cream liqueur      12        7  
Italy (Santa Vittoria)    Vodka, rum, ready to drink      11        4  
Turkey    Raki, vodka, gin, liqueur, wine      8        5  
United States, Canada, US Virgin Islands    Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink      50        35  
Brazil    Cachaça, vodka      10        7  
Mexico    Tequila      1        1  
Australia    Rum, vodka, ready to drink      4        2  
Singapore    Finishing centre      7        1  
India    Rum, vodka, whisky, scotch, brandy, gin, wine      60        42  
Nigeria    Beer      7        6  
South Africa    Spirits and ready to drink      4        4  
East Africa (Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania)    Beer and spirits      13        11  
Africa Regional Markets (Ethiopia, Cameroon, Ghana, Seychelles)    Beer      8        4  

 

(i) Capacity represents ongoing production capacity. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on Diageo owned actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2017 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies. In addition, Diageo has third-party production arrangements with manufacturing facilities including brewers and co-packing partners licensed to produce Diageo brands

Spirits

Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 Scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, two whisk(e)y distilleries in Canada and two in the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff internationally. Ketel One and Cîroc vodkas are purchased as finished product from The Nolet Group and Eurowinegate, respectively. Gin distilleries are located in both the United Kingdom and the United States. Baileys is produced in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and is distilled and blended in the US Virgin Islands and in Australia, Venezuela and Guatemala. Raki is produced in Turkey, Chinese white spirits are produced in Chengdu, in the Sichuan province of China, cachaça is produced in Ceará State in Brazil and Don Julio tequila is produced in Mexico.

 

17


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo’s maturing Scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland (the largest at Blackgrange holding approximately 50% of the group’s maturing Scotch whisky), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States. In May 2014 the company announced its intention to invest approximately $115 million (£73 million) over three years to build a distillery and six barrel storage warehouses in Shelby County, Kentucky. The new distillery commenced operations at the end of calendar year 2016.

Diageo owns a controlling equity stake in United Spirits Limited (USL) which is the leading alcoholic beverage company in India selling 82 million equivalent cases of Indian Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL). USL operates 23 owned manufacturing units in India and Nepal and leases one manufacturing facility in India. USL and Diageo brands are also produced under licence by third-parties in 36 manufacturing units in India. USL also operates spirit distillation plants for neutral alcohol, malt spirit, grape spirit and rum spirit with accompanying maturation facilities. USL has many leading Indian brands such as McDowell’s (Indian whisky, rum and brandy), Black Dog (scotch), Signature (Indian whisky), Royal Challenge (Indian whisky) Antiquity (Indian whisky) and Bagpiper (Indian whisky).

Beer

Diageo’s principal brewing facility is at the St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin where the capacity was recently expanded to brew all beers sold in Europe and for global exports. In addition, Diageo has breweries in a number of African countries; Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Tanzania, Uganda and the Seychelles.

Guinness, Guinness Blonde, Kilkenny and Harp are brewed, under licence arrangements, by over 40 third parties across six continents with total volume over 2 million hectolitres supplying some 70 countries worldwide.

Guinness flavour extract is shipped from Ireland to all overseas Guinness brewing operations which use the flavour extract to brew Guinness locally. Guinness is transported to Great Britain in bulk to the Runcorn facility which carries out the kegging of Guinness Draught.

In January 2017, the company announced its intention to construct a brewing site for Guinness in the United States. It will be a working brewery, open to the public, in Relay, Maryland. The project adds brewing and packaging capacity to reduce costs, mitigate risks and add format flexibility with a consumer interface via an on-site brew pub, tap room and retail store. The project is expected to be completed by March 2018, with a temporary consumer experience in place for the 200th anniversary of the first Guinness export to the United States in October 2017.

Ready to drink

Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, across Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

Property, plant and equipment

Diageo owns approximately 96% of the manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities it uses across the group’s worldwide operations. It holds approximately 3% of properties on leases in excess of 50 years. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2017, Diageo’s land and buildings are included in the group’s consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £1,180 million. Diageo’s two largest individual facilities, in terms of book value, are the Leven bottling, blending and warehousing facility in Scotland and St James’s Gate brewery in Dublin. Approximately 35% of the net book value of Diageo’s land and buildings are properties located in Great Britain, 11% in Ireland, 15% in the United States and 12% in India.

Raw materials and supply agreements

The group has a number of long term contracts in place for the purchase of raw materials including glass, other packaging, spirit, cream, rum and grapes. Forward contracts are in place for the purchase of cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of raki and are sourced from suppliers in Turkey. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are molasses, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, aniseed, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

 

18


Business description (continued)

 

The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from a variety of multinational and local suppliers; the largest suppliers are Ardagh Packaging in the United Kingdom and Owens Illinois in the United States.

Competition

Diageo’s brands compete on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

In spirits, Diageo’s major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Beam Suntory, Bacardi and Brown Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo’s brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

In beer, Diageo competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, Molson Coors and Carlsberg.

Research and development

Innovation forms an important part of Diageo’s growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth in both the developed and emerging markets. The strength and depth of Diageo’s brand range provides a solid platform from which to drive innovation. Diageo continuously invests to deepen its understanding of shopper trends and changing consumer habits to inform product and packaging development. Supporting this, the group has ongoing programmes to develop new products across beverage alcohol categories which are managed internally by the innovation and research and development function, which also takes advantage of a substantial open innovation network.

In the year ended 30 June 2017, the group’s research and development expenditure amounted to £33 million (2016 — £28 million; 2015 — £26 million), representing principally the cost of developing new products, from idea generation through to full product development. Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks

Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protection is available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

Regulations and taxes

Diageo’s worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations. At the federal level, the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department oversees the industry, and each state as well as some local authorities in jurisdictions in which Diageo sells or produces products, have regulations. Federal, state and local regulations cover virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as Scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo’s products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position as compared to other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

 

19


Business description (continued)

 

Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain cultures and countries, such as in certain states in India, and through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated. Many countries also regulate the use of internet-based advertising and social media in connection with alcohol sales.

Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, in Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on trade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the Western world (for example, in most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Any prohibitions on advertising or marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Acquisitions and disposals

Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests and disposals in premium drinks businesses. For a description of principal acquisitions and disposals since 1 July 2014, see note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

Diageo announced the acquisition of super premium tequila Casamigos on 21 June 2017 for an initial consideration of $700 million (£538 million), with a further potential $300 million (£230 million) based on Casamigos performance linked targets being met over the next ten years. The transaction is expected to complete in the second half of calendar 2017, subject to regulatory approval.

Seasonality

Approximately 40% of Diageo’s annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

 

20


Business description (continued)

 

Our global reach

Diageo is the leading international spirits player in every region of the world. This regional profile provides us with exposure to the greatest consumer growth opportunities in our sector. We operate as a market-based business and have a presence in over 180 countries. We employ more than 30,400 talented people across our global business.

 

LOGO    % Share of net sales by our markets(i) Our markets Each of our markets is accountable for its own US Spirits Diageo Beer Company USA (DBC USA) performance and for driving growth Canada Europe Turkey Asia Pacific Russia East Africa North America Africa Regional Markets (ARM) Nigeria South Africa Latin America Diageo Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) and Caribbean net sales Mexico Central America and Caribbean (CCA) Andean Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Argentina, Chile (PEBAC) Africa India Greater China Europe, Russia Australia South East Asia and Turkey North Asia (i) Based on reported net sales for the year ended 30 June 2017. Travel Retail Asia and Middle East Does not include corporate net sales of £46 million.

Diageo reports as five regions

 

                                                                                              
    North America     Europe, Russia
and Turkey
    Africa     Latin America
and Caribbean
    Asia Pacific  
% Share by region          
Volume (%)     19.6       18.3       13.3       8.7       40.1  
Net sales(i) (%)     34.7       23.4       13.0       8.7       20.2  
Operating profit before exceptional items(ii) (%)     50.1       24.7       5.8       6.6       12.8  
Operating profit(iii) (%)     50.7       24.0       5.8       6.7       12.8  
Number of responsible drinking programmes (%)     26.9       34.8       7.2       12.2       18.9  
Water withdrawal (%)     11.1       39.4       37.7       1.4       10.4  
Carbon emission (%)(iv)     7.9       42.3       37.7       2.6       9.5  

Number of employees(v) (%)

    9.2       36.5       16.3       9.1       28.9  

 

(i) Does not include corporate net sales of £46 million. (ii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £42 million (2016 – £167 million) and net corporate operating costs of £189 million (2016 – £150 million). (iii) Excluding net corporate operating costs of £189 million (2016 – £150 million). (iv) Excludes corporate offices which account for <2% of combined impacts. (v) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside.

 

21


Business description (continued)

 

Our brands

Our global reach is matched by our broad portfolio of international and local brands. Our portfolio plays across categories and price tiers, enabling us to participate where the consumer opportunity is greatest to support consistent, reliable growth.

We own two of the top five largest spirits brands in the world, Johnnie Walker and Smirnoff, and 20 of the world’s top 100 spirits brands.

Using local market insights, our teams select the most relevant brands from our global portfolio to meet the consumer opportunity in their market. A selection of our brands are included in the table below.

 

Global giants(i)

Our business is built around our six biggest global brands.

Johnnie Walker    Smirnoff   

Baileys

   Captain Morgan    Tanqueray    Guinness

Local stars(ii)

  

Reserve(iii)

Can be individual to any one market, and provide a platform for our business to grow.

   Exceptional spirits brands at above-premium price points to capture the global luxury opportunity.
Crown Royal    Yenì Raki    JeB    Johnnie Walker Blue Label    Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve   

Johnnie Walker

King George V

Buchanan’s    Windsor    Grand Old Parr   

John Walker & Sons Private Collection

   Lagavulin    The Singleton of Glen Ord
Bundaberg    McDowell’s No. 1    Ypióca    Cîroc    Ketel One vodka    Tanqueray No. TEN
Shui Jing Fang    Black & White       Ron Zacapa Centenario XO    Don Julio    Bulleit Bourbon

Source: Impact Databank Value Ratings, May 2017. (i) Global giants represent 41% of Diageo net sales. (ii) Local stars represent 20% of Diageo net sales. (iii) Reserve represent 16% of Diageo net sales.

 

22


Business description (continued)

 

How we measure performance: key performance indicators

GAAP measures - Financial GAAP performance measures similar to the financial non-GAAP key performance indicators are presented below.

 

NET SALES GROWTH (%)    OPERATING MARGIN IMPROVEMENT (BPS)    BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (PENCE)

LOGO

217 14.9 2016 (3.0) 2015 5.4

  

LOGO

2017 24.4 2016 123 2015 (52)

  

LOGO

2017 106 2016 89.5 2015 95.0

Definition    Definition    Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties.    The percentage point movement in operating profit, divided by net sales.    Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.
Performance    Performance    Performance
Net sales increased by 14.9% driven by favourable exchange and organic net sales growth which more than offset the impact from the prior year disposal of non-core assets.    Operating profit margin improved by 244 bps largely due to favorable exchange, organic growth, lower exceptional operating charges and the disposal of lower margin non-core assets.    Basic eps of 106 pence increased by 16.5 pence primarily due to favourable exchange, organic operating profit growth and higher income from associates which more than offset the negative impact from a higher tax charge and the exchange impact on the reported tax.

 

 

NET CASH FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES (£ MILLION)
   RETURN ON CLOSING INVESTED
CAPITAL (%)
    
   

LOGO

2017 3,132 2016 2,548 2015 2,551

  

LOGO

2017 23.1 2016 23.2 2015 26.7

  

Definition

Net cash from operating activities comprises the net cash flow from operating activities as disclosed on the face of the cash flow statement.

  

Definition

Profit for the year divided by net assets at the end of the financial year.

  

Performance

Net cash from operating activities increased by £584 million largely driven by favourable exchange, higher organic operating profit growth and favourable working capital movement, partially offset by higher tax payments.

  

Performance

Return on closing invested capital was flat. Favourable exchange and higher organic operating profit growth were offset by higher net assets mainly due to the decrease in post employment liabilities.

  

 

23


Business description (continued)

 

We use the following 11 key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure our financial and non-financial performance.

Our KPIs measure progress against our strategy. Our performance against our KPIs are explained below:

Relevance to strategy

#1 Efficient growth

#2 Consistent value creation

#3 Credibility and trust

#4 Motivated people

 

Financial ®             Financial ®                Financial ®            

Organic net sales growth (%) #1

4.3%

  

Organic operating margin improvement (bps) #1

37bps

  

Earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)(i) #1

108.5p

LOGO

2017 4.3 2016 2.8 2015 0.0

  

LOGO

2017 37 2016 19 2015 24

  

LOGO

2017 108.5 2016 89.4 2015 88.8

Definition    Definition    Definition
Sales growth after deducting excise duties, excluding the impact of exchange rate movements, acquisitions and disposals.    The percentage point movement in operating profit before exceptional items, divided by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.    Profit before exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Why we measure

This measure reflects our performance as the result of the choices made in terms of category and market participation, and Diageo’s ability to build brand equity, increase prices and grow market share.

  

Why we measure

The movement in operating margin measures the efficiency of the business. Consistent operating margin improvement is a business imperative, driven by investment choices, our focus on driving out costs across the business and improving mix.

  

Why we measure

Earnings per share reflects the profitability of the business and how effectively we finance our balance sheet. It is a key measure for our shareholders.

Performance

Organic net sales growth was driven by 1.1% volume growth and 3.2% positive price/mix. Overall, pricing is muted across many of our markets but mix remains strong.

  

Performance

On an organic basis operating margin expanded 37bps driven by our productivity programme which enabled gross margin expansion, marketing efficiencies and overhead savings.

  

Performance

Eps before exceptional items increased 19.1 pence as favourable exchange, organic operating profit growth and higher income from associates more than offset the negative impact from higher tax charges and the exchange impact on reported tax.

More detail on page 51    More detail on pages 52-53    More detail on page 53

 

24


Business description (continued)

 

Non-Financial    Non-Financial    Non-Financial

Alcohol in society (reach and impact of responsible drinking programmes) #3, #4

264 programmes

  

Health and safety (lost-time accident frequency per 1,000 full-time employees) #3, #4

1.14

  

Water efficiency(iii)

(l/l) #1, #3

4.96l/l

LOGO

2017 264 2016 335 2015 298

  

LOGO

2017 1.14 2016 1.44 2015 1.66

  

LOGO

2017 4.96 2016 5.13 2015 5.84

Definition    Definition    Definition
Number of programmes supported by Diageo that aim to reduce harmful drinking.    Number of accidents per 1,000 full-time employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.    Ratio of the amount of water required to produce one litre of packaged product.

Why we measure

We put our resources and skills into programmes that encourage a responsible attitude to alcohol and are effective in preventing and reducing alcohol misuse, and work with others to maximise impact. Evaluating the impact of our programmes is challenging, but essential in ensuring we properly address the risk of harm to consumers or communities.

  

Why we measure

Safety is a basic human right: everyone has the right to work in a safe environment, and our Zero Harm safety philosophy is that everyone should go home safe, every day, everywhere.

  

Why we measure

Water is the main ingredient in all of our brands. To sustain production growth and respond to the growing global demand for water while scarcity increases, we aim to improve efficiency, minimising our water use particularly in water-stressed areas.

Performance

We supported fewer alcohol in society programmes than last year as we aimed to concentrate our efforts on those that will have the biggest impact on the issues we aim to address. We share case studies of how we evaluate the impact of various programmes on www.diageo.com. In 2017, 95% of our top 19(ii) countries evaluated their programmes, compared with 84% in 2016.

  

Performance

LTAs were down 21% compared with 2016. We focused on markets in particular need of improvement, embedding compliance to our core standards and programmes, while maintaining strong performance in our more established markets. However, progress was overshadowed by the death of a contractor cleaner in India; our investigation showed that our protocols and procedures are the right ones, and we are working to ensure consistent compliance in all markets.

  

Performance

Water efficiency improved by 3.3% compared to 2016 and 40% versus our 2007 baseline, with particular progress in markets with sites in water-stressed locations.

More detail on page 120    More detail on pages 126-128    More detail on pages 133-135

 

25


Business description (continued)

 

 

Financial ®    Financial        Financial ®

Free cash flow (£ million) #1

£2,663m

  

Return on average invested capital (ROIC) (%) #2

13.8%

  

Total shareholder return (%) #2

12%

LOGO

2017 2,663 2016 2,097

  

LOGO

2017 13.8 2016 12.1 2015 12.3

  

LOGO

2017 12 2016 17 2015 2

Definition    Definition    Definition
Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments, and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment, and computer software.    Profit before finance charges and exceptional items attributable to equity shareholders divided by average invested capital. Invested capital comprises net assets aggregated with exceptional restructuring costs and goodwill at the date of transition to IFRS, excluding post employment liabilities, net borrowings and non-controlling interests.    Percentage growth in the value of a Diageo share (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested).

Why we measure

Free cash flow is a key indicator of the financial management of the business and reflects the cash generated by the business to fund payments to our shareholders and acquisitions.

  

Why we measure

ROIC is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base. Improving ROIC builds financial strength to enable Diageo to attain its financial objectives.

  

Why we measure

Diageo’s Directors have a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long-term value for shareholders. We also monitor our relative TSR performance against our peers.

Performance

Improvement was driven by favourable exchange, higher organic operating profit growth and favourable working capital movement, driven by improvement in debtor collection, partially offset by higher tax payments.

  

Performance

Favourable exchange and organic operating profit growth resulted in an increase in ROIC, partially offset by higher tax charges.

  

Performance

Diageo delivered total shareholder return of 12% as dividends paid increased by 5% and share price increased driven by underlying business improvement and exchange.

More detail on page 54    More detail on page 55     

 

26


Business description (continued)

 

Non-Financial    Non-Financial

Carbon emissions(iii)

(1,000 tonnes CO2e) #1, #3

634

  

Employee engagement index (%) #3, #4

75%

LOGO

2017 634 2016 672 2015 731

  

LOGO

2017 75 2016 77 2015 75

Definition

Absolute volume of carbon emissions, in 1,000 tonnes.

  

Definition

Measured through our Values Survey; includes metrics for employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride.

Why we measure

Carbon emissions are a key element of Diageo’s, and our industry’s, environmental impact. Reducing our

carbon emissions is a significant part of our efforts to mitigate climate change, positioning us well for a future low-carbon economy, while creating energy efficiencies and savings now.

  

Why we measure

Employee engagement is a key enabler of our strategy and performance. The survey allows us to measure, quantitatively and qualitatively, how far employees believe we are living our values. The results inform our ways of working, engagement strategies and leadership development.

Performance

Carbon emissions reduced by 5.6% in 2017, and by 40% against the 2007 baseline despite increased production volumes.

  

Performance

93% of our people participated in our Values Survey (23,043 of the 24,733 invited). 75% were identified as engaged, a drop of 2% as discussed on pages 127-128. 89% declared themselves proud to work for Diageo, up 1% on 2016.

More detail on pages 135-136    More detail on pages 127-129

Remuneration

Some KPIs are used as a measure in the incentives plans for the remuneration of executives. These are identified with the symbol ®.

See our Directors’ remuneration report from page 172 for more detail.

 

(i) For reward purposes this measure is further adjusted for the impact of exchange rates and other factors not controlled by management, to ensure focus on our underlying performance drivers.
(ii) The top 19 countries are those with the highest net sales.
(iii) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies and WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol, data for each of the four years in the period ended 30 June 2016 has been restated.

 

27


Business description (continued)

 

Chairman’s statement

Diageo has a rich heritage, quality brands, creativity, talented people and a commitment to delivering growth responsibly. On joining the Diageo Board in July 2016, and subsequently becoming Chairman in January 2017, I found Diageo to be a company in transformation, focused on the consumer.

 

Recommended final dividend per share

2017: 38.5p h5%
2016: 36.6p

Total dividend per share(i)

2017: 62.2p h5%
2016: 59.2p

Total shareholder return (%)

2017: 12%
2016: 17%

 

(i) Includes recommended final dividend.

Consumer focus

It is an honour to serve as Chairman of Diageo. This year saw good progress towards our ambition to become one of the best performing, most trusted and respected consumer products companies in the world.

I would like to thank Ivan, our Chief Executive, the Executive team and all Diageo employees globally who worked to deliver this year’s performance. The commitment of all our people around the world to living our values and purpose – to celebrate life every day, everywhere – is one of the many reasons the company is performing well.

Opportunity for growth

Diageo is a global leader in an attractive industry, and has a strong footprint in developed markets that complements our position in emerging markets. Our opportunity for growth is supported by premiumisation and demographics. As incomes continue to grow, international premium spirits will become available to more than 730 million new consumers over the next decade. Additionally, we will see significant growth in the population of legal purchase age consumers, half of whom will come from India and Africa. Our portfolio of brands, and the balance inherent in our geographic footprint, means we are well placed to take advantage of these opportunities today and in the future.

Diageo has a clear strategy, and during the past year, the Executive Committee led by Ivan and our market teams have continued to make strong progress with broad based growth across regions, and global, local and reserve brands.

Value creation

We are committed to delivering sustainable value for our shareholders. In the first year into our medium term guidance we have delivered a strong sets of results that reported progress against all efficient growth and value creation KPIs. Ivan will cover our efficient growth KPIs in his statement.

 

28


Business description (continued)

 

Looking to our value creation KPIs, return on invested capital (ROIC) was up 175bps to 13.8% and total shareholder return was 12%.

Our aim is to maintain dividend cover (the ratio of basic earnings per share before exceptional items to dividend per share) in the range of 1.8 to 2.2 times. The recommended final dividend is 38.5 pence per share, an increase of 5% consistent with the interim dividend. This brings the full year dividend to 62.2 pence per share. We continue to expect to maintain dividend increases at roughly a mid-single digit rate until cover is back in range. Subject to shareholder approval the final dividend will be paid to UK holders on 5 October 2017. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 11 October 2017.

On 26 July 2017, the Board approved a share buyback programme of up to £1.5 billion in financial year 2018, following three years of consistently improving cash flow generation.

Business environment

Diageo continues to manage and respond to geopolitical volatility around the world. Negotiations on the UK’s exit from the European Union, a shift in emphasis in US trade policy and a broader resurgence of economic nationalism create uncertainty for business. However, our leadership position in many markets, and the work we have done to improve business agility, means we are more resilient and better positioned to navigate and respond to changes in the external operating environment. Our experience in working with governments and other stakeholders to support global trade, develop local value chains, empower communities and promote responsible drinking, means we have a strong platform to protect and unlock growth in the markets in which we operate.

Our role in society

Doing business in a way we can be proud of has always been a priority for Diageo. Our aim is to create value beyond the significant economic contribution we make to communities.

Diageo’s approach is based on three sustainability and responsibility priorities, which are the most material to the business and our stakeholders:

 

    Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

 

    Building thriving communities

 

    Reducing our environmental impact

Alcohol is an established part of how many people socialise and celebrate life in many societies around the world, and we are proud that our brands are chosen for these occasions. Diageo works with governments, partners and other stakeholders all around the world to target specific issues such as drink driving, underage drinking or heavy episodic drinking, with programmes that aim to change behaviour and reduce harm.

Programmes such as Learning for Life, which creates opportunities for training and careers in the hospitality industry, and Plan W in Asia, which empowers women through learning, both support our alcohol in society agenda and demonstrate our commitment to supporting the communities in which we operate. We have even more scope to have a positive impact, through the full value chain of our business, which connects us to millions of people through the sourcing, making and selling of our products.

Our supply chain work is a crucial element in ensuring that we are environmentally sustainable as a business and play our part in addressing climate change. We have made significant progress over recent years in reducing the environmental impact of our operations and our supply chain on water, greenhouse gas emissions, waste and packaging.

We are clear on the behaviours and values we expect all employees to live by. This year, every employee in the business did refresher training on our Code of Business Conduct, to aid us all in making the right decisions, each and every day.

 

29


Business description (continued)

 

Diversity

Diversity helps our business to grow. At Diageo we respect the unique contribution each person makes to our business. I am particularly proud that Diageo has focused on achieving greater diversity at the most senior level. 40% of our Board members and 40% of our Executive Committee are women. Diageo’s Executive Committee is a team of highly successful men and women who represent six different nationalities, speak multiple languages and have lived and worked across the globe in their careers to date. This year, Diageo was ranked 10th out of more than 3,000 companies from around the world in Equileap’s Gender Equality Global Report and Ranking. We are proud of this achievement and are continuing to increase the representation of women in our senior leadership, towards our target of 35% by 2020.

Board changes

At the end of December 2016, Franz Humer retired from the Board after almost 12 years of service. I would once again like to thank Franz for his leadership and assistance in a smooth transition. Under his chairmanship, Diageo’s share price grew 128% and he stepped down with the company on a sound footing for the future.

In September 2016, following her appointment as GSK CEO, Emma Walmsley stood down from the Board. Emma joined our Board as a Non-Executive Director in January 2016 and I would like to thank Emma sincerely for her contribution to the Board during this time.

Philip Scott stood down from his role as Chair of Diageo’s Audit Committee in December 2016, and after almost 10 years of service will retire from the Board at the 2017 AGM. Alan Stewart was appointed Chair of Diageo’s Audit Committee, effective 1 January 2017. Alan’s experience in retail, travel and banking, as well as his background in accountancy and financial management, will serve Diageo well in this important role.

In July 2017, Ursula Burns’ appointment to the Board as a Non-Executive Director was announced, effective April 2018. Ursula’s significant and senior expertise in corporate services, manufacturing and product development will be a valuable addition to the Board. I look forward to welcoming Ursula.

Looking ahead

Diageo made good progress this year. The Board is confident that the company has the right strategy, leadership and culture to deliver on its full potential. The commitment of the Board and the Executive team remains unwavering in pursuit of delivering value for all stakeholders.

Javier Ferrán

Chairman

 

30


Business description (continued)

 

Chief Executive’s statement

We continue to build a stronger, more consistent, better performing company. We are delivering against our strategy and this is coming through in our performance. We built on the improved performance we announced last year.

 

Volume movement    Organic volume movement

2017: i1.7%

2016: h0.1%

  

2017: h1.1%

2016: h1.3%

Net sales movement    Organic net sales movement

2017: h14.9%

2016: i3.0%

  

2017: h4.3%

2016: h2.8%

Operating profit movement    Organic operating profit movement

2017: h25.3%

2016: h1.6%

  

2017: h5.6

2016: h3.5%

Performance review

We delivered organic net sales up 4.3%, driven by organic volume up 1.1% and strong price mix with broad based growth across categories and regions. Organic operating margin expanded by 37bps driven by our global productivity programme and positive mix.

Reported net sales and operating profit were up 15% and 25% respectively, reflecting favourable exchange and accelerated organic growth. Operating profit grew 5.6% on an organic basis.

All regions delivered organic net sales growth and we reported broad based growth across all categories, except vodka. Our global giant brands delivered organic net sales up 3%, with Johnnie Walker, Captain Morgan, Baileys and Tanqueray in growth in every region. Smirnoff organic net sales were down 1%, still challenged in a competitive vodka category in the US, and Guinness organic net sales were flat, impacted by weakness in Nigeria and Kenya.

Earnings per share before exceptional items was up significantly at 21% driven by exchange benefits, organic growth and higher associate income.

Our focus on cash conversion and working capital contributed to deliver free cash flow at £2.7 billion, up £566 million in the year. Our cash conversion continues to be strong at 107%.

A year of progress

We made good progress against the three focus areas we identified for the year: US spirits, scotch and India. Organic net sales growth in US spirits, scotch and India were 3.4%, 4.7% and 1.9% respectively. I am pleased with the momentum we built in the scotch category during the year, and, in the US, share gains were achieved in all key categories, except vodka. In India, we experienced a challenging environment with demonetisation and the Supreme Court ruling, banning sales by outlets near highways.

When I laid out our Performance Ambition, the most important change I wanted to drive was to put the consumer at the heart of the business – and we have made great progress:

 

    We are better equipped to win at the moment of choice – with increased outlet coverage and better sales execution

 

    Our work on gathering improved insight and measurement is enabling us to make better, more informed decisions, and sets us up well for the future

 

    We are a more agile organisation – simpler and quicker – able to adapt more quickly to changing consumer trends

 

    We bring an efficiency mindset to everything we do

 

31


Business description (continued)

 

This progress builds on the strength we have in our portfolio of iconic brands and our track record in innovation. I am proud that our brands won 66 awards at the 2017 San Francisco World Spirits Competition, more than a third of which were Gold or Double Gold. This not only included great recognition for established brands such as Buchanan’s Special Reserve, Johnnie Walker Green Label and Lagavulin 16 Year Old, but also for innovations such as our premium Irish whiskey Roe & Co, launched to consumers in Europe this year.

As we grow our business, our priority is to invest behind organic growth. We also look for bolt-on acquisitions that will deliver attractive returns and expand our leadership position. For example, in June 2017, we announced the acquisition of Casamigos, the fastest growing super-premium tequila brand in the US. This is an exciting opportunity for us to strengthen our participation in the US tequila category, as well as expand the brand internationally. The transaction is expected to close in the second half of calendar 2017, subject to regulatory clearances. In addition, Distill Ventures, the Diageo-backed and funded accelerator programme for entrepreneurs, offers us the opportunity to invest in nascent brands with growth potential.

 

LOGO

2017 net sales by category (%) Scotch 25% Ready to drink 6% Beer 16% IMFL Whisky 5% Vodka 12% Liqueurs 5% North American 9% Gin 3% Whisk(e)y Tequila 2% Rum 7% Other 10%

 

 

Productivity programme on track

Diageo delivers operating margins that are among the highest in our peer group. Investment in our business remains our number one value creator. By focusing on costs and efficiency, our productivity programme is aiding this investment, creating the fuel to build our brands, innovate and strengthen our route to consumer.

We are pleased with the progress we have made with our productivity programme. This enabled us to increase our marketing spend in the US in the second half of this financial year. In financial year 2018, we are committed to increasing investment further in the US and also in scotch, as we seek to sustain our mid-single digit organic net sales growth. The progress we have made also allowed us to announce in July 2017 that we had raised our productivity goal, over the three years ending 30 June 2019, to £700 million with two-thirds being reinvested in the business.

Our role in society

A crucial component of our business strategy is ensuring that we continue to make a positive contribution to society. Our Chairman, Javier, in his statement, sets out our approach and I am pleased that we have reported further progress against our 2020 sustainability and responsibility targets.

Ensuring alcohol has a positive role in society as part of a balanced lifestyle is vitally important to everyone at Diageo. We are committed to tackling alcohol misuse, including through our implementation of the Global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to Reduce Harmful Drinking, a partnership of the world’s largest alcohol companies coming together to take action.

 

32


Business description (continued)

 

We continue to improve the ways we measure and manage the programmes we support. We supported fewer alcohol in society programmes than last year as we aimed to concentrate our efforts on those that will have the biggest impact on the issues we aim to address. As with our marketing work, the focus on evaluating the impact of our programmes is sharpening our capacity to deliver real benefits at scale, often through partnerships with other stakeholders.

This year, for example, we began our two year partnership with the UN Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) aimed at reducing death and injuries from traffic accidents in more than 60 countries, with a focus on those with the highest road traffic death rates. Together we ran road safety workshops in Mexico, Nigeria, South Africa and South Korea. We also introduced a virtual reality experience called ‘Decisions’. This experience places viewers in the front seat of a drink driving accident and shows how one wrong decision can have devastating consequences. Johnnie Walker also published a 360° ‘Decisions’ video online which has been viewed more than 14 million times. This supports the brand’s Join The Pact initiative, which has so far attracted 3.1 million pledges to never drink and drive, and has delivered around 1.8 million kilometres of safe rides home.

This year we continued our longstanding commitment to give consumers information to make informed choices. In March 2017, we developed a new, mobile friendly e-learning version of our DRINKiQ training, which has helped us surpass our target of reaching one million adults with training materials that will enable them to become responsible drinking ambassadors.

Employee safety continues to be an every day priority for us. We are focused on markets in particular need of improvement, embedding compliance to our core standards and programmes. We continue to make good progress on our environmental KPIs, improving on carbon and water efficiency by 6% and 3% respectively.

Our people

I am very proud of Diageo’s culture. As I travel around the business, I am always energised by the passion our people have for our strategy and for delivering our Performance Ambition. I would like to thank everyone at Diageo for their commitment and hard work during the year. The strong connection my 30,400 colleagues have to Diageo and our brands, purpose and values is evident in our annual employee survey results. Our people are highly engaged, which provides a strong platform to amplify our purpose and drive enhanced performance.

Outlook

Today, Diageo is a great blend of every day efficiency and investment for growth in our brands. I am pleased with our progress in more disciplined execution and the improved agility we have across the business. Our increased productivity goal underpins an improved organic operating margin expansion objective of 175bps over the three years ending 30 June 2019. The expectation of mid-single digit organic net sales growth in the same period continues. We feel confident about building on the positive momentum in the business as we continue to progress towards achieving our Performance Ambition.

Ivan Menezes

Chief Executive

 

33


Business description (continued)

 

Market dynamics

The global beverage alcohol market is profitable and growing. An estimated six billion(i) equivalent units of alcohol are sold each year, generating £300 billion(i) of net sales. High levels of regulation combined with the increasing expectations of consumers and other stakeholders create a complex operating environment. We are well placed to navigate this operating environment and to create opportunities for Diageo to succeed.

A market that is diverse, profitable and growing(ii)

Industry growth is well supported by robust macro and consumer trends:

 

    We currently expect 500 million new legal purchase age consumers to come to the market over the next decade – India and Africa will account for half of this

 

    Around 730 million more consumers will be able to afford international style spirits, over the next decade, with 85% of this growth coming from emerging markets

 

    Spirits penetration in many emerging markets is still low when compared to developed markets

Alcohol is an established part of how many people socialise and celebrate life. How alcohol is consumed is often deeply rooted in local tastes and customs, which can vary as widely as the cultures and conditions in which people live. Understanding this diversity while anticipating and shaping trends is key to winning in the marketplace.

Our ability to use insight and measurement to drive brand performance means we can activate the best brands to meet consumers’ local tastes and preferences.

Developed market opportunities

While populations in developed markets are typically stable or growing more slowly than those in emerging markets, overall levels of disposable income are higher. Many consumers seek to drink ‘better, not more’ as they aim to develop their tastes while maintaining a balanced lifestyle, and are prepared to pay a premium for high-quality brands with heritage and provenance. Our international spirits, and within them our reserve portfolio, offer these consumers brands that connect with them and share their values.

Emerging market opportunities

The global growth in the number of people of legal purchasing age is largely driven by population growth in emerging markets. An increasingly wealthy middle class in these markets also presents opportunities to offer consumers premium products. Emerging markets also contain a large proportion of the world’s informal alcohol market, estimated to account for 25% of alcohol sales globally(iii), which presents risks to consumers’ health as well as impacting overall tax revenues. Mainstream spirits is an important opportunity, providing consumers access to safe, branded products at affordable price points, as they aspire to progress to international premium brands.

Operating in a volatile environment

Like all consumer goods businesses, we continue to operate in a global economy subject to political instability and sudden changes to economic variables. Diageo’s global scale provides a natural hedge against individual market volatility. We can respond quickly to local dynamics through our market-based business model. Our increased emphasis on local sourcing, including local bottling, helps us manage risk and plan contingencies. We are building a stronger business through our focus on productivity.

 

(i) Diageo estimates. (ii) Euromonitor 2015, internal analysis. (iii) World Health Organization.

 

34


Business description (continued)

 

Earning trust and respect as part of wider society

Delivering measurable social and environmental benefits is intrinsic to commercial efforts to drive performance. Our 2020 targets focus on the areas that are most material to us and our stakeholders, and are aligned to the UN’s Global Goals. At the same time, we seek ways for our individual brands to act as catalysts for creating positive social impacts – not only because this is the right way to do business, but because we want consumers to recognise the purpose that has underpinned many of our brands for generations.

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

The beverage alcohol industry is one of the most highly regulated in the world, and that regulation varies widely between countries and jurisdictions. Diageo complies with all laws and regulations, wherever we operate, as a minimum requirement, and we advocate effective, evidence-based alcohol policies as described on page 120 of this report.

While legal and regulatory requirements are a vital part of the operating context for beverage alcohol companies, alcohol itself plays a much broader role in society and culture, and has been part of celebrations around the world for centuries. The majority of people who choose to enjoy alcohol do so moderately and responsibly, but all alcohol companies must recognise that the misuse of alcohol can be harmful to individuals and society, and that preventing this is important to the long-term future of the industry as well as for the individuals concerned and their communities. Creating a positive role for alcohol in society through partnerships, industry collaboration and our own initiatives has always been a priority for us, and we continue to put skills and resources into programmes that prevent and reduce alcohol misuse, raise awareness, and change negative attitudes and behaviour.

Industry collaboration and partnerships to reduce harmful drinking

We are one of 12 global producers of beer, wine and spirits which in 2013 started a set of commitments designed to support Member States’ implementation of the World Health Organization’s (WHO) global strategy to Reduce the Harmful Use of Alcohol.

We also work beyond our industry, forming partnerships with governments, law enforcement agencies, educators and civil society to support campaigns to reduce harmful drinking.

At the same time, we advocate against measures that are not based on evidence or which could have unintended consequences. This includes policies that inadvertently push consumers towards unregulated or illicit alcohol, which can be a risk to public health.

Building thriving communities

Our value chains are a critical component of our operating environment, supporting both supply networks and markets. We aim to strengthen them by contributing to the prosperity and resilience of the communities in which we work. As well as the contribution we make through direct and indirect employment and taxes, our sustainable development strategy aims to leverage the economic and social impact of our entire value chain. Human rights is a key focus, while important initiatives include local sourcing, particularly in Africa where we aim to source 80% of agricultural materials locally by 2020.

Water and the environment

Businesses that rely on agricultural raw materials are exposed to a variety of environmental issues, including those associated with climate change. These issues may be felt directly, or indirectly as a result of their impact on the wider value chain and associated communities. For beverage alcohol companies like ours, water scarcity is particularly important, as water is our main ingredient.

We have a clearly defined environmental strategy that includes programmes to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and water use throughout our value chain. Our Water Blueprint defines our approach to water stewardship and focuses specifically on stewardship in the water-stressed areas shown in the map below. This includes improving our water efficiency, replenishing water used, managing water quality and helping farmers improve water management in agriculture.

 

35


Business description (continued)

 

LOGO

Diageo sites located in water-stressed areas 32 21 29 18 34 19 35 38 24 23 20 25 33 22 37 30 13 15 28 17 16 11 12 1 14 36 2 8 26 10 3 5 9 27 31 4 7 6 Sites 1 Kenya Brewing, Nairobi 9 Dar es Salaam, Tanzania India 28 Malkajgiri, Telangana 2 East Africa Maltings, 10 Mwanza, Tanzania 18 Alwar, Rajasthan 29 Meerut, Uttar Pradesh Nairobi 11 UBL, Kampala, Uganda 19 Asansol, West Bengal 30 Nacharam, Telangana 3 Seybrew, Seychelles 12 IDU, Kampala, Uganda 20 Aurangabad, Maharashtra 31 Palakkad, Kerala 4 SA Cider, South Africa 13 Accra, Achimota, Ghana 21 Baddi, Himachal Pradesh 32 Pathankot, Punjab 5 Phelindaba Brewery, 14 Kumasi, Kaasi, Ghana 22 Baramati, Maharashtra 33 Pioneer, Maharashtra South Africa 15 Ogba, Lagos, Nigeria 23 Bhadrakali, West Bengal 34 Rosa, Uttar Pradesh 6 Butterworth Brewery, 16 Paraipaba, Ceará, Brazil 24 Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh 35 Serampore, West Bengal South Africa 17 Agricultural lands, 25 Four Seasons Winery, 36 Sovereign, Karnataka 7 Khangela Brewery, Ceará, Brazil Maharashtra 37 Tern, Andhra Pradesh South Africa 26 Hospet, Karnataka 38 Udaipur, Rajasthan 8 Moshi, Tanzania 27 Kumbalgodu, Karnataka

Examples of our strategic responses

Reserve – mass luxury

Luxury is increasingly becoming accessible to everyone. Modern luxury speaks to globalisation and pride in local culture. We call this trend mass luxury, and have identified that it presents 78% of our reserve growth opportunity to 2020. To deliver against this we reached more outlets and consumers this year, and nearly doubled our presence in the biggest cities around the world.

Innovation – holistic lifestyle products

Holistic lifestyle is a growing trend across markets and we are moving to participate in this space. With Baileys Almande we are redefining the liqueur category with a gluten free, dairy free, vegan almond milk liqueur. We have also launched Smirnoff Seltzer in the United States and Smirnoff Pure in Australia. Both are low calorie and low sugar ready to drink products.

Mainstream spirits

The mainstream spirits opportunity is critical to accessing emerging middle class consumers. The emerging middle class consumer is worth £11 billion(iv) and accounts for 1.1 billion equivalent units globally.(iv) Our acquisition of United Spirits (USL) in India gave us not only the footprint to compete and win in India, but also the know-how to expand and apply how we develop and sell mainstream spirits in Africa.

(iv) Euromonitor 2015, internal analysis.

 

36


Business description (continued)

 

Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of its securities could decline. Because any global business of the kind Diageo is engaged in is inherently exposed to risks that become apparent only with the benefit of hindsight, risks of which Diageo is not presently aware or which Diageo does not currently consider to be material could also adversely impact Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance, including its ability to execute its strategy. The order of presentation of the risk factors below does not necessarily indicate the likelihood of their occurrence or the potential magnitude of their consequences.

Risks related to the global economy

Diageo’s business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic, political, social or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates

Diageo may be adversely affected by unfavourable economic developments in any of the countries where it has distribution networks, marketing companies or production facilities. In particular, Diageo’s business is dependent on general economic conditions in its most important markets, including in the United States and in the United Kingdom and the other countries that form the European Union. A significant deterioration in economic conditions in any of Diageo’s important markets, including economic slowdowns or recessions, inflationary pressures and/or disruptions to credit and capital markets, could lead to decreased consumer confidence and consumer spending more generally, thus reducing demand for Diageo’s products. Unfavourable economic conditions could also negatively impact Diageo’s customers, suppliers and financial counterparties, who may experience cash flow problems, increased credit defaults or other financial issues, which could lead to customer destocking as well as an increase in Diageo’s bad debt expense. In addition, volatility in the credit and capital markets caused by unfavourable economic developments and uncertainties could result in a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo. Diageo’s business could also be affected by other economic developments such as fluctuations in currency exchange rates, the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas, or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Any of these developments may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Diageo’s operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to its global operations, including adverse political, social or other developments. Political and/or social unrest or uncertainties (including in relation to the United Kingdom’s decision to withdraw from the European Union), potential health issues, natural disasters, politically-motivated violence and terrorist threats and/or acts, including those which are specifically directed at the alcohol industry, may also occur in countries where Diageo has operations. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business, financial condition and performance.

Many of the above risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in emerging markets. A substantial portion of Diageo’s operations is conducted in emerging markets, which represented approximately 42% of Diageo’s net sales for the year ended 30 June 2017. In general, emerging markets are also exposed to relatively higher risks of liquidity constraints, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility, corruption, crime and lack of law enforcement, expropriation of assets, and sovereign default, as well as additional legal and regulatory risks and uncertainties. Developments in emerging markets can affect Diageo’s ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as impact levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo’s levels of sales or profitability. Any of these factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner from its competitors, depending on Diageo’s specific exposure to any particular emerging market, and could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

The United Kingdom’s decision to withdraw from the European Union may result in a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity, and may have a negative impact on economic conditions in Europe and on Diageo’s business and financial results

 

37


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo is headquartered in the United Kingdom and has significant production and investment in Scotland. In June 2016, the United Kingdom voted by referendum to withdraw from membership in the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”). The prime minister of the United Kingdom formally invoked Article 50 of the Treaty of the European Union on 29 March 2017, thus officially initiating the process for the departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union. The terms of this withdrawal are subject to a formal negotiation period that could last at least two years from this notification date. Although it remains too early to fully assess the potential impact of Brexit on Diageo’s business, it is anticipated that there will be a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity whilst the detailed terms of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union are finalised and the United Kingdom negotiates, concludes and implements successor trading arrangements with other countries. The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union could also negatively impact economic conditions in Europe more generally and have adverse effects on Diageo’s business and financial results. For instance, the negotiating process surrounding the terms of the departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union may contribute to significant volatility in exchange rates and risks to supply chains across the European Union and ultimately lead to changes in market access or trading terms, including to customs duties, tariffs and/or industry-specific requirements and regulations, restrictions on the mobility of employees and generally increased legal and regulatory complexity and costs.

The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union could also have further implications for the constitutional makeup of the United Kingdom as a result of renewed discussions following the outcome of the referendum concerning independence for Scotland and/or further devolved governments in Scotland and Northern Ireland. This could result in a further period of political uncertainty in the United Kingdom and otherwise adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results, particularly since Diageo has substantial operations and inventory located in Scotland.

Risks related to Diageo’s industry

Demand for Diageo’s products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy

Diageo’s portfolio of brands includes some of the world’s leading beverage alcohol brands, as well as a number of brands that are prominent in certain regional and/or local markets. Maintaining Diageo’s competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer high-quality products that have a strong appeal to a wide range of consumers. Consumer preferences on a global and/or local scale may shift due to a variety of factors, including changes in demographics, evolving social trends (including potential shifts in consumer tastes towards locally produced small batch craft products), changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather conditions, public health regulations and/or a downturn in economic conditions, any or all of which may reduce consumers’ willingness to purchase luxury or premium branded products or to purchase products from large producers such as Diageo. Economic pressures could also cause consumers to choose products which have lower price points, whether Diageo’s or those of its competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results. The competitive position of Diageo’s brands, as well as Diageo’s reputation more generally, could also be adversely affected by any failure by Diageo to provide consistent, reliable quality in its products or in its service levels to customers.

In addition, the social acceptability of Diageo’s products may decline due to negative publicity surrounding, and/or public concerns about, alcohol consumption. Such concerns could also result in regulatory action, litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry and have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Diageo’s business has historically benefited from the launch of new products or variants of existing brands, and continuing product innovation and the creation of extensions to existing brands remain significant elements of Diageo’s growth plans. The launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain, especially with respect to such products’ initial and continuing appeal to consumers. The failure to successfully launch a new product or a variant of an existing brand can give rise to inventory write-offs and other costs, as well as negatively impact consumer perception and growth of an existing brand. There can be no assurance of Diageo’s continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products, or to ensure or extend the profitable lifespan of its existing products.

 

38


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo is subject to litigation specifically directed at the beverage alcohol industry, as well as to other litigation

Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other private or governmental litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or other health consequences arising from the misuse of alcohol. Diageo may also be subject to litigation arising from legacy and discontinued activities, as well as other litigation in the ordinary course of its operations, including in connection with the acquisition or disposal of businesses or other assets. Diageo is further subject to the risk of litigation, enforcement or other regulatory actions by tax, customs, competition, environmental, anti-corruption and other relevant regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing or compliance matters. Diageo’s listing in the United States may also expose it to a higher risk of securities-related class action suits, particularly following any significant decline in the price of Diageo’s securities. Any such litigation or other actions may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and/or impact the ability of management to focus on business matters, thus adversely affecting Diageo’s business and financial results. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, including certain litigation in relation to Diageo’s acquisition of USL, see “Additional information for shareholders—Legal proceedings” and note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Diageo is subject to tax uncertainties, including changes in tax obligations, tax laws, regulations and interpretations, as well as enforcement actions by tax authorities

Changes in the political and economic climate have resulted in an increased focus on tax collection in recent years, and tax authorities are showing an increased appetite to challenge the methodology used by multinational enterprises, even where a company complies with international best practice guidelines. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), tax treaties, accounting policies and accounting standards, including as a result of the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s review of base erosion and profit shifting and the European Union’s anti-tax abuse measures, could also result in litigation or other actions by relevant tax authorities. For example, as discussed in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, Diageo has entered into a process of collaborative working with HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) in relation to preliminary notice of assessments it has received with respect to the new Diverted Profits Tax regime in the United Kingdom. Any such litigation or other actions may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo’s business and financial results could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see ‘Additional information for shareholders — Legal proceedings’ and note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Beverage alcohol products are also subject to national excise, import duty and other types of taxes in most countries around the world, most of which are specific to each jurisdiction. Increases in any such taxes could have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s revenue from sales or margin, either through reducing the level of overall beverage alcohol consumption and/or by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

In addition to the above, other changes in tax law (including tax rates), tax treaties, related accounting policies and accounting standards could also increase Diageo’s cost of doing business and lead to a rise in Diageo’s effective tax rate, thus adversely affecting Diageo’s business and financial results.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo’s business or operations, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact Diageo’s production costs and capacity

There is growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse effect on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather events and natural disasters. In the event that climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures enacted to address climate change, has a negative effect on agricultural productivity in the various regions from which Diageo procures its raw materials, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or increased prices for a number of raw materials that are necessary in the production of Diageo’s products, including sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes.

Water, which is the main ingredient in substantially all of Diageo’s products, is also a limited resource in many parts of the world. As demand for water continues to increase, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, Diageo may be affected by increasing production costs (including those related to unfavourable changes to applicable water-related taxes and regulations) or capacity constraints, which in turn could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results.

 

39


Business description (continued)

 

Any increases in the cost of production could affect Diageo’s profitability

The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage alcohol products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by factors beyond Diageo’s control, including changes in global supply and demand, weather and/or agricultural conditions, fluctuations in relevant exchange rates and/or governmental controls. Fluctuations in the prices of various commodities, including energy prices, may result in unexpected increases in the cost of the raw materials Diageo uses in the production of its products, including the prices of the agricultural commodities, flavourings and other ingredients necessary for Diageo to produce its various beverages, as well as glass bottles and other materials used as packaging, thus increasing Diageo’s production costs. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of any such materials, by increases in energy costs resulting in higher transportation, freight and other related operating costs or by inflation in any of the jurisdictions in which it produces its products. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volumes of products sold and/or decreased operating profit.

Risks related to regulation

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo’s costs and liabilities or limit its business activities

Diageo’s operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, product liability, labour, pensions, antitrust, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental or regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the marketing, advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, restrictions on importation and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products. For example, in 2015 two of the major states (in terms of population and per capita alcohol consumption) of the Republic of India, the State of Kerala and the State of Bihar, announced the imposition of a total ban on alcohol consumption, while, more recently, the Supreme Court of India issued a ruling prohibiting the sale of alcohol in certain outlets near highways. These regulatory measures have impacted, and are likely to continue to impact, the sale and distribution of Diageo’s products in India, which in turn could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results.

Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recalls, seizure of products or other sanctions which could have an adverse effect on Diageo’s sales or damage its reputation. Any changes to the regulatory environment in which Diageo operates could also cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities, which could adversely affect Diageo’s performance.

Diageo is subject to data privacy regulations in many of the markets in which it operates, and laws and regulations in this area are developing and changing on a continual basis. For example, Diageo is subject to the General Data Protection Regulation adopted in the European Union in April 2016, which must be fully implemented in all member states by May 2018. Breach of any of these laws or regulations can lead to significant fines and/or damage to Diageo’s reputation as well as significantly restricting its ability to deliver on its digital productivity and growth plans.

Any failure by Diageo to comply with anti-corruption laws, sanctions, trade restrictions or similar laws or regulations, or any failure of Diageo’s related internal policies and procedures to comply with applicable law, may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results

Diageo produces and markets its products in a global scale, including in certain countries that, as a result of political and economic instability, a lack of well-developed legal systems and/or potentially corrupt business environments, are reported to have high levels of corruption risk (i.e., countries in which the Transparency International index of perceived levels of public sector corruption is less than or equal to fifty). There is increasing scrutiny and enforcement by regulators in many jurisdictions of anti-corruption laws, including pursuant to the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. Such enforcement has been enhanced by applicable regulations in the United States, which offer substantial financial rewards to whistleblowers for reporting information that leads to monetary fines.

 

40


Business description (continued)

 

If Diageo or any of its associates fails to comply with anti-corruption laws, or with existing or new economic sanctions or trade restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union or other national or international authorities that are applicable to Diageo or such associate, Diageo may be exposed to the costs associated with investigating potential misconduct as well as potential legal liability and/or reputational damage.

While Diageo has implemented and maintains internal practices, procedures and controls designed to ensure compliance with anti-corruption laws, sanctions, trade restrictions or similar laws and regulations, and routinely conducts investigations, either at its own initiative or in response to requests from regulators in connection with compliance with such internal controls, there is no guarantee that such procedures will be effective in preventing compliance failures at Diageo or at third parties with whom Diageo maintains business relationships.

Any investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, are time consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of Diageo’s personnel, including senior management, from its business. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny and legal and enforcement proceedings can also have a negative impact on Diageo’s reputation and on the morale and performance of its employees. To the extent that violations of anti-corruption, sanction and/or trade restriction laws and regulations, and/or Diageo’s internal policies and procedures, are found, or if Diageo’s internal policies and procedures are found not to comply with applicable law, possible regulatory sanctions, fines and other consequences may also be material.

Defective internal controls could adversely affect Diageo’s financial reporting and management processes, as well as the accuracy of public disclosures

Diageo has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to its financial reporting process and its process for the preparation of consolidated financial statements. In addition, management undertakes a review of the consolidated financial statements in order to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein. Diageo is required by the laws of various jurisdictions to publicly disclose its financial results, as well as developments that could materially affect its financial results, and regulators routinely review the financial statements of listed companies such as Diageo for compliance with new, revised or existing accounting and regulatory requirements. Should Diageo be subject to an investigation into potential non-compliance with accounting and disclosure requirements or be found to have breached any such requirements, this may lead to restatements of previously reported results and significant penalties. In addition, the reliability of financial reporting is important in ensuring that the management of a business and its results are based on reliable data. Flaws in internal control systems could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results, including Diageo’s ability to execute its strategy.

Accurate disclosures also provide investors and other market professionals with information to understand Diageo’s business. Defective internal controls could result in inaccuracies or lack of clarity in public disclosures that could create market uncertainty regarding the reliability of the data presented. As a result, defective internal controls could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results and/or the price of Diageo’s securities.

Risks related to Diageo’s business

The value of Diageo’s brands and its net sales may be negatively affected by its failure to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation or adapt to a changing media environment

The value of Diageo’s brands and its profitability depends heavily on its ability to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation. Adverse publicity, whether or not justified, may tarnish Diageo’s reputation and cause consumers to choose products offered by its competitors. Such adverse publicity could arise as a result of a perceived failure by Diageo to make adequate positive social contributions, including in relation to the level of taxes paid by Diageo, or by the failures of internal controls or compliance breaches leading to a breach of Diageo’s Code of Business Conduct, its other key policies or of the laws or regulations of the jurisdictions in which it operates.

In addition, Diageo’s ability to maintain, extend, and expand its brand image depends on its ability to adapt to a rapidly changing media environment. Diageo maintains an online presence as part of its business operations, and increasingly relies on social media and online dissemination of advertising campaigns. Diageo’s reputation may suffer if it is perceived to fail to appropriately restrict access to its online content or if it breaches any marketing regulation, code or policy. In addition, the growing use of social and digital media increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative posts or comments about Diageo, its brands or its products on social or digital media, whether or not valid, could seriously damage Diageo’s brands and reputation.

 

41


Business description (continued)

 

Any failure to maintain, extend, and expand Diageo’s brand image or adapt to a changing media environment may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins

Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as regional and local companies (including craft breweries and distilleries) in the countries in which it operates and competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, the beverage industry has been experiencing continuing consolidation among major global producers, as evidenced by several business combinations of substantial value carried out by significant competitors in recent years. Consolidation is also taking place among Diageo’s customers in many countries. These trends may lead to stronger competitors, increased competitive pressure from customers, negative impacts on Diageo’s distribution network, downward pressure on prices, predatory marketing tactics by Diageo’s competitors and/or a decline in Diageo’s market share in any of these categories. Adverse developments in economic conditions or declines in demand or consumer spending may also result in intensified competition for market share, with potentially adverse effects on sales volume and price. Any of these factors may adversely affect Diageo’s results and potential for growth.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its business strategies, including in relation to expansion in emerging markets, acquisitions, productivity initiatives or inventory forecasting

There can be no assurance that Diageo’s business strategies will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins. Part of Diageo’s growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain emerging market countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo’s products in particular, has not historically been significant, but where Diageo believes there are strong prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful, and some of these markets may represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degrees of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

It is also possible that Diageo’s business strategies could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction, including the Casamigos transaction announced in June 2017 and described in further detail on page 20 and in note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, will be completed or that any such transaction would deliver the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo’s ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo’s existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits of the transaction. Acquisitions may also expose Diageo to liabilities it may not be aware of at the time of the acquisition, for example if acquired companies and businesses do not act, or have not acted, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The current and ongoing issues in USL detailed in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements provide an example of integration and legal challenges.

Similarly, there can be no assurance that the global productivity programme implemented by Diageo in order to drive efficiencies and deliver cost savings will deliver the expected benefits, and such programmes may result in significant costs to Diageo or may have other adverse impacts on the business and operations of the Group. Diageo continues to undertake programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operations, including changes to organisational structures, business processes and business systems. Disruption caused to business processes as a result of such change could impact Diageo’s operations and lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction. There may also be a risk of impairment charges on goodwill or other intangible assets as well as failure to meet financial targets. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

Certain of Diageo’s aged product categories may mature over periods of up to 30 years, and forecasts of demand for such products in future periods are subject to significant uncertainty. There is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption as a result of changes in business strategy, market demand and preferences, macroeconomic conditions, introductions of competing products and other changes in market conditions. Any forecasting error could lead to Diageo being unable to meet the objectives of its business strategy, future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks. If Diageo is unable to accurately forecast demand for its products or efficiently manage its inventory, this may have a material adverse effect on Diageo’s business and financial results.

 

42


Business description (continued)

 

Contamination, counterfeiting or other events could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo’s brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands

The success of Diageo’s brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally or through deliberate third party action, or other events that harm the integrity of or consumer support for those brands could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo’s consumers, or do not otherwise comply with applicable food safety regulations. Diageo may also recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively impact sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, any resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo’s reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

Additionally, third parties may sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, and consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with such counterfeit products. A negative consumer experience with such a product could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair Diageo’s brand equity, adversely affecting Diageo’s business.

Diageo’s business may be adversely affected by increased costs for, or shortages of, talent, or by labour strikes or disputes

Diageo’s business could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo’s success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop personnel possessing the skill sets that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage Diageo’s operations and could adversely affect Diageo’s business and financial results. In addition, labour strikes, work stoppages or slowdowns within Diageo’s operations or those of Diageo’s suppliers could adversely impact Diageo.

Diageo may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems, including via cyber-attacks

Diageo operates production facilities around the world. If there was a technical failure or a fire or explosion at one or more of Diageo’s production facilities, this could result in significant damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings and/or the local environment and/or injury or loss of life. Such an event could also lead to a loss of production capacity, result in regulatory action or legal liability, or damage Diageo’s reputation.

Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally Scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to 30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as such demand arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo’s maturing inventory or other assets in the event that such assets were lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters, destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties, or failure of information systems or data infrastructure.

As with all large systems, Diageo’s information systems could be subject to cyber-attacks by outside parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information and/or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo’s business and/or lead to loss of assets or to outside parties having access to confidential information, including privileged data or strategic information of Diageo and its employees, customers and consumers. Such information could also be made public in a manner that harms Diageo’s reputation. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any sustained disruption to the facility or issue impacting the reliability of the information systems used could impact a large portion of Diageo’s business operations and in some circumstances, could result in property damage, breaches of regulations, litigation, legal liabilities and reparation costs.

 

43


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates

Diageo is engaged in an international business that operates in, and makes sales into, countries with different currencies, while its financial results are presented in sterling. As a result, Diageo is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the sterling value of its transactions, as well as the translation to sterling of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. In particular, approximately 32% of Diageo’s net sales in the year ended 30 June 2017 were in US dollars, approximately 11% were in euros and approximately 13% were in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo’s reported results of operations from year to year. Exchange rate fluctuations may also expose Diageo to increased interest expense on borrowings denominated in currencies which appreciate against the sterling. As a result, Diageo’s business and financial results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through increased interest expense.

Diageo’s operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of assets and liabilities related to its pension plans

Diageo operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, which vary in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of these pension plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The ability of these pension plans to meet their pension obligations may be affected by, among other things, the performance of assets owned by these pension plans, the liabilities in connection with the pension plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. For example, Diageo’s deficit in respect of post-employment plans before taxation increased by £934 million from £259 million at 30 June 2015 to £1,193 million at 30 June 2016, primarily as a result of a decrease in returns from corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on plan liabilities. This deficit subsequently decreased by £702 million to £491 million at 30 June 2017, primarily as a result of an increase in the market value of assets held by the plans. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to these pension funds in the future.

Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by Diageo’s pension funds decline, the valuations of assets by the pension trustees decline or the valuation of liabilities in connection with pension plans increase, pension expenses may increase which, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo’s financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant, that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually or that the value of liabilities will not fluctuate; Diageo’s actual experience may be significantly more negative than the assumptions used.

Diageo’s operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms

Diageo’s business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate its rights on favourable terms when these agreements expire or that they will not be terminated. Failure to renew these agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo’s business and financial results. In addition, Diageo’s business and financial results may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials.

 

44


Business description (continued)

 

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights

Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo’s patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo’s brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured and traded in certain jurisdictions. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

Risks related to Diageo’s securities

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against Diageo and its directors

Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo’s directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo’s assets, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of US federal securities laws. There is also doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws. In addition, punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England and Wales.

 

45


Business description (continued)

 

Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains ‘forward-looking’ statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of changes in interest or exchange rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, anticipated cost savings or synergies, expected investments, the completion of Diageo’s strategic transactions and restructuring programmes, anticipated tax rates, expected cash payments, outcomes of litigation, anticipated deficit reductions in relation to pension schemes and general economic conditions. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo’s control.

These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    economic, political, social or other developments in countries and markets in which Diageo operates, which may contribute to a reduction in demand for Diageo’s products, decreased consumer spending, adverse impacts on Diageo’s customer, supplier and/or financial counterparties, or the imposition of import, investment or currency restrictions;

 

    the negotiating process surrounding, as well as the eventual terms of, the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, which could lead to a sustained period of economic and political uncertainty and complexity while detailed withdrawal terms and any successor trading arrangements with other countries are negotiated, finalised and implemented, potentially adversely impacting economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe more generally as well as Diageo’s business operations and financial performance;

 

46


Business description (continued)

 

    changes in consumer preferences and tastes, including as a result of changes in demographics, evolving social trends (including potential shifts in consumer tastes towards locally produced small-batch products), changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather conditions, public health regulations and/or a downturn in economic conditions;

 

    any litigation or other similar proceedings (including with customs, competition, environmental, anti-corruption and other regulatory authorities), including litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry generally or at Diageo in particular;

 

    changes in the domestic and international tax environment, including as a result of the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Initiative and EU anti-tax abuse measures, leading to uncertainty around the application of existing and new tax laws and unexpected tax exposures;

 

    the effects of climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures intended to address climate change, on Diageo’s business or operations, including any impact on the cost and supply of water;

 

    changes in the cost of production, including as a result of increases in the cost of commodities, labour and/or energy or as a result of inflation;

 

    legal and regulatory developments, including changes in regulations relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, sales, pricing, packaging and labelling, product liability, labour, compliance and control systems, environmental issues and/or data privacy;

 

    the consequences of any failure by Diageo or its associates to comply with anti-corruption, sanctions, trade restrictions or similar laws and regulations, or any failure of Diageo’s related internal policies and procedures to comply with applicable law;

 

    the consequences of any failure of internal controls, including those affecting compliance with existing or new accounting and/or disclosure requirements;

 

    Diageo’s ability to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation or to adapt to a changing media environment;

 

    increased competitive product and pricing pressures, including as a result of actions by increasingly consolidated competitors or increased competition from regional and local companies, that could negatively impact Diageo’s market share, distribution network, costs and/or pricing;

 

    Diageo’s ability to derive the expected benefits from its business strategies, including in relation to expansion in emerging markets, acquisitions and/or disposals, cost saving and productivity initiatives or inventory forecasting;

 

    contamination, counterfeiting or other circumstances which could harm the level of customer support for Diageo’s brands and adversely impact its sales;

 

    increased costs for, or shortages of, talent, as well as labour strikes or disputes;

 

    any disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems, including as a result of cyber-attacks;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates and/or interest rates, which may impact the value of transactions and assets denominated in other currencies, increase Diageo’s cost of financing or otherwise adversely affect Diageo’s financial results;

 

    movements in the value of the assets and liabilities related to Diageo’s pension plans;

 

    Diageo’s ability to renew supply, distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements (or related rights) and licences on favourable terms, or at all, when they expire; or

 

    any failure by Diageo to protect its intellectual property rights.

 

47


Business description (continued)

 

All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and by the principal risks set out in the ‘Risk factors’ section above. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo’s expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

This document includes names of Diageo’s products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own and licence to Diageo for use. All rights reserved. © Diageo plc 2017.

The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities.

This document may include information about Diageo’s target debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

 

48


Business review

 

Operating results 2017 compared with 2016

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

We have delivered a strong sets of results that show progress on all our measures of efficient growth and value creation. Organic net sales growth was broad based and underpinned by volume growth. The everyday focus on efficiency through our productivity programme contributed to organic operating margin expansion across all regions. Our discipline in converting profit to cash and reducing working capital has enabled us to significantly improve free cash flow. I am confident that with the progress we have made and the high performance culture we are building in the business we can continue to drive strong growth.

Kathryn Mikells,

Chief Financial Officer

 

Reported net sales were up 15% as favourable exchange and organic growth more than offset the adverse impact from prior year disposals

Reported operating profit was up 25% driven by favourable exchange, organic growth and lower exceptional operating charges

Organic results improved with volume growth of 1.1%

Organic net sales growth of 4.3%

Organic operating profit grew 5.6%

Net cash from operating activities was £3.1bn

Free cash flow continued to be strong at £2.7bn up £566 million on last year

Basic eps of 106.0 pence was up 18%

Eps before exceptional items increased 21% to 108.5 pence

 

49


Business review (continued)

 

LOGO    Volume Net sales(i) Operating profit(ii) Operating profit before exceptionals (iii) North America Europe Africa Latin America and Caribbean Asia Pacific

 

(i) Excluding corporate net sales of £46 million (2016 – £36 million).
(ii) Excluding net corporate operating costs of £189 million (2016 – £150 million).
(iii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £42 million (2016 – £167 million) and net corporate operating costs of £189 million (2016 – £150 million).

 

                                                                 

Summary financial information

          2017     2016  

Volume

     EUm          242.2       246.4  

Net sales

     £ million          12,050       10,485  

Marketing

     £ million          1,798       1,562  

Operating profit before exceptional items

     £ million          3,601       3,008  

Exceptional operating items(i)

     £ million          (42     (167

Operating profit

     £ million          3,559       2,841  

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

     £ million          309       221  

Exceptional non-operating items(i)

     £ million          20       123  

Net finance charges

     £ million          329       327  

Tax rate

     %          20.6       17.4  

Tax rate before exceptional items

     %          20.6       19.0  

Discontinued operations (after tax)(i)

     £ million          (55      

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

     £ million          2,662       2,244  
       
       

Basic earnings per share

     pence          106.0       89.5  

Earnings per share before exceptional items

     pence          108.5       89.4  

Recommended full year dividend

     pence          62.2       59.2  

 

(i) For further details of exceptional items see pages 218-221 and discontinued operations see page 227.

 

                                                                                                             

Growth by region

   Volume
%
    Net sales
%
     Marketing
%
     Operating
profit
%
     Operating
profit before
exceptional items
%
 

North America

     1       17        19        22        22  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     1       11        10        13        17  

Africa

     3       11        16        3        3  

Latin America and Caribbean

     2       21        17        209        26  

Asia Pacific

     (6     17        14        38        23  

Diageo(ii)

     (2     15        15        25        20  

 

                                                                                       

Organic growth by region

   Volume
%
    Net sales
%
     Marketing
%
     Operating
profit(i)
%
 

North America

     2       3        4        4  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     3       5        3        8  

Africa

     3       5        5        10  

Latin America and Caribbean

     2       9        4        15  

Asia Pacific

     (1     3               4  

Diageo(ii)

     1       4        3        6  

 

(i) Before exceptional items.
(ii) Includes Corporate. In the year ended 30 June 2017 corporate net sales were £46 million (2016 – £36 million). Net corporate operating costs were £189 million (2016 – £150 million).

 

50


Business review (continued)

 

Key performance indicators

Net sales (£ million)

14.9% increase in reported net sales aided by favourable exchange

Organic net sales growth of 4.3% with 1.1% volume growth and positive price/mix

 

LOGO

364 12,050 1,359 124 (282) 10,485 Organic movement 2016 2017 Exchange(i) Volume Acquisitions and disposals Price/mix

 

 

(i) Exchange rate movements reflect the translation of prior year reported results at current exchange rates.

Net sales grew 14.9%, driven by favourable exchange and organic net sales growth which more than offset the impact from the prior year disposal of non-core assets.

Organic volume growth of 1.1% and 3.2% positive price/mix drove 4.3% organic net sales growth across all regions.

Operating profit (£ million)

Reported operating profit growth of 25.3%

Organic operating profit growth of 5.6%

 

LOGO

19bps 57bps 29.5% 47bps 36bps (39)bps 124bps Organic movement 27 .1% 2016 2017 Exceptional operating items Gross margin Exchange Marketing Acquisitions and disposals Other operating expenses

 

 

51


Business review (continued)

 

Reported operating profit was up 25.3% largely driven by favourable exchange, organic growth and lower exceptional operating charges. Organic operating profit was up 5.6%.

Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the prior period disposals of non-core assets, including the Desnoes & Geddes Limited beer business based in Jamaica and the group’s wine businesses in the United States and United Kingdom. The year on year net impact from acquisitions and disposals on net sales was £(282) million and on operating profit was £(43) million.

Diageo announced the acquisition of super premium tequila Casamigos on 21 June 2017 for an initial consideration of $700 million (£538 million), with a further potential $300 million (£230 million) based on Casamigos performance linked targets being met over the next ten years. The transaction is expected to complete in the second half of calendar 2017, subject to regulatory approval.

Operating margin (%)

Reported operating margin growth of 244bps

Organic operating margin grew by 37bps

 

LOGO

19bps 57bps 29.5% 47bps 36bps (39)bps 124bps Organic movement 27 .1% 2016 2017 Exceptional operating items Gross margin Exchange Marketing Acquisitions and disposals Other operating expenses

 

 

52


Business review (continued)

 

Reported operating margin improved by 244bps driven by the comparison against the prior period exceptional operating charge, favourable exchange, the disposal of lower margin non-core assets and organic operating margin improvement. Organic operating margin improved 37bps driven by our productivity programme which enabled gross margin expansion, marketing efficiencies and overhead savings. The negative impact of other operating expenses arose primarily from lapping the profit on the sale of United Breweries Limited shares and the sale of surplus land, partially mitigated by productivity efficiencies in overheads.

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Basic eps increased 18% from 89.5 pence to 106.0 pence

Eps before exceptional items increased 21% from 89.4 pence to 108.5 pence

 

LOGO

3.5 7.6 17.8 (0.1) 106.0 89.5 (1.8) (7.3) (0.4) (0.2) (0.4) (2.2) 2016 2017 Exceptional items after tax Associates and joint ventures Discontinued operations after tax Net nance charges Exchange on operating prot Tax Acquisitions and disposals Non-controlling interests Organic operating prot growth (i) Other (i) Excluding exchange

 

 

(i) Excluding exchange

Basic eps was impacted by net exceptional charges in the current year compared to exceptional income in the prior year and a charge in respect of an agreement with the UK Thalidomide Trust accounted for in discontinued operations.

Eps before exceptional items increased 19.1 pence as favourable exchange, organic operating profit growth and higher income from associates more than offset the negative impact from a higher tax charge and the exchange impact on reported tax.

Net cash from operating activities and free cash flow (£ million)

Net cash from operating activities(i) was £3,132 million, an increase of £584 million compared to the same period last year.

 

         LOGO

204 199 2,663 446 2,097 (233) (27) (23) 2016 2017 Capex Working capital Exchange(ii) Interest and tax Operating profit(ii) Other(iv)

 

 

53


Business review (continued)

 

Free cash flow was £2,663 million, an increase of £566 million.

 

LOGO

204 199 2,663 446 2,097 (233) (27) (23) 2016 2017 Capex Working capital Exchange(ii) Interest and tax Operating prot(ii) Other(iv) (i) Net cash from operating activities excludes net capex, loans and other investments ((L469) million in 2017 (L451) million in 2016) (ii) Exchange on operating profit before exceptional items. (iii) Operating prot excluding exchange, depreciation and amortisation, post employment payments and non cash items but including operating exceptional items. (iv) Other items include post employment payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures, loans and other investments and discontinued operations.

 

 

(i) Net cash from operating activities excludes net capex, loans and other investments ((£469) million in 2017 – (£451) million in 2016)
(ii) Exchange on operating profit before exceptional items.
(iii) Operating profit excluding exchange, depreciation and amortisation, post employment payments and non cash items but including operating exceptional items.
(iv) Other items include post employment payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures and discontinued operations. In respect of free cash flow other items also include loans and other movements.

Net cash from operating activities increased by £584 million driven by favourable exchange, higher organic operating profit growth and favourable working capital movement, partially offset by higher tax payment.

Free cash flow improved £566 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 driven by favourable exchange, higher organic operating profit growth and favourable working capital movement, partially offset by higher tax payments. The improvement in working capital is primarily driven by lower debtors due to focus on efficient debtor management and reduction in overdue debt.

 

54


Business review (continued)

 

Return on invested capital (ROIC) %

The return on closing invested capital of 23.5% for the year ended 30 June 2017, calculated as profit for the year divided by net assets as of 30 June 2017, increased by 30bps principally due to favourable exchange impact and profit increase.

Return on average invested capital (%)(i) increased 175 bps

 

LOGO

17bps 86bps 12bps 13.8% 3bps (35)bps 92bps 12.1% 2016 2017 Exchange Associates and joint ventures Acquistions and disposals Tax Organic operating prot Other (i) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.

 

 

(i) See pages 147-148 for calculation of ROIC used by Diageo.

ROIC before exceptional items increased 175bps mainly driven by favourable exchange and organic operating profit growth, partially offset by higher tax charges.

 

55


Business review (continued)

 

Income statement

 

                                                                                                             
     2016
£ million
    Exchange
(a)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and disposals
(b)
£ million
    Organic
movement(ii)
£ million
    2017
£ million
 

Sales

     15,641       1,978       (332     827       18,114  

Excise duties

     (5,156     (619     50       (339     (6,064
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     10,485       1,359       (282     488       12,050  

Cost of sales

     (4,251     (525     219       (123     (4,680
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,234       834       (63     365       7,370  

Marketing

     (1,562     (193     8       (51     (1,798

Other operating expenses(i)

     (1,664     (195     12       (124     (1,971
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     3,008       446       (43     190       3,601  

Exceptional operating items (c)

     (167           (42
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,841             3,559  

Non-operating items (c)

     123             20  

Net finance charges

     (327           (329

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     221             309  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,858             3,559  

Taxation (d)

     (496           (732
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     2,362             2,827  

Discontinued operations (c)

                 (55
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,362             2,772  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

(i) Before exceptional operating items, see note (c) below.
(ii) For the definition of organic movement see page 142.

 

56


Business review (continued)

 

(a) Exchange

The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures is principally in respect of the weakening of sterling against the US dollar, the euro, the Kenyan schilling and the Indian rupee, partially offset by strengthening against the Nigerian naira.

The effect of movements in exchange rates and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2017 is set out in the table below.

 

                     
     Gains/
(losses)
£ million
 

Translation impact

     323  

Transaction impact

     123  
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     446  
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges – translation impact

     (28

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

     12  

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

     (6
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges

     (22

Associates – translation impact

     34  
  

 

 

 

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

     458  
  

 

 

 

 

                                           
     Year
ended
30 June
2017
     Year
ended
30 June
2016
 

Exchange rates

     

Translation £1 =

     $1.27        $1.48  

Transaction £1 =

     $1.45        $1.55  

Translation £1 =

     €1.16        €1.34  

Transaction £1 =

     €1.22        €1.28  

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the disposals of Desnoes & Geddes Limited (D&G), the Red Stripe business in Jamaica, on 7 October 2015 and the group’s wine businesses in the United States and the UK Percy Fox wine business on 1 January 2016.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2017 were £42 million before tax, a decrease of £125 million against last year.

In the year ended 30 June 2017, £33 million was charged to exceptional items in respect of a Turkish Competition Authority investigation into certain of Mey İçki’s trading practices in Turkey.

During the year ended 30 June 2017 United Spirits Limited received a claim, followed by a debit note, from a customer in India in respect of differential pricing charged over a number of years in respect of products sold to that customer primarily for the period prior to the acquisition of United Spirits Limited by Diageo. While challenging the amount of the claim and contesting it, the group has made a provision of £32 million in exceptional items against the current receivable from the customer.

 

57


Business review (continued)

 

On 25 February 2016, the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million including a £53 million payment to Dr Vijay Mallya (Dr Mallya) over a five year period. In the year ended 30 June 2016 a payment of £28 million was made to Dr Mallya. In the year ended 30 June 2017 owing to various reasons, including breaches of several provisions of the 25 February 2016 Agreement by Dr Mallya, Diageo believes that it was not liable to pay the $7 million (£5 million) instalment in February 2017 under that agreement and considers it very unlikely that it will become liable to pay future instalments in subsequent years and accordingly the outstanding provision of £23 million was credited back to the income statement.

In addition, in the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating charges also included an exceptional impairment charge of £118 million in respect of the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2017 were a net gain of £20 million before tax compared to a gain of £123 million before tax in the comparative period, a decrease of £103 million.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2017 comprised a net gain of £20 million in respect of the sale of Diageo’s wine interests in the United States arising from the release of Diageo from a guarantee in respect of the vineyards, net of the settlement of the net working capital balance with Treasury Wine Estates on the date of disposal.

Non-operating items of £123 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 comprised:

 

    a loss of £191 million in the period in respect of the sale of the majority of Diageo’s wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses.

 

    a loss of £38 million in respect of the sale of Diageo’s interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor.

 

    a loss of £27 million in respect of sale of Diageo’s equity interests in Diageo’s South African associate interests.

 

    a gain of £14 million in respect of sale of Diageo’s equity interests in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer.

 

    a gain of £457 million in respect of the sale of Diageo’s 57.87% shareholding in the group’s Jamaican Red Stripe business and a 49.99% stake in Diageo’s Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses.

 

    a provision for a guarantee provided by Diageo for a loan of £92 million given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited. The underlying security package for the loan remains in place.

Following an agreement reached in December 2016 with the UK Thalidomide Trust, discontinued operations comprised £55 million (net of deferred tax of £9 million), of additional amounts payable to the Trust, updates to the discount and inflation rates applied to the existing thalidomide provision and legal costs. Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2017 in respect of the agreement were £31 million.

(d) Taxation

The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2017 was 20.6% compared with 17.4% for the year ended 30 June 2016. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2017 was 20.6% compared with 19.0% in the prior year. As for most multinationals the current tax environment is creating increased levels of uncertainty. The current expectation is that the tax rate before exceptional items for the year ending 30 June 2018 will be approximately 21%.

(e) Dividend

The group aims to increase the dividend at each half-year and the decision as to the rate of the dividend increase is made with reference to dividend cover as well as the current performance trends including top and bottom line together with cash generation. Diageo targets dividend cover (the ratio of basic earnings per share before exceptional items to dividend per share) within the range of 1.8-2.2 times. For the year ended 30 June 2016 dividend cover was 1.5 times. The recommended final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2017 is 38.5 pence, an increase of 5% consistent with the interim dividend. This brings the full year dividend to 62.2 pence per share and dividend cover to 1.7 times. It is expected to maintain dividend increases at roughly a mid-single digit rate until cover is back in range.

 

58


Business review (continued)

 

Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to holders of ordinary shares and ADRs on the register as of 11 August 2017. The ex-dividend date for the holders of the ordinary shares is 10 August 2017, and 9 August 2017 for US ADR holders. The final dividend will be paid to shareholders on 5 October 2017. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 11 October 2017. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to holders of ordinary shares in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 14 September 2017.

(f) Share buyback

The group aims to maintain a leverage ratio of between 2.5-3.0 times adjusted net debt (net borrowings aggregated with net post employment deficit) to EBITDA (excluding exceptional operating items). This enables the group to support the growth of the business while achieving an efficient cost of capital. Diageo closed the year with an adjusted net debt to EBITDA ratio of 2.0 times driven by strong cash flow performance. The group has now fallen below the target range and generated surplus capital. Consequently, on 26 July 2017 the board approved a share buyback programme to return up to £1.5 billion to shareholders during the year ending 30 June 2018.

Movement in net borrowings and equity

 

                                           

Movement in net borrowings

   2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

     (8,635     (9,527

Free cash flow (a)

     2,663       2,097  

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

     (83     1,047  

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     1       1  

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

     (41     (1

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (83     (101

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

           (21

Repayment of bonds (d)

     (1,234     (1,003

Net movements in other borrowings (e)

     414       (233

Equity dividends paid

     (1,515     (1,443
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     122       343  

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     820       1,236  

Exchange differences (f)

     (205     (725

Borrowings disposed through sale of businesses

           14  

Other non-cash items

     6       24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

     (7,892     (8,635
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) See page 146 for the analysis of free cash flow.

(b) In the year ended 30 June 2017 acquisitions and sale of businesses included the settlement of the guarantee in respect of the US wines disposal partially offset by the working capital settlement received from Treasury Wine Estates.

In the year ended 30 June 2016 acquisitions and sale of businesses include the disposal of the group’s shareholdings in its Jamaican Red Stripe business and Malaysian beer business, the disposal of the group’s wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox wine business, the disposal of the group’s equity stake in its South African associate interests and the proceeds from the sale of CGI, a Kenyan glass manufacturer.

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £102 million (2016 – £47 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £61 million (2016 – £46 million).

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2017, the group repaid bonds of $1,600 million (£1,234 million). In the comparable period the group repaid bonds of $1,500 million (£1,003 million).

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2017 the net movement in other borrowings principally arose from the settlement of cross currency interest rate swaps and cash movements on foreign currency swaps and forwards.

 

59


Business review (continued)

 

(f) Increase in net borrowings of £205 million is primarily driven by the adverse exchange differences on US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by a favourable movement on foreign exchange swaps and forwards.

 

                                           

Movement in equity

   2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

     10,180       9,256  

Profit for the year

     2,772       2,362  

Exchange adjustments (a)

     36       875  

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

     644       (856

Tax on post employment plans

     (122     166  

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

           51  

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

           (20

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

           (21

Disposal of non-controlling interest

           (24

Dividends to non-controlling interests

     (83     (101

Dividends paid

     (1,515     (1,443

Other reserve movements

     116       (65
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

     12,028       10,180  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(a) Movement in the year ended 30 June 2017 primarily arose from exchange gains in respect of the Indian rupee, US dollar and the euro, partially offset by an exchange loss in respect of the Turkish lira.

(b) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exchange losses of £51 million were recycled to the income statement in respect of disposals.

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £702 million from £1,193 million at 30 June 2016 to £491 million at 30 June 2017. The decrease primarily arose due to an increase in the market value of the assets held by the post employment schemes partially offset by an increase in long term inflation rates (UK RPI from 2.8% to 3.2%, UK CPI from 1.8% to 2.2% and Ireland CPI from 1.4% to 1.6%). Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2018 are estimated to be approximately £200 million.

 

60


Business review (continued)

 

North America

North America, the largest market for premium drinks in the world, represents about a third of our net sales and around half of operating profit. The consumer is at the center of everything we do and we are focused on sustainable growth through our strategy of getting the right brands in the right occasions at the right price. The demographic and economic trends in North America are in our favour and the industry is projected to grow in line with performance seen over the past several years.

 

LOGO

  Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) US Spirits Other Spirits(i) Ready to drink Value Super premium DBC USA (principally Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Travel Retail) Canada Premium

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                                  

Key financials

  2016
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Reclassifi-
cation(i)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2017
£ million
    Reported
movement

%
 

Net sales

    3,565       588       19       (132     121       4,161       17  

Marketing

    541       86             (9     24       642       19  

Operating profit

    1,551       270       15       (13     76       1,899       22  

 

(i) Reclassification comprise changes to a reallocation of the results of the Travel Retail operations to the geographical regions.

Our markets

The North America business is headquartered in Norwalk, Connecticut, and comprises US Spirits, Diageo Beer Company USA (DBC USA) and Diageo Canada.

Supply operations

We have nine bottling, distilling, blending and maturation sites including operations in Plainfield, Illinois; Amherstburg, Ontario; Valleyfield, Quebec; Relay, Maryland; Gimli, Manitoba; Tullahoma, Tennessee and Shelbyville and Louisville, Kentucky. Over the last five years, we have made significant changes to our supply footprint in North America as we focus on continuously improving efficiency across our supply chain. In addition to opening a brand new distillery in Shelbyville, Kentucky – the home of Bulleit Frontier Whiskey – we have recently received approval to construct a Guinness brewery and brew pub at our existing site in Relay, Maryland.

Route to consumer

The route to consumer in the United States is through the three-tier system and we distribute our products through approximately 40 spirits distributors and brokers, and more than 400 beer distributors. We have a unique route to consumer for our spirits business in the United States, with approximately 3,000 dedicated distributor sales people focused only on Diageo and Moët Hennessy spirits brands. We have consolidated our US Spirits business into single distributors or brokers in 41 states and the District of Columbia, representing more than 80% of our US Spirits volume.

 

61


Business review (continued)

 

The US Spirits business operates through three divisions in open states where we sell to distributors who then sell to retailers, and through two divisions in control states where we sell to the state, which in turn sells to state or agency stores and on premise retailers. DBC USA sells and markets brands including Guinness and Smirnoff Ice. Beer distribution generally follows the three-tier open state regulations across the United States. Diageo Canada distributes our portfolio of spirits and beer brands across all Canadian provinces, which generally operate through a provincial control system. Diageo Canada operates through a single broker with a dedicated sales force handling our brands in the country. National brand strategy, strategic accounts marketing and corporate functions are managed at the North America level.

Sustainability and responsibility

Core to our success in North America, our largest market, is our reputation as a leading voice on responsible drinking. We have some industry firsts to our name, for example including nutritional information on our Crown Royal packaging, following our 12-year campaign for alcohol companies to be allowed to include alcohol content and nutritional information per serve on packaging (passed in 2015). In 2016 we launched an innovative virtual film designed to prevent drink driving and an online version of our DRINKiQ training course to encourage responsible choices.

As a producer in the region, we are looking at our impact across the whole supply chain. This includes how we work to support diversity amongst our supply base, tracking ownership as part of promoting greater diversity. We are also ensuring our environmental performance at our new Bulleit distillery in Kentucky matches the leading performance of our existing distilleries – in carbon and water management as well as waste and other environmental impacts. The distillery is using green electricity and has enough solar panels on site to power all electricity-powered forklifts and utility vehicles.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £4,161 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £596 million compared to net sales of £3,565 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £588 million primarily due to the strengthening of the US dollar against sterling, organic growth of £121 million (see further performance analysis below) and the reallocation of the results of the Travel Retail operations of £19 million partially offset by a loss of £132 million of net sales due to disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £1,899 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £348 million compared to operating profit of £1,551 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Operating profit benefited £270 million from exchange rate movements due to the strengthening of the US dollar, organic growth of £76 million and the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations of £15 million partially offset by the loss of £13 million operating profit on the disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

North America delivered net sales growth of 3% with full year performance improving in US Spirits and Diageo Beer Company USA (DBC USA), and Canada continuing to grow. Full year depletion and net sales growth in US Spirits was 3%. Share gains were achieved in all key categories, except vodka. North American whisk(e)y, scotch and tequila delivered the strongest category performance. North American whisk(e)y net sales grew 12% as momentum on Crown Royal and Bulleit continued. Scotch grew 8% driven by Johnnie Walker Black Label, Buchanan’s and reserve variants. Captain Morgan and Baileys performance improved versus last year. Vodka net sales declined 8% primarily driven by Cîroc and Ketel One. Smirnoff depletion volume was flat but net sales were down as we continued to focus on inventory management and made price adjustments in the first half. DBC USA net sales grew 3% with ready to drink growing and beer flat. Net sales in Canada were up 3%. Marketing in North America increased 4%, growing ahead of net sales with increased activity on core brands in the second half. Operating margin increased 51bps as positive mix and productivity initiatives delivered gross margin expansion with zero based budgeting and organisational effectiveness changes driving lower overhead cost, partially offset by increased marketing.

 

62


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement

%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

North America

     2       1       3       17  
        

US Spirits

     2       1       3       17  

DBC USA

     2       (4     3       12  

Canada

     2       2       3       17  
        

Spirits(i)

     1       1       3       20  

Beer

     (1     (9           8  

Ready to drink

     4       4       4       21  

Global giants and local stars and reserve(i):

         Organic
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Crown Royal

       10       12       30  

Smirnoff

       (1     (2     15  

Captain Morgan

       4       4       21  

Johnnie Walker

       3       6       23  

Ketel One vodka

       (3     (6     9  

Cîroc

       (13     (15     (1

Baileys

       3       2       19  

Guinness

             1       18  

Tanqueray

       (1     (1     15  

Don Julio

       16       19       39  

Bulleit

       22       23       43  

Buchanan’s

       12       7       25  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Organic equals reported volume movement.

 

  Net sales in US Spirits were up 3%. Diageo maintained its leadership position in the North American whisk(e)y category in the United States with Crown Royal and Bulleit delivering strong net sales growth and continued share gains. Crown Royal net sales increased 13% with the launch of Crown Royal Vanilla and the continued growth of Crown Royal Deluxe and Crown Royal Regal Apple. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 8% with growth in Johnnie Walker Black Label and reserve variants driven by the successful ‘Keep Walking America’ platform, scaled up liquid on lips and focus on gifting. Scotch malts grew 9% with the launch of The Singleton and Lagavulin benefiting from the award winning ‘My Tales of Whisky’ partnership with Nick Offerman. Vodka decline was driven primarily by Cîroc and Ketel One declining 15% and 6%, respectively. Cîroc performance was primarily impacted by the lapping of the successful Apple flavour innovation with a smaller Mango launch and a decline in legacy flavours. Smirnoff depletion volume was flat and brand equity scores improved as consumers were reminded that it is a quality vodka at a great price through a new campaign involving celebrity influencers and activation against millennials and multi-cultural consumers. Captain Morgan made strong share gains in a weak rum category as it encouraged consumers to ‘Live like a Captain’ through its new campaign, innovated with the launch of LocoNut and new signature serve ‘Morgan Mule’. Don Julio net sales grew 20% building on the momentum of last year. Tanqueray gin and Baileys grew net sales and continued category share gains.
  DBC USA net sales increased 3% with ready to drink growing 5% and beer flat. Ready to drink growth was driven by strong growth of Smirnoff Ice which benefited from a packaging and liquid renovation, activation against the football consumption occasion and the launch of two new flavours of Smirnoff Ice Spiked, as well as the launch of Smirnoff Spiked Sparkling Seltzer. Guinness net sales grew 1% offsetting declines on Smithwick’s ale and Harp lager.
  Net sales in Canada grew 3%, driven by growth in Smirnoff, Crown Royal, Johnnie Walker and ready to drink. Smirnoff grew 5% through its continued association with music through the Smirnoff Sound Collective and increased digital presence in search. Crown Royal continued to benefit from the ‘We Make Whisky The Canadian Way’ campaign, which highlights the brand’s quality and craftmanship and from the launch of Crown Royal Vanilla. Ready to drink growth was driven by Smirnoff which benefited from packaging renovation and launch of new flavours.
  Marketing grew 4% with increased activity on core brands in the second half funded partially from productivity initiatives.

 

63


Business review (continued)

 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

Diageo is the largest premium drinks business in Europe. Within the geography of Europe there are three markets: Europe, Russia and Turkey. In Europe consumer marketing programmes are developed at a market level to drive consistency, efficiency and scale across all countries. In Russia we are driving our premium core, standard and value brands and reserve portfolio, whilst in Turkey, we use our local businesses’ route to consumer to drive growth in international premium spirits. In Europe our reputation as a trusted and respected company and for groundbreaking innovation, is key to our ability to attract and retain the people we need to deliver our Performance Ambition.

 

LOGO

   Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Europe Other Spirits(i) Ready to drink Value Super premium Russia (principally Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Turkey Travel Retail) Premium

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                                         

Key financials

  2016
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Reclassifi-
cation(i)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2017
£ million
    Reported
movement

%
 

Net sales

    2,544       211       37       (96     128       2,824       11  

Marketing

    404       22       5       (2     14       443       10  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    801       64       14       (10     67       936       17  

Exceptional operating items(ii)

                  (33  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

    801               903       13  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

(i) Reclassification comprises changes to a reallocation of the results of the Travel Retail operations to the geographical regions and the results of Lebanon, other Middle Eastern and North African countries which were formerly reported in Asia Pacific and Africa geographical regions now being included in Europe, Russia and Turkey.
(ii) For further details of exceptional operating items see pages 218-221.

Our markets

Europe comprises Great Britain, Ireland, France, Continental Europe (including Northern Europe, Germany, Austria and Switzerland, Poland, Iberia, the Mediterranean and the Europe Partner Markets distribution businesses), while Russia and Turkey are standalone markets. Europe is managed as a single market with country teams focusing on sales and customer marketing execution.

Supply operations

The International Supply Centre (ISC) comprises the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Italy. The group owns 29 whisky distilleries in Scotland, a Dublin based brewery, maturation and packaging facilities in Scotland, England, Ireland and Italy. The ISC exports whisky, vodka, gin, rum, beer, wine, cream liqueurs, and other spirit-based drinks to over 180 countries. Through our planned £1 billion investment in Scotch whisky production and inventory, distilling capacity has increased by over 25% since 2012. Raki, vodka and wine are produced at a number of sites in Turkey and Smirnov vodka and other local brands are produced in Russia.

 

64


Business review (continued)

 

Route to consumer

In Great Britain we sell and market our products through Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink) and Justerini & Brooks Fine Wines (wines private clients). Products are distributed through independent wholesalers and directly to retailers. In the on-trade, products are sold through major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers.

In the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland, Diageo sells and distributes directly to the on-trade and the off-trade as well as wholesalers. In France our products are sold through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy. In Continental Europe, we distribute our spirits brands primarily through our own distribution companies. Europe Partner Markets distributes our beer brands in mainland Europe, focusing on Germany, Russia and France, our largest mainland European beer markets.

In Russia we operate through wholly owned subsidiaries.

In Turkey, we sell our products via the distribution network of Mey İçki, our wholly owned subsidiary. Mey İçki distributes both local brands (raki, other spirits and wine) and Diageo’s global spirits brands.

Sustainability and responsibility

Concern over harmful drinking is high on the public agenda in this region, so our work to promote responsible drinking is both a key issue and a key strength. Our responsible drinking programmes aim to tackle key issues of drink driving, underage drinking and heavy episodic drinking. For example, our Smashed programme in Great Britain brings theatre to schools to discourage underage drinking, and we work with retailers from Tesco in the UK to Auchan in Italy to provide consumer information about responsible drinking. This focus is at the heart of our Learning for Life programme, which is helping to train a new generation of people in the hospitality industry in Europe. Of those taking part, more than 70% secured lasting employment within 12 months of completing the programme.

Our manufacturing operations, notably our distilleries in Scotland and our Guinness brewery in Ireland, aim for leadership in safety standards and environmental sustainability. Our plans for a new distillery at St James’s Gate in Dublin include the same high standards of environmental performance and management that we expect from any of our new facilities, and build on the leading performance of the new Brewhouse at St James’s Gate.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £2,824 million for the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £280 million compared to net sales of £2,544 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £211 million primarily due to the strengthening of the euro against sterling, organic growth of £128 million (see further performance analysis below) and the net of £37 million due to the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations and the transfer of Lebanon, other Middle East countries and North African countries which were formerly reported in the Asia Pacific and Africa regions respectively and for the year ended 30 June 2017 are included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region, partially offset by the loss of £96 million of net sales following the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £903 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £102 million compared to operating profit of £801 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Operating profit benefited by £64 million from exchange rate movements due to the strengthening of the euro, organic growth of £67 million and the net of £14 million due to the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations and the transfer of Lebanon, other Middle East countries and North African countries which were formerly reported in the Asia Pacific and Africa regions respectively and for the year ended 30 June 2017 are included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region, partially offset by the loss of £10 million operating profit following the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016. In the year ended 30 June 2017 a provision of £33 million was made in exceptional items in respect of the Competition authority in Turkey. There were no exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2016.

 

65


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

The region delivered 5% net sales growth reflecting continued strong performance in Europe and good net sales growth in Russia and Turkey. In Europe, net sales were up 4% with Continental Europe and Great Britain the main contributors. Europe continued to gain share in spirits, taking 20bps over the year. Strong performance on Johnnie Walker, Baileys and Captain Morgan continued. Tanqueray had double digit growth in most countries across Europe and Guinness net sales were up 2% supported by innovations from the ‘The Brewers Project’. Strong performance in reserve brands continued with 9% growth. In Russia, whilst the prior year price increases continued to impact performance with volume down 4%, net sales grew 7% with share gains in Bell’s and Johnnie Walker. In Turkey, volumes were down 2% but net sales grew 4%, also driven by price rises following excise increases. Gross margins were up across the three markets driven by positive mix in Europe and price in Russia and Turkey. Operating margin in the region increased 91bps driven mainly by positive price/ mix and ongoing productivity initiatives partially offset by other one off operating costs.

 

                                                                                       

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement

%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     3       1       5       11  
        

Europe

     3             4       9  

Russia

     (4     (4     7       41  

Turkey

     (2     (2     4       6  
        

Spirits(i)

     3       4       5       15  

Beer

     2       (1     2       10  

Ready to drink

     (2     (2     (3     5  

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Organic
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       2       2       10  

Johnnie Walker

       10       10       34  

Smirnoff

       (2     (4     2  

Baileys

       8       6       16  

Yenì Raki

       (2     4       5  

Captain Morgan

       14       12       23  

JeB

       2             14  

Tanqueray

       33       29       43  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Organic equals reported volume movement except Johnnie Walker 19% and JeB 3% which were impacted by the reclassification of Middle Eastern and North African countries to the region.

 

  In Europe net sales were up 4%:
    In Great Britain, net sales grew 3%. Tanqueray grew strong double digit due to expanded distribution, gaining share of 80bps in the gin category. Captain Morgan grew 6%, taking 300bps of share and gained category leading status. Innovation success with Hop House 13 Lager and Smirnoff Cider also contributed to growth this year. Reserve brands were up 15% driven by Tanqueray and the launch of Haig Club Clubman. Smirnoff gained share due to momentum of the ‘We’re Open’ platform but net sales fell 7%, due to changes in the commercial footprint leading to efficiencies including inventory reduction.

 

66


Business review (continued)

 

    Net sales in Ireland were flat. Guinness net sales were up 2% driven by continued success of Hop House 13 Lager, offset by other beer brands where net sales declined 4%. Net sales growth in spirits of 10% was driven by Gordon’s and Smirnoff.
    In France, net sales were flat. Continued strong performance in Captain Morgan and Zacapa, was offset by weakness in JeB and Smirnoff including ready to drink.
    In Continental Europe, net sales were up 7%:
    Net sales in Iberia were up 7% due to changes in the commercial footprint in the prior year and Scotch share gain in a growing scotch category, with Johnnie Walker net sales growth of 7% and JeB returning to growth of 3%. Tanqueray net sales were up 9% in a growing gin category.
    In Germany, Austria and Switzerland, net sales grew 10% driven by double digit growth in Baileys, Johnnie Walker and Tanqueray, all achieving share gains in their respective categories.
    Benelux net sales were down 2% within a declining spirits category. Performance continued to be impacted by a significant tax increase implemented in the prior year in Belgium.
    In Italy, net sales were up 5%, mainly due to strong net sales growth in Tanqueray in a growing gin category.
    Poland net sales grew 9% due to performance improvement in scotch and reserve brands.
    Europe Partner Markets grew net sales 12% due to an expanded distribution footprint and performance improvement in Johnnie Walker, Captain Morgan and Guinness.
  Russia net sales grew 7%. While performance continues to be impacted by the economy and recent history of price increases, Russia achieved double digit growth in Bell’s and Johnnie Walker, with share gains across both brands. Performance improved due to broader distribution in the off-trade, increased activations and consistent execution of growth drivers as well as innovation success with Bell’s Spiced.
  In Turkey, net sales grew 4% reflecting the impact of price rises taken in response to increases in excise duties. This performance was delivered in a challenging market, driven by 5% growth in raki. Johnnie Walker continued to deliver double digit growth.
  Marketing increased 3% and benefited from productivity initiatives which improved efficiency and effectiveness of the brand investment. The region continues to be focused on the key growth opportunities including reserve brands, gin, scotch, beer and innovation with up-weighted spend in the second half.

 

67


Business review (continued)

 

Africa

In Africa our strategy is to grow Diageo’s leadership across beer and spirits by providing brand choice across a broad range of consumer motivations, profiles, price points and occasions. We are focused on growing beer faster than the market and accelerating the growth of spirits through continued investment in infrastructure and brands with mainstream spirits being critical to realising the potential of the region. Local sourcing is a key element of our strategy in Africa as it directly supports our commercial operations, while indirectly supporting our position by bringing wider benefits to society as a whole.

 

LOGO

  Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) East Africa Nigeria Spirits(i) Ready to drink Value Super premium Africa Regional South Africa Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Markets (ARM) Other Premium (principally Travel Retail)

 

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                                  

Key financials

  2016
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Reclassifi-
cation(i)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2017
£ million
    Reported
movement

%
 

Net sales

    1,401       78       (13     15       75       1,556       11  

Marketing

    143       13       (2     5       7       166       16  

Operating profit

    212       7       (7     (14     20       218       3  

 

(i) Reclassification comprises changes to a reallocation of the results of the Travel Retail operations to the geographical regions and the results of North African countries which were formerly reported in the Africa geographical regions now being included in Europe, Russia and Turkey.

Our markets

The region comprises East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda and South Sudan), Africa Regional Markets (including Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Angola and a sorghum beer business in South Africa), Nigeria and South Africa (including the Republic of South Africa and Mozambique).

Supply operations

We operate 12 breweries in Africa, three sites that produce sorghum beer in South Africa, one cider plant and five facilities which provide blending and malting services. In addition, our beer and spirits brands are produced under licence by third-parties in 16 African countries.

 

68


Business review (continued)

 

Route to consumer

In Africa our largest businesses are in Nigeria, where we own 54.32% of a listed company whose principal brands are Guinness, Orijin, Harp and Malta, and in East Africa, where we own 50.03% of East African Breweries Limited (EABL). EABL produces and distributes beer and spirits brands to a range of consumers in Kenya and Uganda, and owns 51% of Serengeti Breweries Limited located in Tanzania. Within Africa Regional Markets, we have wholly owned subsidiaries in Cameroon, Ethiopia and Reunion and majority owned subsidiaries in Ghana and the Seychelles. Angola is supplied via a third party distributor. In South Africa and Mozambique we sell spirits, beer, cider and ready to drink products through wholly owned subsidiaries. Diageo has agreements with the Castel Group who license, brew and distribute Guinness in several countries across Africa Regional Markets. Diageo sells spirits through distributors in the majority of other sub-Saharan countries.

Sustainability and responsibility

We have a large production footprint, and our overall approach is to consider the broader context of our contribution as a local taxpayer, employer and member of the community. Our sourcing strategy is particularly important, and we aim to source 80% of agricultural raw materials locally by 2020, from some 50,000 farmers. In 2017 we had reached 76%. Through our Sustainable Agriculture Strategy, we are supporting farmers in our supply chain to develop economically, environmentally and socially sustainable farming practices. For example, we are carrying out a pilot in Northern Tanzania to help barley farmers improve their livelihoods through better resilience to drought and broader sustainable agriculture practices.

Fifteen of our production sites in Africa are in water-stressed areas, so we focus closely on managing water efficiently and enhancing access to clean water to surrounding communities through our pan-African Water of Life programme. This provided more than 173,000 additional people with safe water in 2017, securing a basic resource that underpins their community.

A major focus of our work in Africa centres on preventing drink driving. This year our partnership with the United Nations Training and Research Institute (UNITAR) brought together regional and local stakeholders to promote road safety in Nigeria and South Africa. We also support awareness and education campaigns in all our major markets and work with transportation authorities on training and enforcement initiatives. And we work with partners, such as community health care workers in Ethiopia, to reduce underage drinking.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £1,556 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £155 million compared to net sales of £1,401 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £78 million primarily due to the strengthening of the Kenyan schilling and South African rand partially offset by the weakness of Nigerian naira against sterling, combined with organic growth of £75 million (see further performance analysis below) and £15 million arising from the restructuring of the South African operation offset by £13 million due to the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations and the transfer of the North African countries which were formerly reported in the Africa region respectively and for the year ended 30 June 2017 are included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £218 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £6 million compared to operating profit of £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Operating profit was favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £7 million primarily due to the strengthening of the Kenyan schilling and South African rand partially offset by the weakness of Nigerian naira against sterling and organic growth of £20 million partially offset by the restructuring of the South African operation of £14 million and £7 million due to the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations and the transfer of the North African countries which were formerly reported in the Africa region respectively and for the year ended 30 June 2017 are included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region.

 

69


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Africa delivered net sales growth of 5% with all markets contributing to growth except East Africa, which remained flat. East Africa performance was driven by mainstream spirits up 24%, with strong growth of Kenya Cane offset by beer, down 4%, due to a significant increase in duty in Kenya in December 2015. Africa Regional Markets were up 5% driven by the relaunch of Meta in Ethiopia and in Ghana, good growth of Guinness and Malta Guinness, partially offset by a decline in Orijin due to increased competition in the bitters category. Nigeria was up 16% as the beer market continues to shift towards the value segment with Satzenbrau, up 61%, capitalising on the trend. South Africa was up 7%, due to growth of Smirnoff 1818. Beer performance in the region with net sales up 3%, was driven by Senator and Satzenbrau, partially offset by Guinness down 5% and Tusker down 10%. Mainstream spirits showed strong growth, up 21%. Scotch was up 5% and in growth across all markets except South Africa, driven by Johnnie Walker supported by the ‘Keep Walking’ campaign. Operating margin increased 60bps supported by productivity savings in supply, zero based budgeting on indirect spend and organisation effectiveness benefits, partially offset by an increase in marketing spend and route to consumer investments.

 

                                                                                       

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement

%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

     3       3       5       11  
        

East Africa

     5       5             16  

Africa Regional Markets

                 5       18  

Nigeria

     10       10       16       (16

South Africa

     (1     2       7       40  
        

Spirits(i)

     9       7       13       24  

Beer

     1       1       3       4  

Ready to drink

     (10     3       (3     14  

Global giants and local stars(i):

         Organic
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       (5     (5     (7

Johnnie Walker

       (1     3       5  

Smirnoff

       4       22       47  

Other beer:

        

Malta Guinness

       (12     2       (11

Tusker

       (7     (10     5  

Senator

       10       14       32  

Satzenbrau

       22       61       18  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Organic equals reported volume movement except for Johnnie Walker (10)% which was impacted by the reclassification of Algeria and Morocco to the Europe, Russia and Turkey region.

Key highlights

 

  In East Africa, net sales were flat. Beer was down 4%, driven by the impact of the duty increase on bottled beer affecting Guinness and Tusker, partially offset by growth in Senator of 14%. Growth in value beers was supplemented by Ngule, a new value price point innovation in Uganda. Spirits grew 17% driven by mainstream spirits, up 24%. Reserve brands grew double digit following enhanced outlet partnerships and activation supported by brand ambassadors.
  In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew 5% reflecting strong growth in Ethiopia, and a solid contribution by Ghana and Cameroon. These markets continued to benefit from the enhanced route to consumer delivering improved distribution, availability and execution.

 

70


Business review (continued)

 

  In Ethiopia, net sales increased 28% driven by Meta, up 23%, following the relaunch last year. Spirits growth was fuelled by Johnnie Walker strong double digit growth driven by the new distributor model.
  Ghana net sales increased 4%. Growth in beer offset a decline in spirits driven by Orijin Bitters which lapped its launch. Guinness net sales were up 15% and Malta Guinness, up 14% both benefiting from the ‘First Beer On Us’ campaign, offsetting declines in other beer brands, predominantly Star.
  In Cameroon, net sales growth of 3% was driven largely by ready to drink, up 42%. This was led by Orijin ready to drink following the launch last year. Spirits also contributed to the good performance driven predominately by Johnnie Walker Black Label, up 17%. Malta Guinness declined due to rising competition in the category.
  In Nigeria, net sales increased 16% driven by beer growth up 11%. The beer value category continues to grow and now represents more than 50% of the market volume. Satzenbrau with net sales up 61% and the Dubic Malt launch, more than offset the decline in Guinness, Malta Guinness and Harp. Strong mainstream spirits growth was driven by increased support and the successful launch of brands including McDowell’s in the first half of the year, which is now produced locally at Benin. Scotch net sales were up strong double digit, driven by Johnnie Walker increased investment. Ready to drink was down 15%, driven by the highly competitive category affecting Orijin, partly offset by strong performance in Smirnoff Double Black and Guarana and Smirnoff Ice. The recent launch of Orijin Zero is extending reach into the non-alcoholic drinks market.
  South Africa net sales grew 7% driven by growth in mainstream spirits, up 15%, led by strong growth of Smirnoff 1818 which was partially offset by Guinness decline and scotch down 1% with volume down 6% following the negative category trend and impacted by price increases across the portfolio.
  Marketing was up 5% in the region. In Africa Regional Markets investment was focused behind the activation of Guinness campaigns and Johnnie Walker ‘Step up’ across all markets, and in Ethiopia on the Meta relaunch. South Africa investment was behind Johnnie Walker and Bell´s to revitalize the scotch category with activations at scale through liquid on lips. In Nigeria investment remained flat, with special focus on Satzenbrau and mainstream spirits launches. East Africa investment was focused on Johnnie Walker, while efficiencies on Tusker were reinvested in mainstream spirits.

 

71


Business review (continued)

 

Latin America and Caribbean

In Latin America and Caribbean the strategic priority is continued leadership in scotch, while broadening our category range through vodka, rum, liqueurs and local spirits. We continue to invest in routes to market and in the breadth and depth of our portfolio of leading brands. We are also enhancing our supply structure to enable the business to provide both the emerging middle class and an increasing number of wealthy consumers with the premium brands they aspire to. In this region’s changing regulatory landscape, our presence is supported by our reputation as a trusted and respected business, based on our stance on responsible drinking, and community development programmes.

 

LOGO

  Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) PUB PEBAC Spirits(i) Ready to drink Value Super premium Mexico Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium CCA (principally Premium Travel Retail) Andean

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                             

Key financials

  2016
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Reclassifi-
cation(i)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2017
£ million
    Reported
movement

%
 

Net sales

    863       131       (13     (26     89       1,044       21  

Marketing

    167       22       1       (2     7       195       17  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    199       35       (11     (5     32       250       26  

Exceptional operating items(ii)

    (118                
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

    81               250       209  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

(i) Reclassification comprise changes to a reallocation of the results of the Travel Retail operations to the geographical regions.
(ii) Ypióca impairment

Our markets

Our Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) business comprises five markets: PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil), Mexico, CCA (Central America and Caribbean), Andean (Colombia and Venezuela) and PEBAC (Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Argentina and Chile).

Supply operations

The majority of brands sold in the region are manufactured by our International Supply Centre in Europe. In recent years, we have acquired a number of supply operations and expanded our co-packer network across the region. In 2015 we acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in Tequila Don Julio in Mexico, which resulted in full ownership of the brand and its production facilities. In 2012 we acquired Ypióca in Brazil, including its cachaça production site, and in 2011 we acquired a controlling interest in Anejos de Altura (Guatemala) which produces Zacapa. We also have partnerships with 14 brewers and 10 co-packing partners.

 

72


Business review (continued)

 

Route to consumer

We drive an efficient route to consumer through differentiated models tailored to each markets’ size and needs. In Mexico and Peru our in-market companies sell directly to retailers and wholesalers. In Brazil, we distribute the majority of Ypióca through a reseller network in Ceará state, and serve the rest of the country and brands via distributors, wholesalers, and multiple retail groups. In Andean we partner with geographically exclusive distributors, but in Colombia a subsidiary sells to the key accounts directly. In Chile we also serve retailers directly, while the rest of the channels are covered by a single distributor. In most of CCA and Argentina we partner with distributors in each country who are responsible for the execution of the sales and marketing programmes.

Sustainability and responsibility

Diageo has long been known in the region for our flagship community re-investment programme, Learning for Life, and our overall approach to developing an industry that brings economic and social value to society. Our commercial and brand teams have been working to increase the scale and impact of Learning for Life, to deliver more for our communities, partners, customers and our business. In Mexico, for example, Project Entrepreneur creates new businesses, and has resulted in around 12,000 new jobs in Mexico City.

Key issues we address in the region are underage drinking and drink driving. For example, we support schemes with retailers in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia to ensure they check for identification to prevent underage sales. In the Dominican Republic, we worked with industry partners to support legislation to establish a maximum blood alcohol level for driving.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £1,044 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £181 million compared to net sales of £863 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £131 million due to the strengthening of the Brazilian real, Mexican peso and Colombian peso against sterling and organic growth of £89 million (see further performance analysis below) partially offset by £26 million due to the disposals of the Jamaican operation and Argentina business restructuring in the year ended 30 June 2016 and the reallocation of the Travel Retail operations of £13 million.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £250 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £169 million compared to operating profit of £81 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Operating profit was favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £35 million mainly driven by the Brazilian real, Mexican peso and Colombian peso and organic growth of £32 million partially offset by £5 million due to the disposals of the Jamaican operation and Argentina business restructuring in the year ended 30 June 2016 and the reallocation of the Travel Retail operations of £11 million. There were no exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2017 compared to operating charges of £118 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 when the group impaired the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit.

 

73


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Latin America and Caribbean delivered 2% growth in volume and 9% growth in net sales, with strong performance from Mexico, Andean and PEBAC. Mexico net sales were up 20% driven by scotch and strong double digit growth from Don Julio. Andean performance was driven by Colombia with net sales growth of 20%. Both Andean and PEBAC growth was mainly driven by scotch. PUB grew net sales 4% as the rate of decline in Brazil slowed due to lapping the impact of prior year tax increases, and performance improvement in Uruguay and Paraguay. Across the region, scotch net sales grew 12% and a decline in vodka was offset by growth in tequila, Baileys and rum. Operating margin for the region increased 111bps benefiting from product mix in Mexico and Colombia, productivity led marketing efficiencies and overhead savings through both indirect spend and organisational effectiveness programmes.

 

                                                                                       

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement

%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

     2       2       9       21  
        

PUB

     (3     (3     4       38  

Mexico

     16       16       20       27  

CCA

     (4     (10     (1     1  

Andean

     (11     (11     21       39  

PEBAC

     43       46       13       18  
        

Spirits(i)

     3       4       12       27  

Beer

     1       (29     17       (36

Ready to drink

     (16     (17     (3     20  

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Organic
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       2       11       23  

Buchanan’s

       19       23       32  

Smirnoff

       (2     (10     10  

Old Parr

       (1     3       20  

Baileys

       8       15       28  

Ypióca

       1       5       41  

Black & White

       46       21       40  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Organic equals reported volume movement except for Smirnoff 4% and Baileys 9% due to acquisitions and disposals.

Key highlights

 

  In PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil), net sales grew 4%. In Brazil, the decline in net sales slowed as performance lapped the impact from the tax increase in December 2015. Net sales declined in vodka and ready to drink, which offset the 4% growth in scotch, where Black & White grew 28% gaining 11 percentage points share of primary scotch. In cachaça, Ypióca net sales grew 5% with Ypióca Ouro (Gold variant) growing double digit driven by strong in store execution and commercial incentives. Paraguay and Uruguay continued to grow due to improved performance in the export channels. Net sales for reserve brands in PUB continued their strong performance with 18% growth driven by Ketel One vodka and Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve.
  In Mexico, net sales increased 20% driven by strong performance across all categories except ready to drink and vodka. Scotch continues to be a key category driver with net sales growth for Johnnie Walker at 16% and Buchanan’s at 14%. In primary scotch, Black & White net sales grew double digit. Reserve grew net sales 33% driven by Don Julio which grew 42% taking 2pps of share. Net sales also grew in rum, Baileys and gin.

 

74


Business review (continued)

 

  In CCA (Central America and Caribbean), net sales declined 1%. The domestic markets grew net sales 3% driven by scotch, Smirnoff ready to drink and Guinness. Export channels net sales declined 9% as market conditions remained challenging given the continued currency weakness against the US dollar.
  Andean (Colombia and Venezuela) continued strong growth with net sales up 21%. Colombia net sales increased 20% driven by route to consumer expansion and implementation of commercial standards. Growth in Colombia was across all categories except vodka with scotch up 23% driven by Buchanan’s and Johnnie Walker continuing to grow our leadership position in the category. In Venezuela volume decreased 27% as volatility in the market continued. Although net sales grew significantly faster, with price increases in the high inflation environment, the business remains small with net sales of approximately £10m.
  PEBAC (Peru, Ecuador, Bolivia, Argentina and Chile) delivered net sales growth of 13%, mainly driven by Chile and Argentina. Growth in Chile was driven by scotch. Argentina’s growth was driven by a route to market change, implemented in F16.
  Marketing increased by 4%, and benefited from procurement savings resulting in an underlying investment increase of 9%. Investment on scotch was spread across price points with support focused behind Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s and Black & White.

 

75


Business review (continued)

 

Asia Pacific

Our strategy in Asia Pacific, which encompasses both developed and emerging markets, is to operate across categories in international spirits, local spirits, ready to drink formats and beer. We focus on the highest growth categories and consumer opportunities, driving continued development of super and ultra premium scotch, and leveraging the emerging middle class opportunity through a combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions.

 

LOGO

   Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) India North Asia Spirits(i) Ready to drink Value Super premium Greater China Travel Retail Asia Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Australia and Middle East Premium South East Asia

 

(i)  excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                    

Key financials

   2016
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
     Reclassification(i)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2017
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     2,076       346        (30     (43     70       2,419       17  

Marketing

     301       47        (4           (1     343       14  

Operating profit before exceptional items

     395       85        (11     (1     19       487       23  

Exceptional operating items(ii)

     (49              (9  
  

 

 

            

 

 

   

Operating profit

     346                478       38  
  

 

 

            

 

 

   

 

(i) Reclassification comprises changes to a reallocation of the results of the Travel Retail operations to the geographical regions and the results of Lebanon, other Middle Eastern countries which were formerly reported in the Asia Pacific geographical region now being included in Europe, Russia and Turkey.
(ii) For further details of exceptional operating items see pages 218-221.

Our markets

Asia Pacific comprises India, Greater China (China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau), Australia (including New Zealand), South East Asia (Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Nepal and Sri Lanka), North Asia (Korea and Japan) and Travel Retail Asia and Middle East.

Supply operations

We have distilleries at Chengdu, in China that produce Chinese white spirit and in Bundaberg, Australia that produce rum. United Spirits Limited (USL) operates 23 owned manufacturing units in India and Nepal and leases one manufacturing facility in India. USL and Diageo brands are also produced under licence by third-parties in 36 manufacturing units in India. In addition, we have bottling plants in Korea, Thailand, Indonesia and Australia with ready to drink manufacturing capabilities.

 

76


Business review (continued)

 

Route to consumer

In South East Asia, spirits and beer are sold through a combination of Diageo companies, joint venture arrangements, and third party distributors. In Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore, we have joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy, sharing administrative and distribution costs. Diageo operates wholly owned subsidiaries in the Philippines and Vietnam. In Vietnam we own a 45.56% equity stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company. In Indonesia, Guinness is brewed by, and distributed through, third party arrangements.

In Greater China the majority of our brands are now sold through our wholly owned subsidiary. Some brands are distributed through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy. In addition, we are the sole distributor of Shui Jing Fang, a super premium Chinese white spirit, through our controlling 39.71% equity stake in a listed company. Diageo operates a wholly owned subsidiary in Taiwan.

In India, we manufacture, market and sell Indian whisky, rum, brandy and other spirits through our 54.78% shareholding in USL. Diageo also sells its own brands through USL.

In Australia, we manufacture, market and sell the Diageo products and in New Zealand we operate through third party distributors.

In North Asia, we have our own distribution company in South Korea, whilst in Japan, the majority of sales are through joint venture agreements with Moët Hennessy and Kirin.

Airport shops and airline operators are serviced through a dedicated Diageo sales and marketing organisation. In the Middle East, we sell our products through third-party distributors.

Sustainability and responsibility

We have spent time re-aligning our programmes based on material issues to our business and our stakeholders, such that they better support our commercial agenda and our relationships in the many and varied markets that make up this region. We are moving our efforts towards programmes focused where we source, make and sell.

For example, we have developed community water programmes in India around our production sites, reducing the amount we use while ensuring safe drinking water for around 40,000 people. Our Model Villages programme is also tackling illicit alcohol and heavy episodic drinking. We are working with local NGOs and communities to support more balanced lifestyles and with women’s groups to support their empowerment.

To address local concerns we focus on preventing underage drinking, and this year launched Smashed, our theatre education programme, in many countries including China, Taiwan and Indonesia. We are also continuing to focus on preventing heavy drinking among university students in Korea and Australia.

Performance

Net sales

Net sales were £2,419 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £343 million compared to net sales of £2,076 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £346 million due to the strengthening of Australian dollar, Indian rupee, New Taiwan dollar and South Korean won against sterling and organic growth of £70 million (see further performance analysis below) partially offset by a £43 million reduction due to the transition of a number of operations in India to a royalty or franchise model, the disposal of the Bouvet wine business and the net of £30 million due to the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations and the transfer of Lebanon and other Middle East countries which were formerly reported in the Asia Pacific region respectively and for the year ended 30 June 2017 are included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region.

 

77


Business review (continued)

 

Operating profit

Operating profit was £478 million in the year ended 30 June 2017 an increase of £132 million compared to operating profit of £346 million in the year ended 30 June 2016. Operating profit was favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £85 million due to strengthening Australian dollar, Indian rupee, New Taiwan dollar and South Korean won against sterling and organic growth of £19 million partially offset by a £1 million loss due to disposal of the Bouvet wine business and £11 million due to the reallocation of the result of the Travel Retail operations and the transfer of Lebanon and other Middle East countries which were formerly reported in the Asia Pacific region respectively and for the year ended 30 June 2017 are included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region. In addition, operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2017 was impacted by a net £9 million exceptional operating charge due to the release of a provision in respect of disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited and a charge for a customer claim in India. The year ended 30 June 2016 included an exceptional operating charge of £49 million in respect of disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited.

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Asia Pacific net sales grew 3% with strong growth in Greater China and solid performance in Australia and South East Asia. This was partly offset by the continued contraction of the scotch category in Korea which led to a further decline in net sales and there was also weakness in travel retail in the region. In Greater China, net sales grew 25% as a result of strong momentum in Chinese white spirits and scotch performance, up 5%. The business in India grew net sales by 2%, largely driven by IMFL whisky and scotch, despite the impact of demonetisation and the Supreme Court ruling banning sales in certain outlets near highways. South East Asia net sales grew 3% and Australia net sales also grew 3% driven by scotch and ready to drink innovation. Operating margin improved 20bps benefiting from mix, driven by strong growth from reserve brands, overhead efficiency benefits from the productivity programme across all markets, and in India, margin improvement was supported in particular by significant supply efficiencies. These benefits were partially offset by lapping the profit on the sale of United Breweries shares in the prior year.

 

                                                                                       

Markets:

   Organic
volume
movement(i)
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

     (1     (6     3       17  
        

India

     (2     (7     2       14  

Greater China

     25       25       25       45  

Australia

                 3       25  

South East Asia

     7       13       3       15  

North Asia

     11       11       (3     18  

Travel Retail Asia and Middle East

     (14     (17     (13     (15
        

Spirits(ii)

     (1     (7     4       16  

Beer(iii)

     1       46             17  

Ready to drink

                       20  

Global giants and local stars(ii)

    Organic
volume
movement(iv)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       3       1       7  

McDowell’s

       (1     1       13  

Windsor

       (11     (12     5  

Smirnoff

       (1     1       17  

Guinness

             (1     18  

Bundaberg

       (4           21  

Shui Jing Fang(v)

       66       65       81  

 

78


Business review (continued)

 

 

(i) Difference between organic and reported volume for Asia Pacific is driven by the move to the franchise model for some popular segment brands in India.
(ii) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(iii) Following a review of group’s reporting of volume an adjustment was made to include Malaysia and Singapore contract brew volume in the reported beer figures which increased the reported volume in Asia Pacific by 0.3 million equivalent cases (2016 – 0.4 million equivalent cases).
(iv) Organic equals reported volume movement except for Johnnie Walker (2)%, Smirnoff (2)% and McDowell’s (7)% which were impacted by the reclassification of Lebanon and other Middle East countries to the Europe, Russia and Turkey region and the move from an owned to a franchise model in India.
(v) Organic growth figures represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the predominant brand.

Key highlights

 

  India net sales were up 2% despite the impact of demonetisation and the recent Supreme Court ruling prohibiting the sale of alcohol in certain outlets near highways. Prestige and above grew 7% as McDowell’s No. 1 and Signature continued to benefit from their renovation, with net sales growth of 9% and 31%, respectively. Scotch grew net sales 6% driven by Johnnie Walker and Black & White. Popular brands declined 5% particularly within the rum category. The focus on route to consumer continues with perfect stores now representing over a third of total business. Distribution and share of shelf have grown, driving net sales growth and share on key scotch brands.
  Greater China net sales were up 25%. Chinese white spirits grew 69%, driven by route to consumer initiatives and brand equity investment. Scotch net sales growth was up 5% driven by Johnnie Walker, The Singleton and other malts.
  Australia net sales increased 3% driven by growth in scotch. The relaunch of the Johnnie Walker ‘Keep Walking’ campaign and innovations including blender’s batch select cask and red rye finish contributed to Johnnie Walker net sales growth of 4%. Reserve was up 9%. Whilst the ready to drink category remains challenging, innovation launches including Bundaberg Lazy Bear, Smirnoff Pure and Pimm’s Premixes, delivered significant net sales for the business through addressing consumer demand for low tempo refreshing drinks.
  South East Asia net sales grew 3% with growth in the Philippines and Key Accounts offsetting the declines in Thailand and Indonesia. In the Philippines the focus on route to consumer is driving significant increases in distribution in the modern trade and secondary outlets, while also improving execution standards and activation. The ‘Keep Walking Philippines’ campaign launch during the first half supported by occasion-driven activation during the second half led to double digit growth for Johnnie Walker. Scotch grew net sales 7% driven by Key Accounts, which continues to lap a period of planned inventory reduction, and the Philippines. The mourning period in Thailand, following the death of the king, impacted performance with net sales down 10% following the closure of on- trade outlets for varying periods over the one year formal mourning period. In Indonesia, total beer net sales declined 5% impacted by structural trade changes. Guinness decline was mitigated by the launch of Ginseng under the Guinness Zero brand.
  In North Asia, net sales declined 3%. In Korea net sales declined 7% as Windsor continued to be impacted by the contraction of the traditional on-trade, increased competition and shifts to lower alcohol by volume local whisky segments. This was partially offset by net sales growth of 41% for W Ice by Windsor, a low alcohol variant and by Guinness as the international beer category grows. Japan grew net sales 6% driven by scotch with net sales growth of 21% offsetting the decline in ready to drink.
  Travel Retail Asia and Middle East continued to decline net sales at 13% with lower spend by travellers and currency volatility impacting performance.
  Marketing investment remained broadly flat with marketing efficiencies across the region offset by up-weighted investment behind Chinese white spirits.

 

79


Business review (continued)

 

Category review

 

LOGO

   Volume Net sales Marketing spend (%) (%) (%) Scotch North Rum Liqueurs Tequila Ready to Other Vodka American Indian Made Gin Beer drink Whisk(e)y Foreign Liquor (IMFL)

 

                                                                 

Key categories

   Reported
volume
movement(iii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(i)

     1       5       19  

Scotch

     4       5       18  

Vodka(ii)

     (2     (4     10  

North American whisk(e)y

     8       11       29  

Rum(ii)

     (2     4       19  

Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) whisky

     1       6       21  

Liqueurs

     4       3       12  

Gin(ii)

     8       8       20  

Tequila

     27       26       43  

Beer

     1       2       7  

Ready to drink

     (4           17  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Vodka, rum, gin including IMFL brands.
(iii) Organic equals reported volume movement except for Spirits (2)%, Rum (6)%, IMFL whisky (2)%, Liqueurs 1%, Gin 3% and Ready to drink 0% which were impacted by disposals and the move from an owned to a franchise model in India.

 

80


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Global giants, local stars and reserve(i):

   Organic
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

      

Johnnie Walker

     4       6       18  

Smirnoff

     (1     (1     13  

Baileys

     6       5       18  

Captain Morgan

     7       6       22  

Tanqueray

     12       9       24  

Guinness

     (1           8  

Local stars

      

Crown Royal

     10       12       30  

Yenì Raki

     (3     4       5  

Buchanan’s

     16       16       29  

JeB

     3             13  

Windsor

     (11     (12     5  

Old Parr

           5       22  

Bundaberg

     (4           21  

Black & White

     24       16       37  

Ypióca

     1       5       41  

McDowell’s

     (1     2       15  

Shui Jing Fang(iii)

     66       65       81  

Reserve

      

Scotch malts

     3       2       17  

Cîroc

     (10     (12     1  

Ketel One vodka

           (5     11  

Don Julio

     25       25       43  

Bulleit

     23       24       44  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Organic equals reported volume movement except for McDowell’s No.1 (6)%, which was impacted by the move from an owned to a franchise model in India.
(iii) Organic growth figures represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the predominant brand.

 

  Scotch represents 25% of Diageo’s net sales and was up 5% with broad based growth across all regions except Asia Pacific which was impacted by Windsor decline in line with the scotch category contraction in Korea. This was more than offset by growth driven by Johnnie Walker up 6% and Buchanan’s up 16%. Performance was consistently strong across all price segments, growing net sales in standard and primary from brands such as Johnnie Walker Red Label up 6% and Black & White up 16%. Premium segments grew 5% with Buchanan’s continuing to perform strongly in Latin America and Caribbean and North America. Scotch reserve brands grew net sales 4%, driven by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and The Singleton up 8%.
  Vodka represents 12% of Diageo’s net sales and declined 4%, driven by soft performance in all the regions except for Africa where net sales grew 22%. Net sales decline was driven predominantly by Cîroc and Ketel One vodka in North America. Smirnoff declined 1%. This was driven by Great Britain, where despite gaining share, it was impacted by changes to the commercial footprint that led to efficiencies, including an inventory reduction, and declined 7%. Smirnoff was also down 2% in US Spirits, partially offset by a strong growth of Smirnoff 1818 in South Africa.
  North American whisk(e)y represents 9% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 11%. Performance continued to be driven by strong growth and share gains in Crown Royal and Bulleit in US Spirits.
  Rum represents 7% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 4%. In Europe, Africa and Latin America and Caribbean net sales grew double digit while North America was up 3%, driven by the turnaround of Captain Morgan. In India net sales declined 8% driven by McDowell’s No.1 Rum.

 

81


Business review (continued)

 

  IMFL whisky represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6%. The relaunches of two of the biggest brands McDowell’s No.1 and Signature have contributed to this growth with both brands growing double digit.
  Liqueurs represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3% driven by growth in all regions except Africa. Baileys was up 5%, led by Europe, following an exceptional on-trade execution and positive results of the ‘Don’t mind if I Baileys’ advertising campaign.
  Gin represents 3% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. Strong double digit growth in Europe, Africa and Latin America and Caribbean fuelled growth in the category. Tanqueray was the largest contributor, followed by Gordon’s.
  Tequila represents 2% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 26%. The performance was driven by continued double digit growth of Don Julio in US Spirits and Mexico.
  Beer represents 16% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 2%. Strong performance in the value beer portfolio in Africa was driven by Satzenbrau in Nigeria and Senator in Kenya. Guinness growth in Europe was led by innovation from the ‘The Brewers Project’ including Guinness Hop House 13 Lager. This was offset by declines in Tusker and Guinness Extra Stout as a result of the increase of duty on bottled beer in Kenya as well as a decline in Guinness in Nigeria.
  Ready to drink represents 6% of Diageo’s net sales and remained flat. North America delivered strong performance in Smirnoff launches offset predominantly by declines in Orijin in Nigeria.
  Global giants represent 41% of Diageo net sales and grew 3%, driven by Europe up 6% and Latin America and Caribbean up 9%. All Global Giants grew with the exception of Guinness which remained flat and Smirnoff which was down 1%.
    Johnnie Walker net sales were up 6% with growth in all regions. Latin America and Caribbean and Europe were the largest contributors with 11% and 9% growth, respectively. North America was up 6%, accelerating growth in the second half. In Asia Pacific, net sales grew 1%, with growth driven by South East Asia, China and India partially offset by Travel Retail Asia and Middle East. Reserve variants grew 6% driven by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Johnnie Walker Green Label.
    Smirnoff net sales were down 1%. Declines in US Spirits, Europe and Latin America and Caribbean were partly offset by Asia Pacific up 1%, and Africa growth up 22% driven by the strong performance of Smirnoff 1818 in South Africa. The decline in Europe was driven by Great Britain, Benelux and France performance, partly offset by Iberia up 16% and Ireland up 9%.
    Baileys net sales grew 5% across all regions driven by 6% growth in its biggest market, Europe, following an exceptional on-trade execution. Latin America and Caribbean contributed with double digit growth behind Mexico Mother’s Day shopper platform and North America contributed with brand innovations.
    Captain Morgan net sales grew 6% across all regions, with a strong performance in Europe driven by Europe Partner Markets, France and Great Britain. In US Spirits net sales grew 4% and gained share, supported by innovation.
    Tanqueray net sales grew 9% across all regions except for North America. Europe led the growth with strong double digit growth driven by Great Britain, Italy and Germany, Austria and Switzerland.
    Guinness net sales were flat. Africa declined 5% largely driven by the shift to value beer in Kenya and Nigeria partially offset by growth in Europe and Africa Regional Markets. Guinness in Europe grew 2% driven by expansion of distribution in Europe Partner Markets supported by media investment and the success of Hop House 13 Lager in Great Britain and Ireland.
  Local stars represent 20% of net sales and grew 9%. This was driven by Crown Royal in North America growing 12%, Buchanan’s up 16% and double digit growth in Chinese white spirits. Solid growth in Yenì Raki in Turkey and McDowell’s more than offset the declines in Windsor in Korea. Black & White growth of 16% was driven by Latin America and Caribbean and Asia Pacific.
  Reserve brands represent 16% of net sales and grew 7%, across all regions. Chinese white spirits and strong performance in Don Julio growth in US Spirits and Mexico were partly offset by Cîroc and Ketel One vodka declines in US Spirits. Scotch reserve brands grew 4% with Johnnie Walker driving the growth. Bulleit continued its strong growth with net sales up 24%. Tanqueray No. TEN grew strong double digit, up 25%. Malts up 2%, was driven by Lagavulin in North America and The Singleton in Asia Pacific and North America.

 

82


Business review (continued)

 

Operating results 2016 compared with 2015

GROUP FINANCIAL REVIEW

The following comments were made by Kathryn Mikells, Chief Financial Officer, in Diageo’s Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2016:

“This is a good set of results and reflects better execution across the business. Our improved performance was driven by the return to growth of each of our six global brands and our US spirits business. The delivery of volume growth; 19bps of organic margin expansion; increased free cash flow; and the disposal of £1 billion in non-core assets, comes from driving efficiency in every aspect of the business and across every expense item to fuel future growth. I believe this consistent approach to growth, productivity and cash will drive better value creation.”

 

Net sales declined 3.0% as organic growth in each region and acquisitions were more than offset by adverse exchange and disposals
Organic results improved with volume growth of 1.3%
Organic net sales growth of 2.8%
Operating profit grew 1.6% with organic growth, lower exceptional operating charges and acquisitions partially offset by adverse exchange and disposals
Organic operating profit growth of 3.5%
Net cash from operating activities was flat, £2.5bn
Free cash flow continued to be strong at £2.1bn up £134 million on last year
Basic eps of 89.5 pence was down 6% as lower exceptional income reduced basic eps by 6.1 pence
Eps before exceptional items increased 1% to 89.4 pence

 

LOGO    Volume Net sales(i) Operating profit(ii) Operating profit before exceptionals(iii) North America Europe Africa Latin America and Caribbean Asia Pacific

 

(i) Excluding corporate net sales of £36 million (2015 – £80 million).
(ii) Excluding corporate and ISC costs of £150 million (2015 – £139 million).
(iii) Excluding exceptional operating charges of £167 million (2015 – £269 million) and corporate and ISC costs before exceptional items of £150 million (2015 – £123 million).

 

83


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Summary financial information

          2016     2015  

Volume

     EUm      246.4       246.2  

Net sales

     £ million      10,485       10,813  

Marketing

     £ million        1,562       1,629  

Operating profit before exceptional items

     £ million        3,008       3,066  

Exceptional operating items

     £ million        (167 )     (269 )

Operating profit

     £ million        2,841       2,797  

Share of associates and joint ventures profit after tax

     £ million        221       175  

Non-operating items

     £ million        123       373  

Net finance charges

     £ million        327       412  

Tax rate

     %      17.4       15.9  

Tax rate before exceptional items

     %      19.0       18.3  

Profit attributable to parent company’s shareholders

     £ million        2,244       2,381  

Basic earnings per share

     pence      89.5       95.0  

Earnings per share before exceptional items

     pence      89.4       88.8  

Recommended full year dividend

     pence      59.2       56.4  

 

                                                                                       
     Volume     Net sales     Marketing     Operating
profit
 

Growth by region

   %     %     %     %  

North America

     (1 )     3             9  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

           (3 )     4       2  

Africa

     19       (1 )     (3 )     (32 )

Latin America and Caribbean

     (5 )     (16 )     (14 )     (69 )

Asia Pacific

     (3 )     (6 )     (13 )     112  

Diageo(i)

           (3 )     (4 )     2  

Organic growth by region

   Volume
%
    Net sales
%
    Marketing
%
    Operating
profit(ii) 

%
 

North America

     1       3       (2 )     4  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     2       4       5       6  

Africa

     9       3       1       (11 )

Latin America and Caribbean

     (2 )     1             (1 )

Asia Pacific

           2       (12 )     13  

Diageo(i)

     1       3       (2 )     3  

 

(i) Includes Corporate. Corporate net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 were £36 million (2015 — £80 million) a decrease of 55% due to the sale of the Gleneagles Hotel in June 2015. Net operating charges before exceptional items were £150 million (2015 — £123 million), increased due to costs related to the productivity programme, the reinvestment of the savings delivered by the organisational review announcement in January 2014, and increase in the annual incentive plan costs. These increases were partially offset by increased profit on land sales.
(ii) Before exceptional items.

 

84


Business review (continued)

 

Key performance indicators

Net sales growth (£ million)

Net sales declined 3.0%. Organic net sales growth of 2.8% driven by volume and mix.

 

LOGO

10,813 145 90 131 10,485 (172) (122) (400) Organic movement 2015 2016 Exchange(i) Volume Disposals Price/mix Acquisitions Asia Pacic net sales adjustment(ii)

 

 

(i) Exchange rate movements reflect the translation of prior year reported results at current exchange rates.
(ii) Diageo has reflected the full year impact of an accounting change USL made in its most recent quarterly results to account for sales by third party manufacturers on a net sales basis. See page 89 for more details.

Net sales declined 3.0%. Adverse impact of exchange and disposals reduced net sales by 5.3%. These movements were partially offset by organic net sales growth of 2.8% with volume growth of 1.3% and positive price/mix, primarily mix.

Net sales and operating profit were impacted by adverse exchange movements driven by the weakness of a number of currencies against sterling, in particular the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the strengthening of the US dollar.

Operating profit growth (£ million)

Operating profit growth of 1.6%. Organic operating profit growth of 3.5%.

 

LOGO

102 99 2,841 2,797 22 (83) (96) 2015 2016 Exceptional operating items Acquisitions Exchange Organic movement Disposals

 

 

Operating profit growth of 1.6% was driven by organic growth, acquisitions and lower exceptional operating charges (£167 million in 2016; £269 million in 2015). These movements were partially offset by adverse exchange and the impact of disposals.

 

85


Business review (continued)

 

Acquisitions and disposals

Acquisitions made in 2015 increased net sales in the year ended 30 June 2016 by £90 million and operating profit by £22 million, largely due to the acquisition of the remaining 50% shareholdings in Don Julio and United National Breweries.

Businesses which were disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2015, primarily Bushmills and Gleneagles, and those disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2016, the sale of wines and certain beer assets, contributed net sales of £655 million and operating profit of £121 million in the period ended 30 June 2015, and contributed net sales of £255 million and operating profit of £25 million in the period ended 30 June 2016. The year on year movement on net sales was £400 million and £96 million on operating profit.

Operating margin (%)

Operating margin improved by 123bps. Organic margin improved by 19bps.

 

LOGO

78bps 55bps 33bps 27.10% 89bps 14bps 25.87% (114)bps (32)bps Organic movement 2015 2016 Exceptional operating items Marketing Exchange Overheads Acquisitions and disposals Asia Pacic net sales adjustment(i) Gross margin

 

 

(i) Diageo has reflected the full year impact of an accounting change USL made in its most recent quarterly results to account for sales by third party manufacturers on a net sales basis. It has no impact on gross profit or operating profit. See page 89 for more details.

Operating margin improved by 123bps mainly driven by lower exceptional operating charges, a 19bps improvement in organic margin and the net sales adjustment in Asia Pacific. These movements were partially offset by an adverse exchange impact. Organic operating margin improvement was driven by favourable mix, including the return to growth in North America which drove gross margin improvement, as well as net procurement efficiencies after reinvestment in increased marketing activity. These benefits were partially offset by higher overheads driven by a year on year increase in annual incentive plan costs and inflation.

 

86


Business review (continued)

 

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Eps decreased to 89.5 pence. Eps before exceptional items increased from 88.8 pence to 89.4 pence

 

LOGO

95.0 3.39 89.5 3.95 1.83 (6.14) (1.37) (0.82) (3.33) (2.97) 2015 2016 Exceptional items(i) Associates and joint ventures Exchange on operating prot Finance charges Acquisitions and disposals Tax Operating prot excluding Non-controlling interests exchange

 

 

(i) Exceptional items net of tax and non-controlling interests.

Lower exceptional income (net of tax and non-controlling interests) (£2 million in 2016; £156 million in 2015) reduced basic earnings per share by 6.1 pence. Pre-exceptionals eps was up 0.6 pence as adverse exchange, net impact of acquisitions and disposals, a higher tax rate and the increase in non-controlling interests from higher operating profit in USL, were more than offset by organic operating profit growth, higher associate income and lower net finance charges. Net finance charges were lower on the fall in both net interest charge and other financing charges. Net interest charges declined from debt reduction and lower interest rates. Other finance charges dropped due to lower hyperinflation charge for Venezuela as we moved to a consolidation rate which recognised the impact of the inflation rate as well as the impact of lapping a £13 million charge in 2015 in respect of an increase in value of Zacapa related financial liabilities.

 

                                           

Movement in net finance charges

   £ million  

2015

     412  

Net interest charge reduction

     (51 )

Reduction in other finance charges

     (34 )
     

 

 

 

2016

     327  
     

 

 

 

 

                                           
                 2016                 2015  

Average monthly net borrowings (£ million)

     9,245       10,459  

Effective interest rate(i)

     3.3 %     3.5 %

 

(i) For the calculation of the effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings. Average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

The fall in average monthly net borrowings arose from disposals proceeds and continued strong cash flow. The effective interest rate reduced in the year ended 30 June 2016 largely driven by changes in financing in USL together with the repayment of Diageo bonds with a higher interest rate.

 

87


Business review (continued)

 

Net cash from operating activities and free cash flow (£ million)

Net cash from operating activities(i) was £2,548 million in 2016 a decline of £3 million on £2,551 million in 2015.

 

LOGO

2,551 (83) 152 (170) 93 5 2,548 2015 2016 Exchange(ii) Operating profit(iii) Working capital Interest and tax Other(iv)

 

Free cash flow was £2,097 million in 2016 an increase of £134 million.

 

LOGO

137 152 93 5 2,097 1,963 (83) (170) 2015 2016 Capex Working capital movement Exchange (ii) Interest and tax Operating prot (iii) Other (iv)

 

 

(i) Net cash from operating activities excludes capex, loans and other investments (collectively £(451) million in 2016 – £(588) million in 2015).
(ii) Exchange – on operating profit before exceptional items.
(iii) Operating profit excluding exchange, depreciation and amortisation, post employment payments and non-cash items but including operating exceptional items.
(iv) Other items include post employment payments, dividends received from associates and joint ventures.

Net cash from operating activities declined by £3 million driven by negative working capital movement, partially offset by increased operating profit and lower interest payments.

The negative working capital movement was driven by the year on year comparison to a significant reduction in receivables in 2015. This was partially offset by a favourable movement on inventory and payables.

Free cash flow improved £134 million driven by lower capex, increased operating profit before exchange, and lower interest payments, partially offset by negative working capital movement.

 

88


Business review (continued)

 

Return on invested capital (%)

The return on closing invested capital of 23.2% for the year ended 30 June 2016, calculated as profit for the year divided by net assets as of 30 June 2016, decreased by 350bps principally due to the increase in net assets driven by the weakening of sterling against a number of currencies partially offset by an increase in post employment liabilities.

Return on average invested capital (ROIC)(i) decreased 22bps

 

LOGO

12.3% 14bps 12.1% 3bps 47bps (8)bps (62)bps (16)bps 2015 2016 Exchange Associates and joint ventures Acquisitions and disposals Non-controlling interests Operating profit excluding Other exchange

 

 

(i) ROIC calculation excludes exceptional items.

ROIC before exceptional items decreased 22bps driven mainly due to the adverse impact of exchange which was partially offset by the increased return from growth in operating profit and income from associates.

Income statement

 

                                                                                                                                   
     2015
£ million
    Exchange
(a)
£ million
    Acquisitions
and disposals
(b)

£ million
    Organic
movement(ii)
£ million
    Reclassification(iii)
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Sales

     15,966       (360 )     (362 )     397             15,641  

Excise duties

     (5,153 )     188       52       (121 )     (122 )     (5,156 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     10,813       (172 )     (310 )     276       (122 )     10,485  

Cost of sales(i)

     (4,585 )     68       200       (56 )     122       (4,251 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,228       (104 )     (110 )     220             6,234  

Marketing

     (1,629 )     13       17       37             (1,562 )

Other operating expenses(i)

     (1,533 )     8       19       (158 )           (1,664 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     3,066       (83 )     (74 )     99             3,008  

Exceptional operating items (c)

     (269 )             (167 )
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

Operating profit

     2,797               2,841  

Non-operating items (c)

     373               123  

Net finance charges

     (412 )             (327 )

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     175               221  
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,933               2,858  

Taxation (d)

     (466 )             (496 )
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     2,467               2,362  
  

 

 

           

 

 

 

 

(i) Before exceptional operating items, see pages 90-91.
(ii) For the definition of organic movement see page 142.
(iii) Following a review of the third party production arrangements in India it was determined to be more appropriate to ensure consistent reporting by reclassifying the excise duties payable by the third party production companies as excise duties. This change was implemented by USL in its first three months of its financial year ended 30 June 2016, and resulted in net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016 reducing by £122 million with a corresponding decrease in cost of sales. There was no impact on gross or operating profit.

 

89


Business review (continued)

 

(a) Exchange

The impact of movements in exchange rates on reported figures is principally in respect of the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the US dollar.

Venezuela is a hyper-inflationary economy where the government maintains a regime of strict currency controls with multiple foreign currency rate systems. Access to US dollar on these exchange systems is very limited. The foreign currency denominated transactions and balances of the group’s Venezuelan operations are translated into the local functional currency (VEF) at the rate they are expected to be settled, applying the most appropriate official exchange rate. For consolidation purposes, the group converts its Venezuelan operations using management’s estimate of the exchange rate that capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised. The consolidation exchange rate and the accounting treatment are monitored and reviewed depending on the economic and regulatory developments in the country.

The effect of movements in exchange rates and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2016 is set out in the table below.

                     
     Gains/
(losses)
£ million
 

Translation impact

     (13 )

Transaction impact

     (70 )
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

     (83 )
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges — translation impact

     (17 )

Mark to market impact of IAS 39 on interest expense

     (9 )

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on net other finance charges

     2  
  

 

 

 

Net finance charges

     (24 )

Associates — translation impact

     (4 )
  

 

 

 

Profit before exceptional items and taxation

     (111 )
  

 

 

 

 

                                           
     Year
ended
30 June
2016
     Year
ended
30 June
2015
 

Exchange rates

     

Translation   £1 =

     $1.48        $1.57  

Transaction   £1 =

     $1.55        $1.58  

Translation   £1 =

     €1.34        €1.31  

Transaction    £1 =

     €1.28        €1.23  

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

The impact of acquisitions and disposals on the reported figures was primarily attributable to the disposals of The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited on 27 February 2015, Gleneagles Hotels Limited on 30 June 2015, Desnoes & Geddes Limited (D&G) on 7 October 2015, the wine businesses in the United States and the UK Percy Fox wine business on 1 January 2016, which were partially offset by the acquisition of 50% equity interests, that the group did not own, in both Don Julio in Mexico on 27 February 2015 and a joint venture in South Africa on 29 May 2015.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2016 totalled £167 million before tax, a decrease of £102 million against last year.

Exceptional operating charges in the year ended 30 June 2016 included an impairment charge in respect of the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in Brazil and significant adverse changes in local tax regulation.

 

90


Business review (continued)

 

On 25 February 2016 the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million including a $75 million (£53 million) payment to Dr Vijay Mallya over a five year period in consideration for (i) his resignation and the termination of his appointment and governance rights and his relinquishing of the rights and benefits attached to his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of United Spirits Limited (USL); (ii) his agreement to five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill undertakings; and (iii) his agreement that he and his affiliates will not pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates. In addition to the amount Diageo agreed to pay Dr Vijay Mallya there was net gain of £4 million arising from the termination of certain related agreements, that were previously provided for less legal fees directly attributable to the settlement.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 exceptional operating charges were £269 million before tax which comprised £146 million in respect of a settlement agreement of disputes with the Korean customs authorities, £82 million in respect of restructuring programmes and an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

Non-operating items in the year ended 30 June 2016 were a net gain of £123 million before tax compared to a gain of £373 million before tax last year, a decrease of £250 million against last year.

The year ended 30 June 2016 included an exceptional gain before taxation of £457 million in respect of the sale of Diageo’s 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and a 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses) to Heineken, which completed on 7 October 2015. The gain is net of a £13 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £7 million. As part of the transaction, Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) from Heineken which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 72.42%.

On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. Together with the sale of the group’s other wine interests in the United States the transactions resulted in a loss before taxation on disposal of £191 million including an estimated provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to Realty Income Corporation, the lessor of the vineyards. The loss is net of an exchange gain of £12 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £8 million.

On 29 January 2016, Diageo disposed of its interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor. The transaction resulted in a loss before taxation of £38 million including a cumulative exchange loss of £20 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and other directly attributable costs of £7 million.

On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 42.25% equity interests in DHN Drinks, its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Breweries Limited and its 15.01% equity stake in Namibia Breweries Limited (South African associate interests) to Heineken. The net cash consideration received was £120 million, which included the repayment of £31 million in respect of loans previously made to DHN Drinks and Sedibeng Breweries Limited. A loss before taxation of £27 million, including a £30 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income, was accounted for in the income statement.

On 30 September 2015, the group completed the disposal of its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer, resulting in a gain before taxation of £14 million, net of £1 million transaction costs. £7 million of the gain is attributable to non-controlling interests.

A guarantee provided by Diageo for a loan of $135 million (£92 million) given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited was called and $135 million paid to SCB during the year. The underlying security package for the loan remains in place. A provision of $135 million has been made. Further details are set out in note 18.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 non-operating items included a gain of £63 million as a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group and as part of the transaction, Diageo sold its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to the Cuervo group, resulting in a gain of £174 million. A gain of £103 million arose on the increase of the group’s investment in United Spirits Limited (USL) from 25.02% to 54.78% (excluding the 2.38% interest owned by USL Benefit Trust). On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotel Limited to the Ennismore group resulting in an exceptional gain of £73 million. In addition a provision of £30 million was charged to the income statement in respect of a guarantee provided to a third party financial institution.

 

91


Business review (continued)

 

Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2016 for exceptional restructuring, for the payment in respect of the Watson guarantee (reported in ’movements in loans and other investments’ in the consolidated statement of cash flows), for disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited and for thalidomide were £52 million, £92 million, £28 million and £12 million, respectively. In the comparable period the cash expenditure for exceptional restructuring, for the legal settlement in Korea, for the guarantee and for thalidomide were £117 million, £74 million, £30 million and £19 million, respectively.

(d) Taxation

The reported tax rate for the year ended 30 June 2016 was 17.4% compared with 15.9% for the year ended 30 June 2015. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2016 was 19.0% compared with 18.3% in the prior year. It is expected that the tax rate before exceptional items for the year ending 30 June 2017 will be 21%.

(e) Dividend

The group aims to increase the dividend at each half-year and the decision as to the rate of the dividend increase is made with reference to dividend cover as well as the current performance trends including top and bottom line together with cash generation. Diageo targets dividend cover (the ratio of basic earnings per share before exceptional items to dividend per share) within the range of 1.8-2.2 times. For the year ended 30 June 2015 dividend cover was 1.6 times. Beginning with the interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 we slowed growth to 5% consistent with our focus on stabilising and rebuilding dividend cover. The recommended final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016 is 36.6 pence, an increase of 5% consistent with our interim dividend. This brings the full year dividend to 59.2 pence per share and dividend cover to 1.5 times. We would expect to maintain dividend increases at roughly a mid-single digit rate until cover is back in range.

Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid to holders of ordinary shares and ADRs on the register as of 12 August 2016. The ex-dividend date for the holders of the ordinary shares is 11 August 2016, and 10 August 2016 for US ADR holders. The final dividend will be paid to shareholders on 6 October 2016. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 12 October 2016. A dividend reinvestment plan is available to holders of ordinary shares in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 15 September 2016.

 

92


Business review (continued)

 

Movements in net borrowings and equity

 

                                           

Movement in net borrowings

   2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

     (9,527 )     (8,850 )

Free cash flow (a)

     2,097       1,963  

Acquisition and sale of businesses (b)

     1,047       (306 )

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     1       1  

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes (c)

     (1 )     (8 )

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

     (101 )     (72 )

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (d)

     (21 )      

Disposal of non- controlling interests

           1  

Net movements in bonds (e)

     (1,003 )     (701 )

Net movements in other borrowings (f)

     (233 )     386  

Equity dividends paid

     (1,443 )     (1,341 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     343       (77 )

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     1,236       315  

Exchange differences (g)

     (725 )     (7 )

Borrowings on acquisition of businesses

           (869 )

Borrowings disposed through sale of businesses

     14        

Other non-cash items

     24       (39 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at the end of the year

     (8,635 )     (9,527 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) See page 88 for the analysis of free cash flow.

 

93


Business review (continued)

 

(b) Acquisitions and sale of businesses include the disposal of the group’s shareholdings in D&G and GAPL on 7 October 2015 for a net cash consideration, including disposal costs, of $783 million (£510 million); the disposal of the group’s equity stake in its South African associate interests on 1 December 2015 for a cash consideration of ZAR 2,517 million (£119 million), net of disposal costs; the disposal of the group’s wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox for a cash consideration of $551 million (£375 million), net of disposal costs; and the proceeds from the sale of CGI, a Kenyan glass manufacturer, for KES 3,931 million (£25 million), net of disposal costs.

In the year ended 30 June 2015 cash payments primarily comprised £1,118 million in respect of the acquisition of additional 26% investment in USL and £192 million for the 50% equity interest in Don Julio BV that it did not already own, partially offset by cash received of £391 million in respect of sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group and £456 million on the sale of equity share capital in The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited.

(c) Net purchase of own shares comprised purchase of treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes of £47 million (2015 – £75 million) less receipts from employees on the exercise of share options of £46 million (2015 – £67 million).

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2016 Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited for £21 million.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2016, the group repaid bonds of $1,500 million (£1,003 million). In the comparable period, the group repaid bonds of €1,000 million (£792 million) and $500 million (£330 million), issued bonds of €1,000 million (£791 million), and a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

(f) Net movements in other borrowings are driven by the net repayment of short term commercial paper.

(g) Net borrowings increased because of unfavourable exchange differences primarily on the US dollar and euro denominated borrowings partially offset by a favourable movement on foreign exchange swaps and forwards.

 

94


Business review (continued)

 

                                           

Movement in equity

   2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Equity at the beginning of the year

     9,256       7,590  

Profit for the year

     2,362       2,467  

Exchange adjustments (a)

     875       (225 )

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

     (856 )     113  

Tax on post employment plans

     166       (11 )

Exchange recycled to the income statement (b)

     51       88  

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

     (20 )     20  

Non-controlling interests acquired (b)

           641  

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

     (21 )      

Disposal of non-controlling interest

     (24 )      

Dividends to non-controlling interests

     (101 )     (72 )

Dividends paid

     (1,443 )     (1,341 )

Other reserve movements

     (65 )     (14 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity at the end of the year

     10,180       9,256  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Movement in the year ended 30 June 2016 primarily arose from exchange gains in respect of the Indian rupee, Turkish lira, US dollar and euro.

(b) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exchange losses of £51 million were recycled to the income statement in respect of disposals.

 

95


Business review (continued)

 

In the year ended 30 June 2015 following the acquisition of majority equity stakes in USL, 50% equity interest in Don Julio and one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa that it did not already own exchange losses of £88 million were recycled to the income statement and on the acquisition of USL a 43.91% non-controlling interest of £641 million was recognised.

Post employment plans

The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation increased by £934 million from £259 million at 30 June 2015 to £1,193 million at 30 June 2016. The increase primarily arose due to a decrease in returns from ‘AA’ rated corporate bonds used to calculate the discount rates on the liabilities of the post employment plans (United Kingdom reduced from 3.8% to 2.9% and Ireland from 2.6% to 1.4%) partially offset by a reduction in long term inflation rates (UK RPI from 3.2% to 2.8%, UK CPI from 2.2% to 1.8% and Ireland CPI from 1.6% to 1.4%). Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2017 are estimated to be approximately £200 million.

 

96


Business review (continued)

 

North America

Performance

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) US Spirits Canada Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium and Wines Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium DGUSA Wine Premium (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                   

Key financials

   2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
     Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2016
£ million
     Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     3,455       172        (159 )     97       3,565        3  

Marketing

     542       23        (14 )     (10 )     541         

Operating profit before exceptional items

     1,448       77        (30 )     56       1,551        7  

Exceptional operating items

     (28 )                
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Operating profit

     1,420              1,551        9  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Net sales

Net sales were £3,565 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £110 million compared to net sales of £3,455 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were favourably impacted by exchange rate movements of £172 million primarily due to the strength of the US dollar against sterling and organic growth of £97 million (see further performance analysis below) partially offset by the loss of £159 million of net sales due to disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £1,551 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £131 million compared to operating profit of £1,420 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit benefited £77 million from exchange rate movements due to the strength of the US dollar and organic growth of £56 million, partially offset by the loss of £30 million operating profit on the disposal of the wine businesses in the United States in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £28 million restructuring cost in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

97


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

North America delivered net sales growth of 3%, following the expected strong performance in the second half in US Spirits. Full year depletion and net sales growth in US Spirits was 3%. Growth in North American whisk(e)y, scotch and tequila drove positive mix. North American whisk(e)y, with net sales up 6%, was the main driver of net sales growth as Crown Royal and Bulleit continued to gain share in the category. Performance of Smirnoff and Captain Morgan improved, with net sales up 2% for both brands. In scotch, Johnnie Walker and Buchanan’s both performed well, with net sales up 7% and 9%, respectively. Reserve brands performance also improved, with net sales up 5%, driven by Johnnie Walker reserve variants, Bulleit, Don Julio and Ketel One vodka. Elsewhere in the region DGUSA net sales grew 1%, with growth in ready to drink offsetting a decline in beer, and in Canada net sales were up 4%. Marketing in North America was down 2% as a result of procurement efficiencies and more focused spend on innovation. Operating margin increased 39bps for the year, as improvement in gross margin and lower marketing more than offset higher overheads.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
      movement
%
    Reported
volume
      movement
%
    Organic
net sales
      movement
%
    Reported
net sales
      movement
%
 

North America

     1       (1 )     3       3  
        

US Spirits

     1       (1 )     3       4  

DGUSA

           (3 )     1       5  

Canada

     2       2       4       (5 )
        

Spirits(i)

     1       1       3       8  

Beer

     (3 )     (7 )     (2 )     (2 )

Ready to drink

     4       1       5       7  

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Crown Royal

       6       6       12  

Smirnoff

       1       2       6  

Captain Morgan

       3       2       6  

Johnnie Walker

             5       10  

Ketel One vodka

       2       4       10  

Cîroc

       (6 )     (7 )     (1 )

Baileys

       (2 )           4  

Guinness

                   5  

Tanqueray

       5       7       13  

Don Julio

       30       34       42  

Bulleit

       25       28       36  

Buchanan’s

       3       9       16  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

98


Business review (continued)

 

  Net sales in US Spirits were up 3%, with a 10% net sales increase in the second half following a transition to a replenishment model for innovation launches. Diageo’s North American whisk(e)y brands accounted for half of the overall net sales growth as Crown Royal and Bulleit continued to gain share. Crown Royal net sales increased 5%, with net sales of Crown Royal Deluxe up 5% as it benefited from the new “The One Made For A King” campaign which focused on the quality and heritage of the brand. Crown Royal Regal Apple continued to benefit from the popularity of the shot occasion and delivered a solid performance, with net sales up 15%, as it entered its second year after launch. Cîroc performance improved in the second half, as the brand benefited from the launch of its Apple flavour. Smirnoff net sales were up 2% but it underperformed the vodka category. Growth from a more focused flavours portfolio and the newly launched Smirnoff Sourced, a blend of real fruit juice and spirit, offset a decline in Smirnoff Red which lapped last year’s brand renovation and promotional activity and continued to be impacted by a competitive price environment. Performance in scotch improved as Johnnie Walker’s net sales increased 7%, largely driven by reserve variants, up 23%. Buchanan’s net sales were up 9% and share increased, as the ‘A lo Grande’ campaign enhanced the connection with hispanic consumers. Increased investment in the on-trade and focus on recruiting new consumers amongst millenials had a positive impact on Captain Morgan, which gained share despite weakness in the rum category. Net sales for the brand were up 2%, largely driven by the Original Spiced variant and Cannon Blast, which proved to be popular in the shot occasion. Don Julio, with net sales up 34%, was the fastest growing brand in the portfolio and gained share.
  DGUSA net sales increased 1%, as growth in ready to drink offset a decline in beer. In ready to drink the launch of Smirnoff Electric and a solid performance of Smirnoff Ice, which benefited from new flavours and packaging, drove net sales growth of 7%. Beer net sales were down 3% largely driven by a decline in Smithwick and Harp. Guinness net sales were broadly flat as the launch of Guinness Nitro IPA offset the net sales decline of Guinness American Blonde Lager, which lapped the previous year launch, and Guinness draught which continued to be impacted by a crowded craft beer segment.
  Net sales in Canada increased 4%, largely driven by Crown Royal, which benefited from the launch of Crown Royal Northern Harvest Rye, rated ‘2016 world whiskey of the year’ by Jim Murray’s Whiskey Bible, distribution gains, and the ‘We Make Whisky The Canadian Way’ campaign, which highlights the brand’s quality and craftmanship. Performance in vodka and ready to drink was also good, with net sales up 2% and 6%, respectively.
  Marketing reduced 2% driven by procurement efficiencies and more focused spend on innovations. Spend was also focused against the largest brands in US Spirits, with investment in Smirnoff, Crown Royal and Captain Morgan up 6%, and fast growing brands such as Don Julio, Bulleit and Buchanan’s where investment was up 16%.

 

99


Business review (continued)

 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

Performance

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Europe Turkey Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium Russia Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Wine Premium (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                   

Key financials

   2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
     2016
£ million
     Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     2,617       (87 )     (88 )     102        2,544        (3 )

Marketing

     388       1       (5 )     20        404        4  

Operating profit before exceptional items

     804       (24 )     (24 )     45        801         

Exceptional operating items

     (20 )                
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Operating profit

     784              801        2  
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Net sales

Net sales were £2,544 million for the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £73 million compared to net sales of £2,617 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by £87 million exchange rate movements driven mainly by the Turkish lira, euro and Russian rouble, and £88 million following the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015, partially offset by organic growth of £102 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £801 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of £17 million compared to operating profit of £784 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was negatively impacted by £24 million exchange rate movements principally due to the weakening of the Turkish lira, euro and Russian rouble against sterling and £24 million loss due to the disposal of the Percy Fox wine business in January 2016 and Bushmills in February 2015 offset by organic growth of £45 million. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £20 million restructuring costs in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

100


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

The region’s performance reflects momentum in Europe, strong net sales growth in Russia driven by price increases in a tough economic and exchange environment and good growth in Turkey. In Europe, net sales were up 3% with Great Britain and Continental Europe the main contributors and with share gains across the market. Baileys performed strongly driven by execution against core growth drivers, especially sampling. Guinness net sales were up 2% supported by innovations from ‘The Brewers Project’ and Tanqueray grew net sales double digit in most countries across Europe. Reserve brands continued to perform well also growing double digit. In Russia, price increases led to net sales increase of 27% while volume was down 9%, with share gains in rum but share losses in scotch in the face of increased competition. In Turkey net sales were up 6% driven by Johnnie Walker underpinned by steady growth in raki at 3%. Gross margins were up in both Europe and Russia. Overall region operating margins improved by 51bps. In Europe procurement savings offset increased marketing and overheads leaving margin improvement in Russia to drive the region’s increase.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     2             4       (3 )
        

Europe

     4             3       (2 )

Russia

     (9 )     (12 )     27       (12 )

Turkey

     (2 )     (2 )     6       (7 )
        

Spirits(i)

     2       1       6        

Beer

     2                   (2 )

Ready to drink

     2       2       (3 )     (2 )

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       4       2       1  

Johnnie Walker

       3       7       3  

Smirnoff

             1        

Baileys

       5       9       6  

Yenì Raki

       1       4       (9 )

Captain Morgan

       8       9       5  

JeB

       (3 )     (4 )     (6 )

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

101


Business review (continued)

 

  In Europe net sales were up 3%:

 

    In Great Britain net sales were up 4%. Baileys performance accelerated with net sales up 11% driven by increased off-trade visibility and on-trade activation. Smirnoff net sales were up 1% supported by a full year of the ‘We’re Open’ platform. Guinness net sales were up 1% benefitting from the Rugby World Cup activation, improved distribution and innovation successes from ‘The Brewers Project’. Tanqueray net sales grew double digit and the brand gained 2pps of share in the gin category, driven by expanding distribution with improved visibility and increased bartender advocacy. Reserve brands continued to drive profitable growth with net sales up 26% driven by Cîroc and scotch malts.
    In Ireland net sales were broadly flat. Guinness net sales were up 4%, driven by the continued successful innovations launched through ‘The Brewers Project’. Of these, Hop House 13 Lager has proven to be a stand out success gaining almost 3% share of lager beer in the Republic of Ireland. Other beer brands net sales declined 4% and net sales in spirits were down 1%.
    In France net sales increased 3% driven by Captain Morgan which almost doubled sales and reserve brands up 8%, driven mainly by scotch malts, partially offset by weakness in Smirnoff ready to drink.
    In Continental Europe net sales were up 4%:
    Net sales in Iberia were up 2%. Johnnie Walker net sales grew 6% in the year and Baileys performed strongly supported by increased investment. Gordon’s net sales were also up in the growing gin category. These positive net sales performances more than offset net sales decline in JeB.
    Net sales in Germany, Austria and Switzerland grew 12% driven by double digit growth in Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Tanqueray and Baileys. Reserve brand net sales were up 11% driven by scotch malts, Johnnie Walker and Tanqueray No. TEN.
    Benelux net sales were down 1% overall in this group of countries. Performance was impacted by a significant tax increase implemented towards the end of the first half in Belgium. As a result, the spirits market in Belgium has seen a significant decline through the second half which led to a 26% net sales decline over the same period.
    In Italy net sales were up 8% driven by double digit growth in scotch and gin. Johnnie Walker and scotch malts performed well with both Tanqueray and Gordon’s delivering strong growth albeit not as fast as the gin category.
    In Greece, net sales were up 5% driven by route to consumer investment and focus on consistent activation.
    Net Sales in Poland and the Europe Partner Markets were broadly flat.
  Performance in Russia continued to be impacted by the challenged economic dynamics. Price increases were implemented to offset currency devaluation, which impacted volume, down 9% but with net sales up 27%. Diageo scotch share has declined as a result of the level of these price increases on scotch relative to the competition. Captain Morgan however continued to achieve strong share gains and net sales growth, supported by consistent execution of growth drivers and the launch of Captain Morgan white.
  In Turkey net sales grew 6% and in raki, with net sales up 3%, the premiumisation trend continued with Yenì Raki and the super premium variant Tekirdağ Raki driving growth. Johnnie Walker net sales continued to be up double digit.
  Marketing increased by 5% and benefitted from procurement savings resulting in an underlying investment increase of 10%. The region continues to be focused on the key growth opportunities, reserve brands, gin, beer and innovation.

 

102


Business review (continued)

 

Africa

Performance

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) Nigeria South Africa Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium East Africa Other Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Africa Regional Premium Markets (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                   

Key financials

   2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2016
£ million
     Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,415       (102 )     54       34       1,401        (1 )

Marketing

     147       (11 )     6       1       143        (3 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

     318       (67 )     (12 )     (27 )     212        (33 )

Exceptional operating items

     (7 )               
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

Operating profit

     311             212        (32 )
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

Net sales

Net sales were £1,401 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £14 million compared to net sales of £1,415 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by £102 million exchange rate movements primarily due to the weakness of the South African rand, Nigerian naira, South Sudanese pound and Kenyan schilling against sterling, partially offset by £54 million arising from the acquisition of the 50% of United National Breweries that the group did not own in South Africa and the restructuring of the South African operations and organic growth of £34 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £212 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £99 million compared to operating profit of £311 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was reduced because of exchange rate movements of £67 million driven by the weak South African rand, Nigerian naira, South Sudanese pound and Kenyan schilling. In addition operating profit declined by £12 million due to the acquisition of United National Breweries and the restructuring of the South African operations and an organic reduction of £27 million. No exceptional operating charges were recorded in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to £7 million restructuring costs in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

103


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales increased 3% with growth in all markets except Nigeria where net sales declined 15%. In East Africa, the recovery of Senator in Kenya following the duty change and double digit growth in rum and vodka led to strong net sales growth. Net sales in Africa Regional Markets grew 9%, led by beer which was underpinned by the ‘Made of Black’ Guinness campaign, innovation with Guinness Africa Special, sustained growth of Malta Guinness and the roll out of Orijin in Ghana. Vodka, particularly Smirnoff 1818, continued to be the engine of growth in South Africa. Across the region, spirits net sales grew 4%, with reserve brands up 35% on the back of Cîroc and Johnnie Walker reserve brands which benefited from the enhanced route to consumer and the launch of Johnnie Walker Green Label. Operating margin decreased 252bps due primarily to the impact of adverse mix and volume decline in Nigeria as well as weaker mix in East Africa. This was partially offset by procurement savings delivered across the region.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Africa

     9       19       3       (1 )
        

Nigeria

     (11 )     (11 )     (15 )     (19 )

East Africa

     25       25       16       3  

Africa Regional Markets

     11       57       9       23  

South Africa

     1       5       5       (6 )
        

Spirits(i)

     2       2       4       (7 )

Beer

     20       39       11       9  

Ready to drink

     (37 )     (23 )     (43 )     (35 )

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Guinness

       6       6       1  

Malta Guinness

       14       13       10  

Tusker

       (15 )     (11 )     (27 )

Senator

       151       157       134  

Harp

       (23 )     (26 )     (28 )

Johnnie Walker

       (10 )     1       (7 )

Smirnoff

       6       12       (4 )

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement.

 

  In Nigeria, net sales declined 15% due primarily to Orijin lapping the successful launch last year and now competing with ‘me too’ brands. The introduction of new formats at compelling price points, brand equity building through the ‘Live Orijinal’ campaign and the recruitment of new consumers with Orijin Zero have stabilised the brand. In beer, distribution expansion, higher brand equity driven by the ‘Made of Black’ campaign, robust activation during the broadcast sponsorship of Barclay’s Premier League and innovation with Guinness Africa Special led to the growth of Guinness. Malta Guinness also grew, with net sales up 15%, on the back of ‘You vs’ brand campaign and increased distribution particularly into the off-trade. The business continued to broaden its portfolio in the value lager segment with brands such as Satzenbrau offsetting the decline in Harp. Beer net sales grew 8%.

 

104


Business review (continued)

 

  In East Africa, net sales increased 16% driven by double digit growth in beer, spirits and ready to drink. Senator grew in Kenya following the roll back of the duty increase early in the year and momentum was sustained throughout the year. This more than offset the decline in Tusker, which was impacted by the duty increase in Kenya and currency volatility in the markets, resulting in 17% net sales growth in beer. Mainstream spirits grew 26% led by Kenya Cane and Kane Extra, together with innovation such as Kenya Cane Coconut and Chrome vodka. The improved route to consumer, with deepening mainstream outlet coverage, continued to drive growth in this segment. Reserve brands grew 24% following enhanced distribution and activation supported by brand ambassadors. Ready to drink was up 14% as Smirnoff Ice Double Black and Guarana grew with positive gearing driven by price increase.
  In Africa Regional Markets, net sales grew 9% reflecting the strong growth in Cameroon, Ghana and Ethiopia. Ghana net sales growth accelerated to 30% due to the launch of Orijin Bitters and ready to drink variants. Beer, driven by Guinness, was up 9% as activation and promotion was stepped up behind the ‘Made of Black’ campaign and Guinness Africa Special was rolled out. In Cameroon, net sales growth of 12% was driven largely by good performance in beer coupled with double digit growth in spirits and ready to drink categories. In Ethiopia, net sales grew 8% with Malta Guinness up 71%. This more than offset the slight decline in Meta as competition intensified. A number of interventions were made, including relaunching Meta in November and introducing Azmera in April 2016 to recruit value oriented consumers. Markets continued to benefit from the enhanced route to consumer and capability builds, including the adoption of a sales force automation tool. Angola net sales declined 65% due to the macroeconomic headwinds and inventory reduction in view of weakening consumer demand and weaker currency.
  South Africa grew 5% driven by 13% growth in vodka led by Smirnoff 1818. Overall, scotch sales were flat reflecting the weaker performance of Bell’s, White Horse, J&B and Black and White due to increased competition in this price sensitive consumer segment. This was offset by 9% growth in Johnnie Walker across key variants such as Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Johnnie Walker Green Label which was launched in the second half of the year.
  Marketing was up 1% in the region with investment prioritised behind the biggest growth opportunities with proven sales drivers. In Nigeria, marketing declined in line with net sales, with spend focused on the Guinness and Orijin brands. East Africa up-weighted investment on mainstream spirits and value beer, notably in Kenya Cane and Senator. In Africa Regional Markets, the innovation, marketing campaigns and activation programmes behind Guinness and Malta Guinness contributed to the increase in marketing. South Africa maintained spend in Smirnoff to build scale and increased investment behind Johnnie Walker.

 

105


Business review (continued)

 

Latin America and Caribbean

Performance

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) PUB Mexico Spirits RTDs Value Super premium Venezuela West LAC Beer Other Standard Ultra premium Colombia Other Wine Premium

 

                                                                                                                                   

Key financials

   2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals
£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    2016
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

     1,033       (134 )     (41 )     5       863       (16 )

Marketing

     194       (26 )     (1 )           167       (14 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

     263       (57 )     (5 )     (2 )     199       (24 )

Exceptional operating items(i)

     (5 )           (118 )  
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

Operating profit

     258             81       (69 )
  

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating item of £118 million was in respect of the impairment of Ypióca.

Net sales

Net sales were £863 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £170 million compared to net sales of £1,033 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Adverse exchange rate movements due to the weakening of the Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar, Mexican peso and Colombian peso negatively impacted net sales by £134 million and the disposals of the Jamaican operation and wines in Argentina, partially offset by the tequila Don Julio acquisition, reduced net sales by £41 million. Organic growth was £5 million (see further performance analysis below).

Operating profit

Operating profit was £81 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £177 million compared to operating profit of £258 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Operating profit was adversely impacted by exchange rate movements of £57 million mainly driven by the Brazilian real, Venezuelan bolivar, Mexican peso and Colombian peso. In addition, operating profit was impacted by exceptional operating charges of £118 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 compared to operating charges of £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. In the year ended 30 June 2016 the group impaired the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit. Organic decline was £2 million.

 

106


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales grew 1% in LAC. Growth in Mexico, Colombia and the domestic markets of West LAC was partially offset by the decline in Brazil, travel retail and the export channels. In Brazil, performance was impacted by subdued consumer confidence, a tax increase and significant slowdown in the travel retail channel, which resulted in a 7% decline in net sales. Performance in Mexico and Colombia was strong with net sales up 10% and 28% respectively, led by scotch and vodka. Currency weakness and lower underlying demand continued to impact the West LAC export channels. Diageo’s strategy in LAC is to expand our leadership position in scotch and broaden our portfolio. Scotch net sales grew 2%, led by Buchanan’s and Black and White, with share gains in most markets. Net sales of Johnnie Walker declined with weakness in PUB and West LAC partially offset by strong growth in Mexico and Colombia. Vodka net sales grew 8% driven primarily by growth in Mexico, Colombia and the domestic markets in West LAC. Don Julio gained share supported by increased activity to build brand awareness and drive recruitment in Mexico. Gross margin improved, benefitting from mix as well as procurement savings across logistics and production. This was offset by higher overheads resulting in operating margin decline of 39bps.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Latin America and Caribbean

     (2 )     (5 )     1       (16 )
        

PUB

     (5 )     (5 )     (9 )     (27 )

Colombia

     9       9       28        

Mexico

     10       19       10       7  

West LAC

     (2 )     (17 )     (3 )     (20 )

Venezuela

     4       3       173       (69 )
        

Spirits(i)

     (2 )     (2 )     1       (12 )

Beer

     23       (41 )     14       (60 )

Ready to drink

     (11 )     (12 )           (20 )

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       (8 )     (4 )     (15 )

Buchanan’s

       (5 )     9       (7 )

Smirnoff

             6       (19 )

Old Parr

       (15 )     (1 )     (17 )

Baileys

       (3 )     (1 )     (14 )

Ypióca

       (6 )     (6 )     (28 )

Black and White

       48       63       34  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for Smirnoff 4%.

 

  In Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB), net sales declined 9%. In Brazil, net sales were down with declines in scotch, vodka and cachaça, driven primarily by the slowing economy, a tax increase in December 2015, currency volatility and a slowdown in the duty free channel. Despite the challenging operating environment, the business gained share in scotch, delivered through Johnnie Walker and Black and White marketing campaigns. The business continued to invest behind the Smirnoff trademark in music festivals and trade activations, as well as the rejuvenation of Ypióca. Net sales in Paraguay and Uruguay declined due to reduced demand in the export and travel retail channels given currency volatility.
  Colombia delivered 9% volume growth and 28% net sales increase, on the back of favourable mix and successive price increases following the currency devaluation. Scotch was the key growth driver, with double digit growth and share gains. The portfolio in Colombia continues to broaden with gin, vodka and tequila net sales growing double digit.

 

107


Business review (continued)

 

  Mexico net sales increased 10%. Scotch was a key growth driver with net sales up 17%, reflecting strong volume growth and price increase. Buchanan’s was up 20% following the relaunch of the brand with the ‘Good versus Great’ campaign, the introduction of new packaging and strong activations around Father’s Day with ‘A Great Father A Great Day’ campaign. Similarly, Johnnie Walker net sales grew double digit on the back of 8% volume growth across core variants such as Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker reserve brands including the newly launched Johnnie Walker Green Label. In mainstream scotch, Black and White net sales grew supported by expanded distribution and activation across the on and off-trade. Following the execution of the new Smirnoff strategy to build the brand’s credentials through participation in music festivals and increasing activation across the on-trade, Smirnoff net sales doubled and share increased in the last six months. Don Julio also gained share in the year reflecting the successful marketing campaign, activation and higher brand awareness.
  West LAC net sales declined 3% primarily due to weakness in the export channels. Domestic markets’ net sales were stable with growth in Peru, Chile and Jamaica offset by a decline in Central America and Caribbean. In Peru, net sales grew 16%, led by increases in Johnnie Walker Red Label, Johnnie Walker Black Label and Old Parr, underpinned by the marketing campaigns and activations around gifting for Christmas and Father’s Day. Scotch was also a key engine behind Chile’s net sales growth of 9%. Johnnie Walker Red Label and mainstream scotch such as VAT 69, Old Parr and White Horse grew following distribution expansion as well as improved trade visibility. Central America and Caribbean net sales contracted 4% given currency volatility across the market.
  In Venezuela, volume increased 4% driven primarily by strong growth in rum as the business resumed production of local spirits following the stabilisation of glass supply. This was offset by the decline in scotch as access to foreign currency remains constrained. Net sales grew significantly faster as the business increased prices in a high inflation environment and transacted some scotch sales in sterling.
  Marketing increased broadly in line with net sales. Spend in Brazil was reduced in view of the weaker economic outlook. Mexico increased spend by 9%, investing behind Smirnoff and scotch to build brand equity and enhance activations. In Colombia, incremental spend was invested behind Johnnie Walker, Buchanan’s and Smirnoff ready to drink to support the Smirnoff Ice Green Apple flavour launch.

 

108


Business review (continued)

 

Asia Pacific

Performance

 

LOGO    Net sales by markets Net sales by categories Net sales by price points (%) (%) (%) South East Asia Global Travel, Spirits(i) RTDs Value Super premium Greater China Asia East and Middle Beer Other Standard Ultra premium India Wine Premium Australia North Asia (i) excluding RTDs

 

(i) excluding RTDs

 

                                                                                                                                                         

Key financials

  2015
£ million
    Exchange
£ million
    Acquisitions
and
disposals

£ million
    Organic
movement
£ million
    Net sales
adjustment(ii)
    2016
£ million
    Reported
movement
%
 

Net sales

    2,213       (21 )     (28 )     34       (122 )     2,076       (6 )

Marketing

    344             (1 )     (42 )           301       (13 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

    356       (5 )           44             395       11  

Exceptional operating items(i)

    (193 )             (49 )  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

Operating profit

    163               346       112  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2016 exceptional operating items of £49 million was in respect of the disengagement agreement relating to USL (2015 - £146 million was in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities and £41 million in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company).
(ii) For further detail see page 151.

Net sales

Net sales were £2,076 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 a decrease of £137 million compared to net sales of £2,213 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Net sales were adversely impacted by exchange rate movements of £21 million due to weak Australian dollar and Indian rupee against sterling and a £28 million loss due to disposal of the Bouvet wine business and transition of a number of operations in India to a franchise or royalty model, partially offset by organic growth of £34 million (see further performance analysis below). The full year impact of an accounting change for USL to account for the excise duties paid by third party manufacturers reduced net sales by £122 million.

Operating profit

Operating profit was £346 million in the year ended 30 June 2016 an increase of by £183 million compared to operating profit of £163 million in the year ended 30 June 2015. Organic growth improved operating profit by £44 million, partially offset by adverse exchange rate movements of £5 million mainly driven by the Australian dollar. Operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2016 was impacted by an exceptional operating charge of £49 million in respect of disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited. Exceptional operating charges of £193 million in the year ended 30 June 2015 included a charge in respect of settlement of several disputes with the Korean tax authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable for imported products and an impairment charge in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company in Vietnam.

 

109


Business review (continued)

 

Further performance analysis

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

Net sales in Asia Pacific grew 2% as a result of growth in India, South East Asia and Australia. In China, Chinese white spirits grew while scotch declined and the shift towards lower ABV products in Korea led to a decline in net sales. Global Travel Asia and Middle East business declined primarily due to the geopolitical developments in the Middle East. The changes made to improve performance in USL led to net sales growth of 5% in India, largely driven by growth in IMFL whisky and scotch. Net sales in South East Asia grew 16% as the inventory reduction experienced last year ended. Australia net sales grew 2% driven by scotch and Guinness. Reserve brands net sales grew 4% largely driven by the strong performance of Shui Jing Fang in China and Johnnie Walker in South East Asia. Margin improved 176bps as a result of reducing marketing in India with the termination of USL related party agreements, and for Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label in China. The sale by USL of United Breweries Limited shares also contributed to operating margin expansion.

 

                                                                                       

Markets and categories:

   Organic
volume
movement
%
    Reported
volume
movement
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Asia Pacific

           (3 )     2       (6 )
        

India

           (4 )     5       (11 )

South East Asia

     3       3       16       15  

Greater China

     (5 )     (5 )     (2 )      

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

     (9 )     (9 )     (15 )     (14 )

Australia

     2       2       2       (5 )

North Asia

     6       6       (5 )     (6 )
        

Spirits(i)

           (3 )     1       (7 )

Beer

     8       8       7       4  

Ready to drink

     (3 )     (3 )     (3 )     (8 )

Global giants and local stars(i):

    Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Johnnie Walker

       (4 )     (2 )     (2 )

McDowell’s

       (2 )           (16 )

Windsor

       (4 )     (10 )     (12 )

Smirnoff

       (4 )     (7 )     (9 )

Guinness

       8       7       4  

Bundaberg

       (5 )     (3 )     (10 )

Shui Jing Fang(iii)

       55       20       22  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for McDowell’s 0%.
(iii) Organic growth figures represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the predominant brand.

 

  South East Asia net sales were up 16% as it lapped the inventory reduction last year. In Thailand performance improved after a weak first half with net sales growing in the second half as the launch of Smirnoff Midnight 100 ready to drink offset the decline in scotch, which gained share in a declining category. In Indonesia net sales increased 1% as Guinness grew due to the focus on the on-trade post regulations restricting sale of alcohol in the off-trade were introduced last year. Vietnam was impacted by the special consumption tax on imported products introduced in January 2016 resulting in a net sales decline of 35%. Reserve brands performance was strong with net sales up 27% led by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve and Johnnie Walker Blue Label.
  Greater China net sales were down 2%. In mainland China, scotch declined 42% as the continued weakness in premium scotch in the traditional on-trade channel resulted in distributors reducing inventory, although Diageo gained share in the super deluxe scotch segment. Chinese white spirits net sales grew 19% as growth in the second half was lower due to a tougher prior year comparison. In Taiwan net sales grew 8% driven by growth in Johnnie Walker.

 

110


Business review (continued)

 

  India net sales were up 5%, driven by the premiumisation strategy with good growth in prestige and above brands and popular brands net sales flat. Royal Challenge and McDowell’s No. 1 were relaunched during the year performed and contributed to growth with Royal Challenge net sales up 54%. Scotch grew 17% as Black Dog grew 23% and Johnnie Walker grew 22% with strong performance in Johnnie Walker Black Label, Johnnie Walker Red Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label. The integration of Diageo’s brands into USL has created an exceptionally strong brand portfolio in India that participates across all price tiers in the IMFL and imported spirits segments. As a result of the focus on route to consumer, 20% of outlets are now meeting ‘perfect outlet’ standards driving recruitment and brand building. Gross margin improved 99bps with the growth of prestige and above brands driving positive mix and productivity initiatives that reduced the cost of goods sold. Operating margin improved 702bps as a result of gross margin improvement, lower marketing and the sale by USL of United Breweries Limited shares.
  Global Travel Asia and Middle East net sales declined 15% largely driven by the Middle East where net sales declined 20% as geopolitical developments led to weak performance in the domestic and travel retail business. Global Travel Asia net sales declined 7% as a result of lower spend by travellers and currency volatility.
  Australia net sales increased 2% with growth in scotch, vodka, liqueurs and gin offsetting the decline in the ready to drink business. In rum, strong growth of Captain Morgan both in ready to drink and spirits categories, offset the decline in Bundaberg. Reserve brands were up 7% largely driven by Johnnie Walker, as consumers continue to premiumise within the spirits category.
  North Asia net sales were down 5%. In Korea, net sales declined 10%, as Windsor suffered from increased competition in the traditional on-trade with net sales down 20% which offset growth from W-Ice, an innovation in the growing lower ABV premium whisky segment. In Japan, net sales were up 8% largely driven by scotch net sales growing 21% capitalising on the growth of the brown spirits segment.
  Marketing was 12% lower driven by reductions on Johnnie Walker Black Label and Johnnie Walker Blue Label in China and India where marketing reduced as a result of termination of USL related party agreements.

 

111


Business review (continued)

 

Category Review

 

LOGO    Volume Net sales Marketing spend Scotch American North Rum Liqueurs Tequila to Ready drink Other Vodka Indian Made Gin Beer whisk(e)y Foreign Liquor (IMFL)

 

                                                                 

Key categories

   Reported
volume
movement(iii)

%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Spirits(i)

     (1 )     3       (1 )

Scotch

     (3 )           (4 )

Vodka(ii)

           1       2  

North American whisk(e)y

     4       6       12  

Rum(ii)

     2       3       (3 )

Indian-Made Foreign Liquor (IMFL) whisky

     (5 )     3       (11 )

Liqueurs

     1       3       2  

Gin(ii)

     3       8       6  

Tequila

     15       8       28  

Beer

     21       6       1  

Ready to drink

     (9 )     (11 )     (11 )

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Vodka, rum, gin including IMFL brands.
(iii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for IMFL whisky (1)%, tequila (17)%, beer 13% and ready to drink (13)%.

 

112


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                 

Global giants, local stars and reserve(i):

   Reported
volume
movement(ii)
%
    Organic
net sales
movement
%
    Reported
net sales
movement
%
 

Global giants

      

Johnnie Walker

     (4 )     1       (3 )

Smirnoff

     1       2        

Baileys

     2       4       3  

Captain Morgan

     4       3       5  

Tanqueray

     11       12       15  

Guinness

     4       4       2  

Local stars

      

Crown Royal

     5       6       11  

Yenì Raki

     1       4       (9 )

Buchanan’s

     (2 )     10       1  

JeB

     (6 )     (9 )     (12 )

Windsor

     (4 )     (10 )     (12 )

Old Parr

     (13 )     1       (14 )

Bundaberg

     (6 )     (3 )     (10 )

Bell’s

           (1 )     (10 )

White Horse

     (11 )     6       (15 )

Ypióca

     (6 )     (6 )     (28 )

Cacique

     25       9       (24 )

McDowell’s

     (2 )           (16 )

Shui Jing Fang (iii)

     55       20       22  

Reserve

      

Scotch malts

     8       7       6  

Cîroc

     (2 )     (3 )     2  

Ketel One vodka

     4       4       10  

Don Julio

     25       18       40  

Bulleit

     27       29       36  

 

(i) Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.
(ii) Reported equals organic volume movement except for White Horse (9)%, Don Julio (13)% and McDowell’s 0%.
(iii) Organic growth figures represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the predominant brand.

Unless otherwise stated percentage movements refer to organic movements in the following analysis.

 

  Scotch represents 24% of Diageo net sales and was flat in the year. Net sales grew in North America, Europe and Latin America and Caribbean driven by Johnnie Walker and Buchanan’s supported by new campaigns. Net sales declined in Africa; primarily in Angola, and in Asia Pacific driven by declines in China and Korea. The performance of Black and White was strong with net sales up 31%. Windsor net sales declined double digit in Korea due to the decline of the whisky category. Scotch reserve brands net sales grew 7% driven by strong growth in Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Johnnie Walker Green Label.
  Vodka represents 13% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 1%. Performance of Smirnoff, the largest brand in the category, improved growing 2%. Ketel One vodka returned to growth in the United States and Canada supported by a new campaign and pricing strategy. In addition, Cîroc performance improved from the first half driven by the success of Cîroc Apple in the United States.
  North American whisk(e)y represents 8% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6%. Performance continued to be driven by strong growth in Crown Royal Regal Apple and Bulleit which continue to gain share in the United States.
  Rum represents 7% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. Captain Morgan grew 3% driven by the base variant Original Spiced rum growing 3% and the Cannon Blast launch going well in the United States. Kenya Cane, a mainstream rum in Kenya, and Zacapa also contributed to the growth.

 

113


Business review (continued)

 

  IMFL whisky represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. The relaunches of two of the biggest brands Royal Challenge and McDowell’s No.1 drove this growth with Royal Challenge net sales up 55% due to the relaunch.
  Liqueurs represents 5% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 3%. Baileys, the leading brand in this category, grew 4% due to 9% growth in its biggest market, Europe. The key growth drivers were on premise visibility, focused media content and sampling.
  Gin represents 3% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. Tanqueray was the largest contributor growing double digit, followed by Gordon’s.
  Tequila represents 1% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 8%. The performance was driven by continued double digit growth of Don Julio in its biggest market, the United States.
  Beer represents 18% of Diageo’s net sales and grew 6% driven by strong performance in Africa where net sales grew 11%. Key contributors were East Africa and Nigeria. Strong growth of Senator following the excise duty remission grew sales in East Africa. In Nigeria, Malta Guinness, Pilsner and value brand Satzenbrau delivered a strong performance. Europe grew 2% on Guinness driven by the effectiveness of the ‘Made of More’ advertising campaign, innovations like Hop House 13 lager from ‘The Brewers Project’ and strong activation around the Rugby World Cup.
  Ready to drink represents 6% of Diageo’s net sales and declined 11%. This was largely driven by the decline in Orijin in Nigeria. The decline was partially offset by a good performance in Smirnoff Ice flavours in the United States driven by new marketing programmes and the launch of Orijin in Ghana and Cameroon. In Thailand, the Smirnoff Midnight 100 launch continued to progress well.
  Global giants represent 40% of Diageo net sales and grew at 3%.
    Johnnie Walker net sales grew 1% due to reserve brands growing 10% driven by Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Blue Label and Johnnie Walker Green Label. Europe and North America were the largest contributors with 7% and 5% growth, respectively. In Latin America and Caribbean, double digit growth in Mexico and Colombia was more than offset by decline in Brazil. In Asia Pacific, double digit growth in India and South East Asia was offset by declines in the Middle East, Global Travel and China.
    Smirnoff net sales grew 2%, as it returned to growth in the United States, the biggest market, where net sales were up 2%. In Europe, performance improved versus the first half and net sales grew 1%. South Africa and Mexico also delivered strong growth on Smirnoff growing double digit.
    Baileys net sales grew 4%, driven by 9% growth in Europe with the brand growing double digit in Great Britain, Iberia, Germany and Austria.
    Captain Morgan net sales grew 3% due to a strong performance in Europe and Russia. In the United States net sales grew 2% and it gained share in the category driven by increased on premise activity and the launch of Captain Morgan Cannon Blast.
    Tanqueray net sales grew 12% with Europe and North America accounting for more than two thirds of the growth. All other regions also delivered strong growth.
    Guinness net sales grew 4%. In Nigeria net sales grew 3% driven by the success of the ‘Made of Black’ campaign and activation against the football viewing occasion. In Cameroon and Ghana net sales increased double digit. Guinness also gained share and increased net sales in Great Britain and Ireland supported by the ‘Brewers Project’ innovations.
  Local stars represent 19% of net sales and grew 3%, due to Crown Royal in North America growing 6% and Buchanan’s up 10%, largely in North America and Mexico. Growth in Yenì Raki in Turkey and Shui Jing Fang in China largely offset the declines in Windsor in Korea and JeB.
  Reserve brands represent 15% of net sales and grew 7%. The return to growth in the second half was a result of the improved performance of Cîroc driven by the success of Cîroc Apple in the United States. Scotch reserve brands grew 7% with Johnnie Walker driving the growth particularly in the United States where it grew 23% and scotch malts growing 7%. Bulleit continued its strong growth with net sales 29%. Net sales of Shui Jing Fang were up 20% and Tanqueray No. TEN grew 26%.
  In Africa there are four local beer brands Senator, Malta Guinness, Tusker and Harp. Their performance is covered in the Africa section.

 

114


Business review (continued)

 

Liquidity and capital resources

1. ANALYSIS OF CASH FLOW AND BALANCE SHEET

The primary source of the group’s liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, taxes and dividends, and to fund capital expenditure and acquisitions, and are expected to continue to fund future operating and capital needs.

a) 2017 compared with 2016

Net cash from operating activities – see pages 53-54

Movement in net borrowings – see pages 59-60

Movement in equity – see page 60

Post employment deficit – see page 60

b) 2016 compared with 2015

Net cash from operating activities – see page 88

Movement in net borrowings – see pages 93-94

Movement in equity – see pages 95-96

Post employment deficit – see page 96

2. ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS

a) Gross borrowings (excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments) will mature as follows:

 

                                                                                   
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Within one year

     2,459       2,058       1,921  

Between one and three years

     1,255       2,896       2,607  

Between three and five years

     1,324       537       970  

Beyond five years

     4,004       4,638       4,340  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     9,042       10,129       9,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
b) The following bonds were issued and repaid:  
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Issued

      

€ denominated

                 791  

Repaid

      

€ denominated

                 (792

US$ denominated

     (1,234     (1,003     (330

£ denominated(i)

                 (370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,234     (1,003     (701
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2015 a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

 

115


Business review (continued)

 

c) The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

                                                       
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

Expiring within one year

     481         

Expiring between one and two years

     900        470  

Expiring after two years

     1,219        2,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,600        2,542  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

3. CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0 times, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings are adjusted by the pension deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

4. CAPITAL REPAYMENTS

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 21 September 2016 to purchase a maximum of 251,781,000 shares at a minimum price of 28 101/108 pence and a maximum price of higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 20 December 2017, if earlier.

During the year ended 30 June 2017, the company purchased 5 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million (2016 – 2 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million; 2015 – 4 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million), representing approximately 0.2% (2016 – 0.1%; 2015 – 0.1%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

 

116


Business review (continued)

 

The aggregate consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £101 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2017. The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2017 were as follows:

 

                                                                 

Calendar month

   Number
of shares
purchased
     Average
price paid
pence
     Authorised
purchases
unutilised at
month end
 

September 2016

     3,807,881        2213        247,973,119  

March 2017

     739,319        2278        247,233,800  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,547,200        2223        247,233,800  

 

  

 

 

       

On 26 July 2017 the Board approved a share buyback programme of up to £1.5 billion for the year ending 30 June 2018.

Contractual obligations and other commitments

 

                                                                                                             
     Payments due by period  

As at 30 June 2017

   Less than
1 year
£ million
     1-3 years
£ million
     3-5 years
£ million
     More than
5 years
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

Long term debt obligations

     2,111        1,253        1,351        3,996        8,711  

Interest obligations

     334        421        366        1,461        2,582  

Purchase obligations

     1,034        664        231        68        1,997  

Operating leases

     95        124        68        51        338  

Post employment benefits(i)

     58        108        94        168        428  

Provisions and other non-current payables

     135        86        44        173        438  

Finance leases

     35        86        48        45        214  

Credit support obligations

     74                             74  

Capital commitments

     84                             84  

Other financial liabilities

     9        15        173               197  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,969        2,757        2,375        5,962        15,063  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) For further information see note 13(d) to the consolidated financial statements.

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of raw materials, principally bulk whisk(e)y, cereals, cans and glass bottles. Contracts are used to guarantee the supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable a more accurate prediction of costs of raw materials in the future. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £4 million in respect of vacant properties. For certain provisions there are discounted numbers presented.

Corporate tax payable of £294 million and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

 

117


Business review (continued)

 

Management believe that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.

Post employment contractual obligations comprise committed deficit contributions but exclude future service cost contributions.

On 21 June 2017 Diageo agreed to purchase of Casamigos Tequila LLC (Casamigos) for a consideration of $1,000 million (£768 million) of which $300 million (£230 million) is contingent on Casamigos performance linked targets being met over the next ten years. The acquisition is dependent on regulatory approval.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Risk management

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency, interest rate risks, financial credit risk and commodity price risk are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines. The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains some insurable risk where external insurance is not considered to be an economic means of mitigating this risk. Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are established as deemed appropriate for the customer.

For a detailed analysis of the group’s exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity price, credit and liquidity risks see note 15 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 247-255.

Critical accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo’s accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates.

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

    Exceptional items – page 218
    Taxation – page 224
    Brands, goodwill and other intangibles – page 230
    Post employment benefits – page 237
    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings – page 263

New accounting standards

A number of accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have recently been issued by the IASB or IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements on pages 210-212.

 

118


Business review (continued)

 

Our role in society

Sustainability & Responsibility review

Our vision is to create a positive role for alcohol in society, and an inclusive business that can play its part in a low-carbon and water-resilient economy. Our 2020 sustainability and responsibility targets are designed to help us on that journey, by addressing the issues most material to our stakeholders, and to us as a business. They are core to our growth, now and in the future.

Our sustainability and responsibility strategy is designed to support Diageo’s overall growth and performance. It aims to make a positive contribution to society while building our business by growing our brands’ relationships with consumers, strengthening our supply chain, supporting our productivity, and mitigating risk.

Key to our strategy is our assessment of our most material issues – those which are important to our stakeholders, the environment, and the future success of our business. These are reflected in our risk register and our growth plans too. That means looking at what will matter to the world, and our business, in 2020, 2030, and even 2050. As a result, we prioritise addressing climate change, water, non-communicable diseases, and empowering women – issues central to the UN’s Global Goals for Sustainable Development.

Our 2020 targets help drive this strategy, which is underpinned by a commitment to acting as a good corporate citizen, with exemplary governance and ethics, respect for human rights and a focus on creating shared value. We measure and drive our performance in three interdependent areas:

 

    Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

 

    Building thriving communities

 

    Reducing our environmental impacts

Proud of our contribution

Our brands give enjoyment to millions of people, and we are proud of them – not just of their heritage, quality and craftsmanship, but of the value they create.

We directly employ over 30,400 people, and in 2017, we paid over £7.4 billion in taxes and other duties to governments. Our brands can use their connection to people’s lives to build positive social impacts such as challenging prejudice, inspiring personal progress, and fostering inclusivity. And our value chain as a whole is built on interdependent relationships, from the farmers who grow our ingredients, to our employees and contractors, to the retailers and premises who sell our products.

Maximising our contribution

Our 2020 targets each include metrics to evaluate the impacts of our work and help us coordinate our efforts. We aim to create value and contribute to the UN Global Goals at scale, bringing the maximum benefit for our stakeholders, and for us.

A key way we achieve greater impact and create value is to work with partners who bring expertise and scale to our programmes as discussed in this review.

Throughout our business, an important focus this year has been on delivering productivity and efficiency, maximising impact at reduced cost. We made structural changes that enabled our strategy to be better implemented in each market, strengthening synergies between our programmes. Our focus on improving our performance management systems is helping us drive performance in our programmes and increasing the value we create.

 

119


Business review (continued)

 

Reporting our contribution

In this review, we report at a high level against our 2020 targets. Please see our Sustainability & Responsibility Performance Addendum for disclosures against GRI and UN Global Compact (UNGC).

Creating a positive role for alcohol in society

Ensuring that alcohol plays a positive role in society is at the heart of our licence to operate, and essential to our performance now and in the future. It is a material issue to everyone who works at Diageo as well as to our stakeholders more broadly: we’re proud of what we do, and we maintain that pride by working to ensure that our business has a positive impact on the people around us.

Our contribution includes working to reduce harmful drinking, promoting rigorous company and industry standards for responsible marketing, and providing consumers with information to help them make responsible choices. We aim to make an impact at scale – whether through global partnerships, through industry collaboration, or by harnessing innovation and technology to reach and inform more people than ever before.

Reducing harmful drinking

We share the WHO goal of reducing harmful drinking by 10% across the world by 2025, and we work on a wide range of initiatives and programmes aimed at preventing drink driving, underage drinking and heavy episodic drinking among other issues.

We aim to achieve impact by raising awareness and shifting attitudes and behaviour to encourage informed choices around drinking – or not drinking – and we work with others to maximise the contribution we can make. Our partnerships with international organisations, governments, law enforcement agents, educators, parents and civil society allow us to gain important insights and to reach more people.

Increasingly, we are focusing our efforts on partnerships that can deliver measurable impact, at scale and where it is most needed. In 2016, for example, we began a two-year partnership with the UN Institute for Training and Research (UNITAR) aimed at reducing death and injuries from traffic accidents in more than 60 countries, with a focus on those with the highest road traffic death rates. In its first year, the partnership began advocacy and programme work in countries including Mexico, Nigeria, South Korea and South Africa, where national and local government officials, representatives from academia, the private sector and civil society gathered to build capacity and exchange best practices and approaches that improve road safety. We have also been working in India with government agencies, leading national news channel NDTV and a leading nationwide chain of petrol stations on a campaign to encourage responsible drinking and reduce drink driving particularly in young adults. Since the campaign began in 2013, We have reached 50 cities in 15 states, and gathered more than three million pledges never to drink and drive. As part of the programme, we have trained police officials to better enforce drink driving laws, and educated thousands of commercial and student drivers on the dangers of drinking and driving.

We have also significantly scaled up our partnerships to bring ‘Smashed’, a theatre-based education programme that aims to teach teenagers the dangers of underage drinking, to eight countries. Since it began 10 years ago, the programme has reached 1,400 schools and more than 300,000 young people. This year, as a result of expanding the programme, we reached 135,000. ‘Smashed’ is really helping to tackle perceptions of underage drinking, as seen by the change in awareness of those reached by the programme before and after they took part. There was a 30% increase in awareness of where to get help, a 19% increase in awareness of the influence of peer pressure on behaviour, and a 38% increase in awareness of alcohol misuse. And, 98% of teachers say they would welcome ‘Smashed’ back in the following school year. Overall in 2017, we supported 264 programmes to reduce harmful drinking in 57 countries.

Informing consumers

We want to provide our consumers with the information, tools and resources to make informed, personal choices. Harnessing innovation and technology to reach more people is an essential part of this.

In response to the growing demand for our DRINKiQ training on the effects of drinking, in 2016 we developed a new, mobile-friendly e-learning version of the training in order to reach more individuals and organisations. The new online tool uses interactive learning and tests to allow people to gain insights on how drinking affects the body, and gives them the tips they need to make the right choices. The e-learning was launched in March 2017 in the UK, US and Australia, with plans to launch in 20 more countries.

 

120


Business review (continued)

 

Our labels and packaging give us another key way to help consumers make smart choices about drinking, or choosing not to drink. Through our Diageo Consumer Information Standards, we deliver consistent, mandatory minimum standards for the information that must be included on labels and packaging on all our brands in all geographies (where legally permitted). Labels and packaging must include alcohol content and nutrition information per serve, alcohol content by volume (ABV), at least one and up to three responsible drinking symbols, a reference to DRINKiQ.com, a list of allergens, and recycling and sustainability symbols. Alcohol content and nutrition information about all of our brands is also available on DRINKiQ.com.

We have also taken an important step towards meeting consumers’ increasing interest in the environmental footprint of their brands. This year we published illustrative environmental footprints for five of our global brands, drawing on a series of assessments to understand and estimate their greenhouse gas (carbon) and water impact across their life cycles. An approximation of these brands’ carbon and water impact is available at www.diageo.com, alongside comparisons with a number of generic beverages and information on how we are working to address our impacts.

 

     Industry      Complaints  
Complaints about advertising upheld by industry bodies that report publicly    complaints      upheld about  
Country   

Body

   upheld      Diageo brands  

Australia

   Alcohol Beverage Code      7        0  

Ireland

   Advertising Standards Authority for Ireland (ASAI)      3        0  

United Kingdom

   The Portman Group      1        0  
   Advertising Standards Authority (ASA)      9        1  

United States

   Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS)      2        0  

Responsible marketing

The Diageo Marketing Code and Digital Code are our mandatory minimum standards for responsible marketing and we review them every 12-18 months to ensure they represent best practice.

Five industry bodies publicly report breaches of their self-regulatory codes. This year, we were found in breach on one occasion: the ASA in the UK found that a TV advertisement for Captain Morgan was in breach of their code on the grounds that it implied drinking alcohol could contribute to an individual’s popularity or confidence. While disagreeing with this judgement, Diageo withdrew the advert from all media channels immediately.

Advocating effective public policy

We comply with all laws and regulations, wherever we operate, as a minimum requirement – but we go beyond this to advocate for alcohol policies and regulations where they do not exist, such as mandating a minimum legal purchasing age of not less than 18; a maximum blood alcohol concentration (BAC) level for drivers of no more than 0.08mg; and lower BACs for novice and commercial drivers. For example, we worked with industry partners to encourage the passage of a new transportation law in the Dominican Republic, including a maximum blood alcohol content law for drivers for the first time.

 

121


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 target

Industry collaboration

To support greater impact, we work with our peers to implement the global Beer, Wine and Spirits Producers’ Commitments to Reduce Harmful Drinking, including:

 

    Reducing underage drinking

 

    Strengthening and expanding marketing codes of practice

 

    Providing consumer information and responsible product innovation

 

    Reducing drink driving

 

    Enlisting the support of retailers to reduce harmful drinking.

KPI:

The Global Producers’ Commitments are set to expire in December 2017 and we are pleased that, working together with our industry colleagues, we have continued to make good progress against all focus areas. For example, our collective efforts resulted in 236 education programmes operating in 73 countries and 10,744,296 underage individuals reached, up from 9,750,367 in 2015, a 10% increase. We also continued to work with retailers and others to ensure the legal purchase age laws in countries are enforced. For example, in Brazil, Diageo works in partnership with Walmart and small retailers to reinforce the law through age verification programmes.

 

122


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 target

Impactful programmes

 

    Going beyond industry commitments, we will work in partnership to support programmes to address harmful drinking in our top 19 countries. We will evaluate these initiatives for efficacy and impact and report on the results.

KPI:

Number of countries that evaluate responsible drinking programmes.

This year, 95% of our top 19 countries assessed the effectiveness of their programmes, measuring increases in awareness or shifts in attitudes or behaviour. For example, since 2012, Guinness Ghana has worked to reduce drink driving by commercial drivers through the Twa Kwano Mmom Don’t Drink and Drive campaign. This year, working with the police force, we ran 17,600 random breathalyser tests at transport terminals and on roads. Since the start of the programme, we have conducted close to 76,000 breathalyser tests, and educated more than 7,000 drivers all over the country on road safety and the effects of alcohol.

This campaign, which is increasing in reach and impact year on year, has been endorsed by the Ministry of Health, Ministry of Transport, National Road Safety Commission and the Motor Traffic and Transport Department of the Ghana Police Service.

For more examples of our evaluation in action, please see the ‘Our role in society’ section of www.diageo.com.

Our 2020 target

Training

 

    Reach 1 million adults with training materials that will enable them to become responsible drinking (RD) ambassadors.

KPI:

Number of adults, above legal drinking age, who have completed interactive training (face-to-face or online) on responsible drinking, which can also include training on responsible serving, selling and marketing.

We are reaching more people than ever before, linking our programmes to increase our scale. Our new e-learning DRINKiQ tool, launched in March 2017, helped us surpass our 1 million target. We have reached and enabled more than 1,150,000 RD ambassadors since 2015. This year alone we reached 397,843 people through training programmes such as DRINKiQ, Learning for Life, Diageo Bar Academy, Plan W and others. These programmes reach a broad audience including consumers, retail and hospitality industry workers, police and government agency personnel, and members of the medical profession.

 

123


Business review (continued)

 

Building thriving communities

We want to strengthen the value we create by helping the communities we live and work in to thrive. That means making Diageo a great, safe, and diverse place to work; building sustainable and inclusive supply chains; and delivering programmes that empower communities and individuals and enable them to grow.

Human rights

Our business is built on long-term relationships based on trust and shared value, and respect for human rights is fundamental to who we are and how we do business.

We have a well-developed and embedded policy framework that addresses human rights, and details our commitment to acting ethically and with integrity in all our business dealings. We do not tolerate discrimination, harassment, bullying or abuse; we comply with wage and working time laws; we respect our employees’ decisions to join or not join a trade union; and we do not tolerate forced or compulsory labour. In 2016 we published our Modern Slavery Statement, describing the activities we are undertaking to prevent slavery and human trafficking in our business operations and supply chain in line with the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 and the California Transparency in Supply Chains Act 2010.

Our human rights commitments apply throughout our value chain: we will not work with anyone, including any supplier, who we discover does not adopt these values. Further details of our policies are available on www.diageo.com.

Our 2020 target

 

    Act in accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

KPI:

Number of markets in which we have carried out HRIAs.

We have been signatories to the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGP) since 2014. This year, we continued to embed human rights throughout our value chain, using our robust and comprehensive Human Rights Impact Assessment (HRIA) in our markets, prioritised by risk and based on a global mapping process. The HRIA considers our entire value chain from sourcing to selling. It is based on international and local risk assessments, and leads to mitigation plans where we need to address specific human rights issues or strengthen our processes to prevent them arising. The HRIA was initially piloted in Kenya in 2015, and in 2017, we carried out HRIAs in Uganda, Mexico, Brazil, Turkey, Thailand and Ghana. We aim to conduct HRIAs in all markets by 2020.

In line with the UNGP, we have identified three issues as particularly salient to our business: labour rights, including the risk of child labour, especially in agricultural supply networks; treatment of contract workers; and sexual harassment in the hospitality sector in some countries. These issues were identified as external risk factors in the places where we operate, rather than through reported incidents in our value chain. Nonetheless, we are focusing resources on awareness programmes around child protection, and measures to protect workers, including seasonal contract workers and sales teams working in bars. Because human rights issues such as these are often systemic, we will also work with others to address them at scale.

Empowering and enabling communities through our programmes

We are proud of our long record of direct investment in programmes that address the developmental challenges facing communities where we source, make and sell our products. Our programmes support the three main strands of our strategy, which align with a number of the UN Global Goals:

 

    Enabling entrepreneurship, employability and skills (Goal 4)

 

    Improving health and wellbeing (Goal 3), including through access to clean water, sanitation and hygiene (Goal 6)

 

    Helping to empower women (Goal 5).

 

124


Business review (continued)

 

Working in partnership to deliver holistic impact

This year, Diageo invested £9 million or 0.3% of operating profit (2016 – £14.3 million(i)) in projects that matter most to our stakeholders. Our Social Impact Framework (SIF) guides the implementation of programmes, using key performance indicators to quantify their impacts. This allows us to measure potential benefits and make a stronger case for investment.

Through our online global performance management system, developed this year, our SIF is also helping us better quantify the value of existing programmes. This work is in its early stages, and we are just beginning to see results for some of our programmes. For example, we have learnt that Learning for Life is leading to greater awareness of the benefits of more balanced consumption. Data from the tool is also indicating where we might have greater impact through partnerships: this year, we worked with the UNDP and the NGOs CARE and WaterAid, among others, to improve livelihoods in our value chain.

Our partnership work around our distillery and bottling plant in Alwar, Rajasthan, in India, is an example of how working with the community, government and an NGO has brought together WASH (water, sanitation and hygiene), water replenishment, and women’s empowerment initiatives in a single, impactful programme.

 

(i) Restated: 2016 investment was £14.3 million rather than the £16.3 million reported in 2016.

Our 2020 target

Our community programmes enable those who live and work in our communities, particularly women, to have the skills and resources to build a better future for themselves. We will evaluate and report on the tangible impacts of our programmes.

KPI:

Each programme has its own KPI.

 

    Water of Life has reached more than 10 million people in 21 countries in Africa since 2006, including 173,044 this year. It is focused on access to water, sanitation and hygiene in line with UN Global Goal 6. We are developing projects in rural areas that supply our raw materials, to ensure the programme is aligned with our business.

 

    Plan W, which contributes to UN Global Goal 5, aims to empower women in our business and wider value chain to play a greater role in the economy. Our programmes support women’s economic empowerment by working closely with the hospitality sector, and by enabling women to build their own businesses. We also work with whole households, including men, to support broader women’s empowerment. To date, Plan W has empowered more than 300,000 women and reached more than 1.7 million people.

 

    Learning for Life supports vocational and life-skills training, and strengthens our value chain through its emphasis on hospitality, retail, and entrepreneurship, while delivering long-term opportunities for the young people involved. More than 123,000 young people have taken part since we launched the programme in 2008, with more than 70% gaining permanent jobs.

 

125


Business review (continued)

 

LOGO   LOGO
Community aspects of responsible 46% drinking projects(i) Learning for Life 23% Brand-led and local community spend (ii) 16% Plan W 9% Water of Life 6%   North America 33% Europe and global functions 24% Asia Pacic and Travel Retail 20% Latin America and Caribbean 15% Africa 8%

 

(i) This is a sub section of the total responsible drinking budget.
(ii) Category includes cause-related brand campaigns, local market giving and disaster relief.

Our people

We aim to create a diverse, inclusive and welcoming culture, where people are proud of their work, empowered to succeed, and know that their safety and other human rights are respected.

Health and safety

Our global Zero Harm programme is designed to ensure that all our people go home safe, every day. It has brought significant improvements in safety, with a 21% reduction in lost-time accidents (LTAs) this year compared with 2016, and an LTA rate of 1.14, approaching our 2020 target of less than one LTA per 1,000 employees and no fatalities. We are evolving our approach to focus on employee wellbeing as a key leading indicator of safety. Our new Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy reflects this more integrated approach.

 

126


Business review (continued)

 

Our 2020 target

 

    Keep our people safe by achieving less than one lost-time accident (LTA) per 1,000 employees and no fatalities.

KPI:

Number of LTAs; number of fatalities.

We regret that our good progress in safety in many locations was overshadowed by the death of a contractor cleaner at our Rosa site in India, who fell from the packing hall roof. Our investigation showed that our protocols and procedures are the right ones, and we are working to ensure consistent compliance in all markets.

Turning to our LTAs, we saw a 21% improvement in both these and medical treatment cases across the business, and 16 of our 21 markets achieved or bettered our 2020 target of one LTA per 1,000 employees. We are pleased to have achieved this progress.

Further improvements in our USL business in India and continued excellence in high-performing sites, along with continued sustained performance in our more developed markets, underpin several years of progress.

Our overall aim remains zero accidents, and the health, safety and wellbeing of our employees remains top priority. We are renewing our focus on compliance to our primary standards, and are moving to enhance our ability to predict and prevent incidents through greater integration of wellbeing into our health and safety policy and programmes.

Diversity and inclusion

We strive to create an inclusive culture, from recruitment onwards, that gives everyone the freedom to succeed, irrespective of their gender, race, religion, disability, age or sexual orientation. Our training and education programme includes retraining, if needed, for people who have become disabled.

We are proud of the fact that 40% of our Executive and 40% of our Board are women, and more than 30% of leadership positions are now held by women. We are now focusing on delivering our target of 35% of leadership positions held by women by 2020.

Throughout the company, we set ambitious plans to achieve our gender diversity targets and each of our markets has a multi-year talent plan with stretching goals. We are also reviewing our policies to further support our diversity and inclusion agenda.

Our wider ambition is to ensure that our workforce reflects the consumer demographics of our markets, especially our three priority markets of India, UK and US.

Our 2020 target

 

    Build diversity, with 35% of leadership positions held by women and measures implemented to help female employees attain and develop in leadership roles.

KPI:

% of leadership positions held by women.

This year, 30% of leadership roles were held by women. At the most senior level, 40% of our Board members and 40% of our Executive Committee members are women.

Engaged and empowered employees

We want our people to be engaged – passionate about our strategy, connected to our values and purpose, and motivated to perform at their best as advocates of our brands. We measure employee engagement as one of our overarching KPIs, as set out on page 23, using our annual employee Values Survey. This year we simplified and improved our survey. While our engagement metrics are unchanged, we have changed the way we measure other aspects of performance (see footnote to KPI on page 129).

We support employees through clear policies, competitive reward programmes, coaching and development opportunities, alongside health and wellbeing initiatives. We aim to engage them through collaborative campaigns and to give them the freedom to succeed by fostering a culture of open communication. A two-way channel of communication between employees and leadership is particularly important, and our Chief Executive’s weekly blog and regular global leadership broadcasts play a significant role.

 

127


Business review (continued)

 

Employees are inspired by local and brand community projects, and by business-wide initiatives such as International Women’s Day and Learning for Life. Each March, our #proudofwhatwedo campaign invites employees to celebrate locally and share globally the achievements that make them proud, and this year, our Proud to Work for Diageo Values Survey metric increased to 89%. We also measured whether employees believe that Diageo makes the most of our people’s diversity to improve business performance, with 72% responding favourably.

 

                                                                                                             

Lost-time accident

frequency rate per 1,000 full-time employees(i)

   2013      2014      2015      2016      2017  

North America

     1.64        0.84        1.83        0.37        0.70  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     2.12        2.08        2.51        1.28        1.46  

Africa

     2.55        0.56        1.20        0.77        1.26  

Latin America and Caribbean

     10.88        4.7        0.66        2.27        1.79  

Asia Pacific

     1.26        1.62        1.21        2.01        0.81  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     2.97        1.66        1.66        1.44        1.14  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Number of accidents per 1,000 employees and directly supervised contractors resulting in time lost from work of one calendar day or more.

 

                                                                                               

Number of days lost to accidents per 1,000 full-time employees

   2013      2014             2015      2016      2017  

Diageo (total)

     66.0        49.7           89.4        57        36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fatalities

   2013      2014             2015      2016      2017  

Diageo (total)

     4        1           1        1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average number of employees by region by gender(i)

   Men      %             Women      %      Total  

North America

     1,661        60           1,124        40        2,785  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     6,758        61           4,364        39        11,122  

Africa

     3,769        76           1,196        24        4,965  

Latin America and Caribbean

     1,758        63           1,023        37        2,781  

Asia Pacific

     6,920        79           1,860        21        8,780  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     20,866        69           9,567        31        30,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average number of employees by role by gender

   Men      %             Women      %      Total  

Senior manager(ii)

     449        70           192        30        641  

Line manager(iii)

     3,560        68           1,656        32        5,216  

Supervised employee(iv)

     16,857        69           7,719        31        24,576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     20,866        69           9,567        31        30,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                                                                                       

New hires by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total      % of regional
headcount
 

North America

     267        169        436        15.7  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     866        686        1,552        14.0  

Africa

     383        177        560        11.3  

Latin America and Caribbean

     307        175        482        17.3  

Asia Pacific

     882        545        1,427        16.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Diageo (total)

     2,705        1,752        4,457        14.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage of total new hires

     60.7        39.3        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

128


Business review (continued)

 

                                                                                       

Leavers by region by gender(i)

   Men      Women      Total      % of regional
headcount
 

North America

     206        177        383        13.8  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     877        826        1,703        15.3  

Africa

     797        255        1,052        21.2  

Latin America and Caribbean

     509        290        799        28.7  

Asia Pacific

     874        398        1,272        14.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Diageo (total)

     3,263        1,946        5,209        17.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Percentage of total leavers

     62.6        37.4        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(i) Employees have been allocated to the region in which they reside.
(ii) Top leadership positions in Diageo, excluding Executive Committee.
(iii) All Diageo employees (non-senior managers), with one or more direct reports.
(iv) All Diageo employees (non-senior managers), who have no direct reports.

Our 2020 target(i)

 

    Increase employee engagement to 80%, becoming a top quartile performer on measures such as employee satisfaction, pride and loyalty.

KPI:

Employee satisfaction, loyalty, advocacy and pride, measured through our Values Survey.

93% of our people participated in the annual Values Survey (23,043 of the 24,733 invited), a best-in-class response rate. 75% identified themselves as being engaged, down from 77% in 2016. This small shift, in a year of significant organisational change, shows that, overall, we have continued to bring our people with us as we focus on productivity improvements to enable investment in growth.

 

 

(i) In 2017, we improved our annual Values Survey to simplify the process and ensure the results were relevant to the business, reducing the survey from 40 questions to 15. As a result, we no longer measure our previous performance enablement metric and we will cease reporting on what was formerly the second 2020 target in this area, ‘Raise our performance enablement score, which measures a link between engagement and performance commitment, to 83%.’

Sustainable supply chains

Our business has always depended on, and created value for, the communities from whom we buy our raw materials. In recent years we have deepened this essential relationship, focusing on building capability among our supplier communities and strengthening environmental practices in our supply chain.

As a responsible business, we comply with legal and regulatory requirements, including those related to human rights and working conditions – but we aim to go further. We want our supply chain to be a resilient foundation for our business success, while enabling us to contribute to reducing poverty and inequality, addressing environmental challenges, increasing wellbeing, and improving livelihoods in line with the UN Global Goals.

Sustainable agriculture strategy

In July 2016 we launched ‘Building Sustainable Supply Chains’, our strategy for sustainable agriculture. It sets out our aims for making our agricultural supply chains environmentally, socially and economically sustainable. While we will tailor our approach for different raw materials and markets, the strategy is built on three core principles:

 

    Securing a supply for our business, while contributing to economic and wider growth

 

    Respecting human rights, building capacity and creating shared value with farming communities

 

129


Business review (continued)

 

    Using resources efficiently, minimising environmental impact, and safeguarding future crops and ecosystems.

We aim to expand our strategy for sustainable agriculture to cover all raw materials used in our products, but we are initially focusing on six priority raw materials – barley, maize, sugar, sorghum, agave and aniseed.

Identifying risks and opportunities

We have been working to understand the risks and opportunities in our supply chain, and this year we completed our work to map our agricultural supply chain to tier 1, which includes around 200 suppliers. This analysis also supports our work on human rights (see page 124, and our Modern Slavery Statement, published on our website).

Our 2020 targets

 

    Establish partnerships with farmers to develop sustainable agricultural supplies of key raw materials.

KPI:

Number of smallholders in our farming development programmes.

We support more than 45,000 farmers in Africa, creating resilient and viable farms through a variety of programmes, including: training; better access to seeds and fertilisers to improve yields; providing access to capital through micro-loans; supporting farmers’ groups; and encouraging sustainable practices that protect natural resources.

We are aligned to industry standards through the Farm Sustainability Assessment (FSA) developed by the Sustainable Agriculture Initiative (SAI) Platform, and other standards where appropriate, working with large-scale farmers. We have begun to measure sustainability practices in our supply chains through a system of benchmarking while avoiding duplication or increasing burdens on farmers. For small-scale farmers, we have tested a smallholder FSA in Tanzania and will continue to work with the SAI and others on the development of this tool.

 

    Source 80% of our agricultural raw materials locally in Africa by 2020.

KPI:

% of agricultural raw materials sourced locally in Africa.

We sourced 76% this year compared to 73% last year. Our continuing progress is closely related to our capacity-building among farmers. Our research demonstrates the positive impact this has on farmers and their families but we need to continue to build their resilience. Our Sourcing for Growth report on Ethiopian barley farming, available on www.diageo.com, examines this in more detail.

 

    Deliver our responsible sourcing commitments with suppliers to improve labour standards and human rights in our supply chains.

KPI:

% of potential high-risk supplier sites audited.

We continued to work through SEDEX, a not-for-profit organisation enabling suppliers to share assessments and audits of ethical and responsible practices with customers, and AIM-PROGRESS, a forum of consumer goods companies which promotes responsible sourcing practices. We also have a Know Your Business Partner (KYBP) programme to assess suppliers against the risk of bribery and corruption, as well as money laundering.

To date, 1,224 of Diageo’s supplier sites assessed as a potential risk have completed a SEDEX self-assessment. Of these, 424 were assessed as a potential high risk, with 65% independently audited over the past three years. Of these audits, we commissioned 157 and 117 came through SEDEX or AIM-PROGRESS. 147 were conducted in the past year. Our audit programme helps embed human rights further across our business, as described on page 124.

 

130


Business review (continued)

 

LOGO

   LOGO
Barley(ii) 37% Sugar 6% Maize 12% Agave 4% Wheat 12% Rice 4% Molasses 9% Dairy 1% Grapes 7% Raisins 1% Sorghum 6% Other 1% (including rye, cassava, hops, and aniseed)

(i)     Figures represent raw materials we buy directly, and excludes raw materials used to make the neutral spirit we purchase.

(ii)    Includes malted barley.

   Glass 83% Closures and crowns 2% Corrugate 7% Cans 1% Cartons 3% Labels and sleeves 1% PET 2% Beverage cartons 1%

(i)     Excludes promotional materials.

Reducing our environmental impact

Performance against key 2020 targets

 

2020 target

    

KPI

   2017
performance
  Cumulative
performance
vs baseline(i)
Reduce water use through a 50% improvement in water use efficiency      % improvement in litres of water used per litre of packaged product    3.3%   40.0%
Return 100% of wastewater from our operations to the environment safely      % reduction in wastewater polluting power, measured in BOD (‘000 tonnes)    10.6%   44.5%
Replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas      % of water replenished in water-stressed areas (m3)    24.8%   45.5%
Reduce absolute greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from direct operations by 50%      % reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2 e)    5.6%   40.5%
Achieve a 30% reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions along the total supply chain      % reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2 e)    7.7%   22.1%
Reduce total packaging by 15%, while increasing recycled content to 45% and making 100% of packaging recyclable      % of total packaging by weight    0.8%   8.8%
     % of recycled content by weight    1.0%   41.0%
     % of recyclable packaging by weight    0.0%   98.7%
Achieve zero waste to landfill      % reduction in total waste to landfill (tonnes)    37.9%   93.8%

 

(i) Baseline year is 2007, except for packaging which is 2009 and water replenishment which is 2015.

 

131


Business review (continued)

 

Our business success is inextricably linked with the natural environment. Not only do we rely on a supply of high-quality raw materials and water to make our brands, but our business shares with others the social and financial risks associated with climate change, water scarcity, soil degradation or the loss of biodiversity. We therefore aim to be a business which uses natural resources efficiently across the whole value chain, and where possible, improves the environment we operate in. Our strategy aligns with and supports the UN Global Goals, particularly on water and climate change.

We are absolutely committed to minimising our environmental impact, in particular reducing carbon emissions to address climate change. We aim to reduce harm to habitats or biodiversity, making improvements where we can, and to be a responsible steward of water. While we have most control over our own operations, where we have achieved the fastest results, we are also working to reduce our impacts throughout our value chain.

Continuing to improve our environmental performance is the right thing to do, both in itself and because of the interdependency between the environment and the communities around us. It also makes business sense. We welcome recent trends in the disclosure of climate change risk and the work in the UK of the Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD), which aims to improve how companies report on climate change risk. Mitigating climate change through appropriate water stewardship is particularly critical for our business, and is an important element in our Water Blueprint, described below. Leadership in these issues will strengthen our business, reduce costs and mitigate risks. The measures we take will improve our efficiency and make our operations and supply chains more robust.

Climate change action

As members of the We Mean Business Coalition, we are committed to carbon emissions reduction targets, eliminating commodity-driven deforestation, and providing climate change information in corporate filings. We are also committed to procuring 100% of our electricity from renewable sources by 2030, and reducing emissions from short-lived climate pollutants.

This year, alongside improvements in greenhouse gas performance in our own operations, we continued our work on assessing, quantifying and identifying opportunity areas in our upstream and downstream supply chain emissions. Increasing our understanding of our indirect (Scope 3) emissions is an important step towards our target to reducing total supply chain emissions by 30%. We have also increased our understanding of the environmental footprint of our brands: this year, we published indicative carbon and water footprints of five global brands, which included comparisons with other beverages to contextualise our impact for consumers and other stakeholders.

 

132


Business review (continued)

 

Water: our continuing strategic focus

Water is an essential resource to our business, and its careful management is a commercial priority as well as a responsibility to the communities and habitats with which we share it. Good water stewardship is a vital part of our strategy for mitigating and adapting to climate change, since climate change and water scarcity are inextricably linked.

Our strategic aim is to reduce our overall impact, especially in water-stressed regions in Africa, India and Brazil, which requires a deep commitment to collaboration with multiple stakeholders. The map on page 36 shows where our sites are located in water-stressed areas: these sites account for approximately a third of our total production by volume.

 

133


Business review (continued)

 

We continue to deliver our Water Blueprint, launched in 2015, which outlines our strategic approach to protecting and managing our water resources globally, particularly in relation to markets where there is significant water stress. It includes our approach to reducing water use in our own operations and agricultural supply chains; replenishing water in water-stressed areas; and supporting community water programmes which combined create greater collaboration and impact in water management. This strategy incorporates our global supply chain, so that we can better understand and manage our total impact on water, and also includes a commitment to global water advocacy, working in partnership with key NGOs such as WaterAid.

Our 2020 targets

Water stewardship

 

    Reduce water use through a 50% improvement in water use efficiency.

KPI:

% improvement in litres of water used per litre of packaged product.

This year our water efficiency improved by 3.3% compared to 2016 and 40% against our 2007 baseline. The steady improvement reflects the continuous application of efficiency measures across our operations, with particular gains coming from our distilleries and packaging plants in India, where water efficiency improved by 17%. 539,933 cubic metres of water were used for agricultural purposes on land under Diageo’s operational control. This is reported separately from water used in our direct operations.

 

    Return 100% of wastewater from our operations to the environment safely.

KPI:

% reduction in wastewater polluting power measured in BOD (‘000 tonnes).

Wastewater polluting power has improved by 10.6% versus prior year. This is mainly attributable to improvements in the treatment of wastewater across sites in India, Africa and progress in commissioning the bioenergy facility at Cameronbridge Distillery in Scotland. When fully operational, the bioenergy plant and auxiliary wastewater treatment plant at Cameronbridge will reduce BOD significantly, converting the organic materials to biogas for subsequent use as energy, and displacing fossil fuels.

 

    Replenish the amount of water used in our final product in water-stressed areas.

KPI:

% of of water replenished in water stressed areas (m3).

Cumulatively 45.5% of total water used in final product in water-stressed areas was replenished. Of this, 53.6% has been replenished in India, where we run holistic programmes that bring together WASH community empowerment and water replenishment initiatives. In Kenya, Ghana, Uganda and Tanzania, there was an increased emphasis on water replenishment during this reporting year through our continued investment in WASH programmes in the communities where we source raw materials. We ensure that we replenish in catchments impacted by our sites and their supply chain that are water-stressed.

In addition, the volume of water recycled or reused in our own production was 1,169,696m3, representing 5.6% of total water withdrawals.

 

    Equip our suppliers with tools to protect water resources in our most water-stressed locations.

KPI:

% of key suppliers engaged in water management practices.

 

134


Business review (continued)

 

We engage suppliers through CDP’s Supply Chain Water Programme, which we joined in 2015. This year, we engaged 107 of our largest suppliers to disclose their water management practices through this programme, with a 77% response rate. Of these suppliers, 54% reported having water reduction targets in place. Our next step is to complete water risk mapping of the sites of all our key suppliers, building on our risk assessment of our third-party operations in India. This will help us better understand the water impact of our supply chain and then directly support suppliers with a comprehensive water stewardship guide.

 

                                                                                       

Water efficiency by region, by year (l/l)(i), (ii)

   2007      2015      2016      2017  

North America

     6.67        5.35        5.20        5.72  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     7.89        6.73        5.79        5.76  

Africa

     8.48        5.14        4.55        4.32  

Latin America and Caribbean

     34.66        6.26        4.58        3.84  

Asia Pacific

     7.02        5.68        5.00        4.25  

Diageo (total)

     8.21        5.84        5.13        4.96  

Wastewater polluting power by region, by year (BOD/t)(i)

   2007      2015      2016      2017  

North America

     242        13        101        276  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     22,927        31,543        19,494        17,613  

Africa

     9,970        670        436        181  

Latin America and Caribbean

     11        50        48        38  

Asia Pacific

     95        489        299        64  

Corporate

                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     33,245        32,765        20,378        18,172  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total under direct control

     32,415        32,535        20,999        17,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2016 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.
(ii) In accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies, total water used excludes irrigation water for agricultural purposes on land under the operational control of the company.

Carbon

 

    Reduce absolute greenhouse gas emissions from direct operations by 50%.

KPI:

% reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2e).

We use the World Resources Institute/ World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol as a basis for reporting our emissions, and we include all facilities over which we have operational control for the full year. We reduced greenhouse gas emissions in our direct operations this year by 5.6% through a range of measures and initiatives, including further reduction in coal use in India.

Diageo’s total direct and indirect carbon emissions (location/gross) this year were 809,077 tonnes, comprising direct emissions (Scope 1) of 618,104 tonnes and indirect (Scope 2) emissions of 190,973 tonnes. In 2016, total direct and indirect carbon emissions, (location basis/gross), were 841,866 tonnes; (direct emissions 656,524 and indirect emissions 185,342 tonnes). The intensity ratio for this year was 191 grams per litre packaged, compared to 202 grams per litre in 2016.

This year 53.6% of electricity at our production sites came from low-carbon sources such as wind, hydro and nuclear, compared to 52.7% in 2016, and 23.2% of our electricity was from renewable sources only. In the United Kingdom, 100% of our electricity came from low-carbon sources.

 

    Achieve a 30% reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions along the total supply chain.

 

135


Business review (continued)

 

KPI:

% reduction in absolute GHG (kt CO2e).

In 2017, our total supply chain carbon footprint was 3.2 million tonnes, a reduction of 22.1% versus the baseline and 7.7% versus 2016, driven predominantly by emissions reductions in distribution and logistics and direct operations. We will continue to improve the methodology to aggregate total supply chain carbon and are partnering with our suppliers and customers to reduce our footprint.

We achieved an excellent response rate, 93%, from the 155 key suppliers we engaged on measuring and managing their carbon emissions through the CDP. Of these suppliers, 48% reported having an emissions reduction target in place. At the same time, we have introduced a new performance review system for suppliers, alongside our own background data assurance method, which enables us to analyse and assess the Scope 3 emissions our suppliers report to CDP, and drive further reductions.

 

    Ensure all our new refrigeration equipment in trade is HFC- free, with a reduction in associated greenhouse gas emissions from 2015.

KPI:

% of new equipment sourced HFC- free from 1 July 2015.

Eliminating HFCs plays a role in reducing our overall carbon footprint. 100% of the 25,000 new fridges we purchased since July 2015 were HFC- free. In 2016 we reported that 99% of new fridges purchased were HFC- free; we have replaced the 200 units purchased in error that were not HFC- free, to bring our total back to 100% this year.

 

LOGO 878 658 593 555 190 73 80 79 2007 2015 2016 2017Ä Direct Indirect

 

(i) CO2e figures are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
(ii) 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2016, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/ WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

                                                                                       

Carbon emissions by weight by region (1,000 tonnes CO2e)(i), (ii)

   2007      2015      2016      2017  

North America

     213        53        45        49  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     405        330        283        264  

Africa

     271        243        244        235  

Latin America and Caribbean

     8        15        15        16  

Asia Pacific

     151        80        72        59  

Corporate

     20        10        10        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Diageo (total)      1,068        731        672        634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) CO2e figures (market/net) are calculated using the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol guidance available at the beginning of our financial year, the kWh/CO2e conversion factor provided by energy suppliers, the relevant factors to the country of operation, or the International Energy Agency, as applicable.
(ii) 2007 baseline data, and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2016, have been restated in accordance with the WRI/WBCSD GHG Protocol and Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

136


Business review (continued)

 

Packaging

 

    Reduce total packaging by 15%, while increasing recycled content to 45% and making 100% of packaging recyclable.

KPI:

% of total packaging by weight.

KPI:

% of recycled content by weight.

KPI:

% of recyclable packaging by weight.

We achieved a 0.8% reduction in packaging weight versus 2016 (8.8% versus our 2009 baseline); and a 1.0% increase in recycled content versus 2016. The overall recycled content in our packaging now stands at 41%, and packaging recyclability remains at 98.7%.

Glass makes up a significant proportion of our packaging weight, and we work with our suppliers and other partners to improve recycled content. Partnership work with a number of suppliers has increased the proportion of recycled content in glass in, for example, flint glass for Smirnoff and Johnnie Walker. Our Sustainable Packaging Commitments, refreshed in 2016, are used by brands and technical teams as well as suppliers and support our ongoing programme to produce packaging with lower environmental impact. This year we published a supplementary guideline on plastics to support our sustainable packaging strategy and in recognition of the increasing concern about the impact of plastics on the environment.

 

    Sustainably source all of our paper and board packaging to ensure zero net deforestation.

KPI:

% sustainably sourced paper and board packaging.

 

137


Business review (continued)

 

We define sustainably sourced as Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) or Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC) certified, or recycled fibre. This year we continued embedding our sustainable sourcing requirements with our suppliers. To date we have engaged over 250 suppliers with 70% responding. Collectively these suppliers have self-reported that 78% of the paper and board packaging they supply meets our sustainable sourcing criteria. Over the next year we will continue our programme of engagement with suppliers to increase this percentage and drive improvements.

Waste

 

    Achieve zero waste to landfill.

KPI:

% reduction in total waste to landfill (tonnes).

We achieved a 37.9% reduction in waste to landfill compared to last year. This performance was driven by a new initiative to recover and reuse carton materials in South Africa. Meanwhile in Turkey, the re-use of by-products from wastewater treatment facilities in a number of applications was used as a source of energy in brick manufacture and in land application as fertiliser.

 

                                                                                       

Total waste to landfill by region (tonnes)(i)

   2007      2015      2016      2017  

North America

     40,142        123        148        146  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     22,442        7,208        2,974        1,241  

Africa

     37,062        7,507        6,081        3,937  

Latin America and Caribbean

     246        218        155        390  

Asia Pacific

     8,583        2,984        922        346  

Corporate

     604        690        648        718  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diageo (total)

     109,079        18,730        10,928        6,778  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) 2007 baseline data and data for each of the intervening years in the period ended 30 June 2016 have been restated in accordance with Diageo’s environmental reporting methodologies.

 

138


Business review (continued)

 

Governance and ethics

Trust in business has never been more important, and we know that doing business with integrity is key to our performance ambition. Our global risk and compliance framework is designed to support our business through focus on the right behaviours and to provide rigorous oversight of our risk management, controls and compliance environment. We expect good governance and ethics to contribute to our performance and safeguard our reputation, and we continue to invest to make our programme more engaging and efficient.

Leadership and ethical business

There is no room for complacency when it comes to doing business with integrity, and the importance of ethical business conduct has been repeatedly emphasised by our senior leadership to all employees this year: each one of us holds the hard-earned reputation of Diageo and our brands in our hands. While our employees have received renewed compliance training this year, described below, we believe that our culture must encourage levels of integrity that are beyond compliance, and this is encouraged through a range of creative engagement activities.

Communications and compliance training

In July 2016 we retrained all our people on our refreshed Code of Business Conduct (our Code) through eLearning, which for the first time integrated our Annual Certification of Compliance (ACC). All employees at manager level and above certified that they fully understood what was expected of them. In July 2016, the ACC was completed by all eligible employees, a total of 9,403 people. In USL, which runs its own ACC training, 2,176 (100%) of eligible employees completed the ACC. Next year, USL will be integrated into Diageo’s global eLearning programme.

The Code eLearning training was delivered within a year of the launch of our refreshed Code to every employee in every market. It covered all areas of our Code, with specific emphasis on key topics reinforced by scenario-based animated films. Employees were able to complete it in one of 19 languages on their desktop, laptop, tablet or smartphone, with a face-to-face classroom training option delivered at sites where employees do not use computers. All new joiners are required to complete the training within 30 days.

KPI:

Number of eligible employees completing the Annual Certification of Compliance (ACC).

100% of manager level and above employees completed the ACC as part of our combined Master the Code eLearning and ACC.

Managing third parties

We continue to improve our third-party due diligence programme. As part of this we have implemented a global tool which supports a more streamlined and automated way to assess third parties against the risk of bribery, corruption and money laundering, and to mitigate those risks across the business.

Monitoring and auditing

This year we further rationalised and simplified both our assurance delivery methodology and our controls assurance framework to focus on key risk areas. Deep dives into key operating areas, and expansion of our continuous monitoring tool, created opportunities to leverage our shared service centres, allowing us to deliver assurance in a more efficient and effective way.

 

139


Business review (continued)

 

Reporting and investigation

We want employees to feel comfortable raising concerns about potential breaches of our Code or policies. We expect anyone who comes across a breach to report it immediately, either through our confidential whistleblowing helpline SpeakUp, to their manager, or to a member of the global risk and compliance, human resources or legal teams. Alongside the independent phone lines, our www.diageospeakup.com website was refreshed in 2017 to make it simpler to report. It is now available in all our Code languages, and is also available to our business partners.

There were 701 suspected breaches reported this year, of which 281 (40%) were subsequently substantiated. Of the suspected breaches, 282 were reported through SpeakUp, compared with 311 in 2016. Of the total number reported, seven related to human rights issues. All human rights issues identified through this process feed into our wider human rights programme and inform our work in this area. Each issue is investigated with appropriate actions put in place.

All reports are taken seriously, and we follow up and investigate those that require action. We monitor breaches to identify trends or common areas and use any findings to inform the development of our compliance and ethics programme. This year, 77 people exited the business as a result of breaches of our Code or policies.

Overall case volumes fell by 7% with the number of employees exiting the business as a result of breaches falling by 18%. We believe this continues to be a positive indication of the maturity of our compliance programme and the impact of our training and communication with employees and third parties.

 

 

LOGO 835 752 701 386 340 281 131 94 77 2015 2016 2017 Reported Substantiated Code-related leavers

 

140


Business review (continued)

 

Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures

Diageo’s strategic planning process is based on the following non-GAAP measures. They are chosen for planning and reporting, and some of them are used for incentive purposes. The group’s management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group’s performance. These non-GAAP measures should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

It is not possible to reconcile the forecast tax rate before exceptional items and forecast organic operating margin improvement to the most comparable GAAP measures as it is not possible to predict, with reasonable certainty, the future impact of changes in exchange rates, acquisitions and disposals and potential exceptional items.

Volume

Volume is a non-GAAP measure that is measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres, divide by 0.9; wine in nine-litre cases, divide by five; ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by 10; and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases, divide by five.

 

141


Business review (continued)

 

Organic movements

In the discussion of the performance of the business, ‘organic’ information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals. Organic measures enable users to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both years and which represents those measures that local managers are most directly able to influence.

Calculation of organic movements

The organic movement percentage is the amount in the row titled ‘Organic movement’ in the tables below, expressed as a percentage of the amount in the row titled ‘2016 adjusted’. Organic operating margin is calculated by dividing operating profit before exceptional items by net sales after excluding the impact of exchange rate movements and acquisitions and disposals.

(a) Exchange rates

‘Exchange’ in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year’s exchange rates.

Exchange impacts in respect of the external hedging of intergroup sales of products and the intergroup recharging of third party services are allocated to the geographical segment to which they relate. Residual exchange impacts are reported in Corporate.

(b) Acquisitions and disposals

For acquisitions in the current year, the post acquisition results are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are included in the organic movement calculation from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition row also eliminates the impact of transaction costs that have been charged to operating profit in the current or prior year in respect of acquisitions that, in management’s judgement, are expected to complete.

Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the period up to the date of the external results announcement, the group, in the organic movement calculations, excludes the results for that business from the current and prior year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management. In addition, disposals include the elimination of the results (for volume, sales and net sales only) of operations in India where United Spirits Limited (USL) previously fully consolidated the results but which are now operated on a royalty or franchise model where USL now only receives royalties for sales made by that operation.

(c) Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those which, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and are excluded from the organic movement calculations.

Exceptional operating items are those that are considered to be material and are part of the operating activities of the group such as impairments of fixed assets, duty settlements, property disposals and changes in post employment plans. Charges in respect of

 

142


Business review (continued)

 

material global restructuring programs were disclosed as exceptional operating items until and including the year ended 30 June 2015.

Gains and losses on the sale of businesses, brands or distribution rights, step up gains and losses that arise when an investment becomes an associate or an associate becomes a subsidiary and other material, unusual non-recurring items, that are not in respect of the production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks, are disclosed as non-operating exceptional items below operating profit in the consolidated income statement.

It is believed that separate disclosure of exceptional items and the classification between operating and non-operating further helps investors to understand the performance of the group.

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2017 were as follows:

 

                                                                                                                                    
     North
America
million
    Europe, Russia
and Turkey
million
    Africa
million
    Latin America
and
Caribbean
million
    Asia
Pacific
million
    Corporate
million
     Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

               

2016 reported

     47.0       43.9       31.3       20.6       103.6              246.4  

Reclassification(ii)

     0.1       0.5       (0.2                        0.4  

Disposals(iii)

     (0.5     (1.2     (0.1     (0.4     (13.3            (15.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2016 adjusted

     46.6       43.2       31.0       20.2       90.3              231.3  

Acquisitions and
disposals(iii)

                 0.3       0.5       7.6              8.4  

Organic movement

     0.8       1.2       0.9       0.4       (0.8            2.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2017 reported

     47.4       44.4       32.2       21.1       97.1              242.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     2       3       3       2       (1     n/a        1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

143


Business review (continued)

 

    North
America
£ million
    Europe, Russia
and Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
Sales              

2016 reported

    4,037       4,593       1,875       1,078       4,022       36       15,641  

Exchange(i)

    667       312       153       158       683       5       1,978  

Reclassification(ii)

    19       37       (12     (13     (31            

Disposals(iii)

    (137     (128     (9     (41     (255           (570
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 adjusted

    4,586       4,814       2,007       1,182       4,419       41       17,049  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

          3       32       7       196             238  

Organic movement

    139       168       93       114       308       5       827  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 reported

    4,725       4,985       2,132       1,303       4,923       46       18,114  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    3       3       5       10       7       12       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

             

2016 reported

    3,565       2,544       1,401       863       2,076       36       10,485  

Exchange(i)

    588       211       78       131       346       5       1,359  

Reclassification(ii)

    19       37       (13     (13     (30            

Disposals(iii)

    (132     (99     (6     (34     (91           (362
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 adjusted

    4,040       2,693       1,460       947       2,301       41       11,482  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

          3       21       8       48             80  

Organic movement

    121       128       75       89       70       5       488  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 reported

    4,161       2,824       1,556       1,044       2,419       46       12,050  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    3       5       5       9       3       12       4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketing

             

2016 reported

    541       404       143       167       301       6       1,562  

Exchange(i)

    86       22       13       22       47       3       193  

Reclassification(ii)

          5       (2     1       (4            

Disposals(iii)

    (9     (2           (4                 (15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 adjusted

    618       429       154       186       344       9       1,740  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

                5       2                   7  

Organic movement

    24       14       7       7       (1           51  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 reported

    642       443       166       195       343       9       1,798  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    4       3       5       4                   3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

             

2016 reported

    1,551       801       212       199       395       (150     3,008  

Exchange(i)

    270       64       7       35       85       (15     446  

Reclassification(ii)

    15       14       (7     (11     (11            

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

    (13     (10     (3     (5     (1     1       (31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 adjusted

    1,823       869       209       218       468       (164     3,423  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

                (11                 (1     (12

Organic movement

    76       67       20       32       19       (24     190  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 reported

    1,899       936       218       250       487       (189     3,601  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

    4       8       10       15       4       (15     6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

             

2017

    45.6     33.2     14.9     24.1     20.5     n/a       30.2

2016

    45.1     32.3     14.3     23.0     20.3     n/a       29.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

    51       91       60       111       20       n/a       37  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

144


Business review (continued)

 

 

(1) For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 56 and page 214.
(2) Percentages and margin improvement are calculated on rounded figures.

Notes: Information in respect of the organic movement calculations

(i) The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the US dollar, the euro, the Kenyan schilling and the Indian rupee, partially offset by the Nigerian naira.
(ii) Reclassification comprises (a) the results of Lebanon, other Middle Eastern and North African countries which were formerly reported in Asia Pacific and Africa geographical regions now being included in Europe, Russia and Turkey and (b) the results of the Travel Retail operations have been reallocated to the geographical regions to better reflect the region in which the sale to the customer is made. In addition following a review of the group’s reporting of volume an adjustment was made to include Malaysia and Singapore contract brew volume in the reported beer figures which increased volume in Asia Pacific by 0.3 million equivalent cases (2016 – 0.4 million equivalent cases).
(iii) In the year ended 30 June 2017 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     Volume
equ. units million
    Sales
£ million
    Net sales
£ million
    Marketing
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2016

          

Acquisitions

          

Integration costs

                             1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                             1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

North America Wines

     (0.3     (112     (110     (8     (8

Percy Fox

     (0.8     (84     (67     (1     (5

Grand Marnier

     (0.2     (31     (24           (4

Bouvet

           (8     (8           (1

Argentina

     (0.3     (18     (15     (2     (2

South Africa - ready to drink and beer

     (0.1     (7     (5           (2

Jamaica and Red Stripe

     (0.5     (59     (47     (4     (8

Bushmills

           (3     (2           (1

USL franchise

     (13.3     (246     (82            

CGI (Kenya)

           (2     (2           (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (15.5     (570     (362     (15     (32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     (15.5     (570     (362     (15     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2017

          

Acquisitions

          

South Africa - ready to drink and beer

     0.3       32       21       5       (11

Argentina

     0.3       4       5              

Transaction costs

                             (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.6       36       26       5       (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

Argentina

     0.2       3       3       2        

USL franchise

     7.6       196       48              

Yellow tail

           3       3              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7.8       202       54       2        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     8.4       238       80       7       (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

145


Business review (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items is calculated by dividing profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company before exceptional items by the weighted average number of shares in issue.

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company – continuing operations

     2,717       2,244  

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     28       171  

Non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     (20     (115

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     1       (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,726       2,242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Weighted average number of shares    million     million  

Shares in issue excluding own shares

     2,512       2,508  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

     11       10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,523       2,518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     pence     pence  

Basic earnings per share before exceptional items

     108.5       89.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items

     108.0       89.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net cash received/paid for loans receivable and other investments and the net cash cost paid for property, plant and equipment and computer software that are included in net cash flow from investing activities.

The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group’s management, are in respect of the acquisition and sale of businesses.

The group’s management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and sales of businesses are discretionary.

Where appropriate, separate explanations are given for the impacts of acquisitions and sale of businesses, dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

Free cash flow reconciliations for the years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

     3,132       2,548  

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     46       57  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     (518     (506

Movements in loans and other investments

     3       (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     2,663       2,097  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

146


Business review (continued)

 

Operating cash conversion

Operating cash conversion is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows and outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends received from associates, maturing inventories, other items and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional operating items.

The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rates for the respective year in line with management reporting and is expressed as a percentage.

Operating cash conversion for the years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Operating profit

     3,559       2,841  

Exceptional operating items

     42       167  

Depreciation and amortisation(i)

     361       355  

Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates

     (582     18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,380       3,381  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     4,177       3,360  

Cash payments in respect of exceptional items(ii)

     45       80  

Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit(i)

     111       58  

Net movement in maturing inventories(iii)

     138       144  

Dividends received from associates

     (223     (173

Other items(i), (iv)

     (25     15  

Retranslation to budgeted exchange rates

     (614     75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,609       3,559  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash conversion

     106.8     105.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Excluding exceptional items.
(ii) Exceptional cash payments for exceptional restructuring and for discontinued operations were £14 million (2016 – £52 million) and £31 million (2016 – £nil), respectively. In addition, the year ended 30 June 2016 included £28 million of payments in respect of disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited.
(iii) Excluding non-cash movements such as exchange and impact of acquisitions and disposals of £35 million (2016 – £(83) million).
(iv) Excluding payment of £31 million in respect of discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2017 (2016 – £nil).

Return on average total invested capital

Return on average total invested capital is used by management to assess the return obtained from the group’s asset base and is calculated to aid evaluation of the performance of the business.

The profit used in assessing the return on average total invested capital reflects operating profit before exceptional items attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent company plus share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures after applying the tax rate before exceptional items for the year. Average total invested capital is calculated using the average derived from the consolidated balance sheets at the beginning, middle and end of the year. Average capital employed comprises average net assets attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company for the year, excluding post employment benefit net liabilities (net of deferred tax) and average net borrowings. This average capital employed is then aggregated with the average restructuring and integration costs net of tax, and goodwill written off to reserves at 1 July 2004, the date of transition to IFRS, to calculate average total invested capital.

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 are set out in the table below.

 

147


                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Operating profit

     3,559       2,841  

Exceptional operating items

     42       167  

Profit before exceptional operating items attributable to non-controlling interests

     (119     (108

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     309       221  

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 20.6% (2016 – 19.0%)

     (781     (593
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,010       2,528  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

     11,828       10,202  

Average non-controlling interests

     (1,715     (1,558

Average net borrowings

     8,488       9,130  

Average integration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

     1,639       1,639  

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

     1,562       1,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total invested capital

     21,802       20,975  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

     13.8     12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

Tax rate before exceptional items is calculated by dividing the total tax charge on continuing operations before tax charges and credits in respect of exceptional items, by profit before taxation adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional operating and non-operating items, expressed as a percentage. The measure is used by management to assess the rate of tax applied to the group’s continuing operations before tax on exceptional items.

The tax rates from operations before exceptional and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 are set out in the table below.

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items (a)

     736       552  

Tax in respect of exceptional items

     (4     (56
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations (b)

     732       496  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items (c)

     3,581       2,902  

Non-operating items

     20       123  

Exceptional operating items

     (42     (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation (d)

     3,559       2,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items (a/c)

     20.6     19.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate from continuing operations after exceptional items (b/d)

     20.6     17.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other definitions

Volume share is a brand’s retail volume expressed as a percentage of the retail volume of all brands in its segment. Value share is a brand’s retail sales value expressed as a percentage of the retail sales value of all brands in its segment. Unless otherwise stated, share refers to value share.

Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales differs to the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants/markets or as price changes are implemented.

Shipments comprise the volume of products made to Diageo’s immediate (first tier) customers. Depletions are the estimated volume of the first onward sales made by our immediate customers. Both shipments and depletions are measured on an equivalent units basis.

 

148


Business review (continued)

 

References to emerging markets include Russia, Eastern Europe, Turkey, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, and Asia Pacific (excluding Australia, Korea and Japan).

References to reserve brands include, but not limited to, Johnnie Walker Blue Label, Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Platinum Label 18 year old, John Walker & Sons Collection, Johnnie Walker The Gold Route, Johnnie Walker The Royal Route and other Johnnie Walker super premium brands; Roe & Co; The Singleton, Cardhu, Talisker, Lagavulin and other malt brands; Buchanan’s Special Reserve, Buchanan’s Red Seal; Bulleit Bourbon, Bulleit Rye; Tanqueray No. TEN, Tanqueray Malacca Gin; Cîroc, Ketel One vodka; Don Julio, Zacapa, Bundaberg SDlx, Shui Jing Fang, Jinzu gin, Haig Club whisky, Orphan Barrel whiskey and DeLeón Tequila.

References to global giants include the following brand families: Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Captain Morgan, Baileys, Tanqueray and Guinness. Local stars spirits include Buchanan’s, Bundaberg, Crown Royal, JeB, McDowell’s, Old Parr, Yenì Raki, Black & White, Shui Jing Fang, Windsor and Ypióca. Global giants and local stars exclude ready to drink and beer except Guinness. References to Shui Jing Fang represent total Chinese white spirits of which Shui Jing Fang is the predominant brand.

References to ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as pre-mix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

References to beer include cider and some non-alcoholic products such as Malta Guinness.

References to the group include Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

149


Business review (continued)

 

Reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures – 2016 compared with 2015

Organic movements

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2016 were as follows:

 

     North
America
million
    Europe, Russia
and Turkey
million
    Africa
million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
million
    Asia Pacific
million
    Corporate
million
    Total
million
 

Volume (equivalent units)

              

2015 reported

     47.3       44.1       26.2       21.6       107.0             246.2  

Disposals(iii)

     (1.3     (2.3     (0.2     (1.3     (3.3           (8.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

     46.0       41.8       26.0       20.3       103.7             237.8  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

     0.5       1.3       3.0       0.7                   5.5  

Organic movement

     0.5       0.8       2.3       (0.4     (0.1           3.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

     47.0       43.9       31.3       20.6       103.6             246.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     1       2       9       (2           n/a       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     North
America

£ million
    Europe, Russia
and Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia Pacific
£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Sales

              

2015 reported

     3,909       4,683       1,868       1,297       4,129       80       15,966  

Exchange(i)

     199       (181     (143     (181     (54           (360

Disposals(iii)

     (283     (247     (31     (119     (48     (48     (776
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

     3,825       4,255       1,694       997       4,027       32       14,830  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

     117       124       89       76       8             414  

Organic movement

     95       214       92       5       (13     4       397  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

     4,037       4,593       1,875       1,078       4,022       36       15,641  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     2       5       5       1             13       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

              

2015 reported

     3,455       2,617       1,415       1,033       2,213       80       10,813  

Exchange(i)

     172       (87     (102     (134     (21           (172

Disposals(iii)

     (272     (184     (18     (98     (35     (48     (655
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

     3,355       2,346       1,295       801       2,157       32       9,986  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

     113       96       72       57       7             345  

Organic movement

     97       102       34       5       34       4       276  

Reclassification(ii)

                             (122           (122
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

     3,565       2,544       1,401       863       2,076       36       10,485  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     3       4       3       1       2       13       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

150


Business review (continued)

 

     North
America

£ million
    Europe
Russia
and
Turkey

£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean

£ million
    Asia
Pacific

£ million
    Corporate
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Marketing

              

2015 reported

     542       388       147       194       344       14       1,629  

Exchange(i)

     23       1       (11     (26                 (13

Disposals(iii)

     (22     (7           (11     (1     (2     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

     543       382       136       157       343       12       1,573  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

     8       2       6       10                   26  

Organic movement

     (10     20       1             (42     (6     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

     541       404       143       167       301       6       1,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     (2     5       1             (12     (50     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

              

2015 reported

     1,448       804       318       263       356       (123     3,066  

Exchange(i)

     77       (24     (67     (57     (5     (7     (83

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

     (55     (34     (5     (17     (1     (2     (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015 adjusted

     1,470       746       246       189       350       (132     2,869  

Acquisitions and disposals(iii)

     25       10       (7     12       1       (1     40  

Organic movement

     56       45       (27     (2     44       (17     99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016 reported

     1,551       801       212       199       395       (150     3,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     4       6       (11     (1     13       (13     3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

              

2016

     44.2     32.3     16.5     23.2     18.0     n/a       28.9

2015

     43.8     31.8     19.0     23.6     16.2     n/a       28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Margin improvement/(decline) (bps)

     39       51       (252     (39     176       n/a       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For the reconciliation of sales to net sales and operating profit before exceptional items to operating profit see page 89 and pages 214-215.
(2) Percentages and margin improvement/(decline) are calculated on rounded figures.

 

Notes:  Information in respect of the organic movement calculations
(i) The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit are principally in respect of the Nigerian naira, the South African rand, the Venezuelan bolivar, the Brazilian real and the Turkish lira, partially offset by the US dollar.
(ii) Following a review of the third party production arrangements in India it was determined to be more appropriate to ensure consistent reporting by reclassifying the excise duties payable by the third party production companies as excise duties. This change was implemented by USL in its first three months of its financial year ended 30 June 2016, and resulted in net sales for the year ended 30 June 2016 reducing by £122 million with a corresponding decrease in cost of sales. There was no impact on gross or operating profit.
(iii) In the year ended 30 June 2016 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing and operating profit were as follows:

 

 

151


Business review (continued)

 

     Volume
equ. units million
    Sales
£ million
    Net sales
£ million
    Marketing
£ million
    Operating
profit

£ million
 

Year ended 30 June 2015

          

Acquisitions

          

Integration costs

                             7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
                             7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

North America Wines

     (0.8     (229     (221     (15     (39

Percy Fox

     (1.4     (157     (122     (3     (19

Grand Marnier

     (0.2     (26     (20           (2

Bouvet

     (0.1     (16     (16     (1     (2

Argentina

     (0.6     (38     (33     (3     (4

South Africa - ready to drink and beer

     (0.2     (27     (15           (3

Jamaica and Red Stripe

     (1.1     (133     (107     (11     (23

Bushmills

     (0.7     (65     (50     (8     (23

USL franchise

     (3.2     (29     (17            

Gleneagles

           (48     (48     (2     (4

Other

     (0.1     (8     (6           (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (8.4     (776     (655     (43     (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     (8.4     (776     (655     (43     (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended 30 June 2016

          

Acquisitions

          

Don Julio

     0.3       34       22       6       23  

United National Breweries

     2.6       44       44       1       4  

South Africa

     0.3       35       23       5       (11

Argentina

           1       1              

Transaction costs

                             (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3.2       114       90       12       15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Disposals

          

North America Wines

     0.3       97       94       7       7  

Percy Fox

     0.8       84       67       1       5  

Grand Marnier

     0.3       28       22             3  

Bouvet

           7       7             1  

Argentina

     0.3       19       16       2        

South Africa - ready to drink and beer

     0.1       9       4             (1

Jamaica and Red Stripe

     0.5       52       41       4       7  

Bushmills

           3       2             1  

Other

           1       2             2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2.3       300       255       14       25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and disposals

     5.5       414       345       26       40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

152


Business review (continued)

 

Earnings per share before exceptional items

Earnings per share before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

     2,244       2,381  

Exceptional operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     171       268  

Non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     (115     (373

Tax in respect of exceptional operating and non-operating items attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

     (58     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,242       2,225  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares in issue (million)

    

Shares in issue excluding own shares (million)

     2,508       2,505  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares (million)

     10       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,518       2,517  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earning per share before exceptional items (pence)

     89.4       88.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share before exceptional items (pence)

     89.0       88.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

Free cash flow reconciliation for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Net cash from operating activities

     2,548       2,551  

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     57       52  

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

     (506     (638

Movements in loans and other investments

     (2     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

     2,097       1,963  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

Calculations for the return on average total invested capital for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Operating profit

     2,841       2,797  

Exceptional operating items

     167       269  

Profit for the year attributable to non-controlling interests

     (108     (87

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     221       175  

Tax at the tax rate before exceptional items of 19% (2015 — 18.3%)

     (593     (577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,528       2,577  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average net assets (excluding net post employment liabilities)

     10,202       8,910  

Average non-controlling interets

     (1,558     (1,240

Average net borrowings

     9,130       9,682  

Average intergration and restructuring costs (net of tax)

     1,639       1,604  

Goodwill at 1 July 2004

     1,562       1,562  

Adjusted in respect of acquisition of USL(i)

           493  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total invested capital

     20,975       21,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average total invested capital

     12.1     12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) For the year ended 30 June 2015 average net assets were adjusted for the inclusion of USL as though it was owned throughout the year as it became a subsidiary on 2 July 2014.

 

153


Business review (continued)

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

The tax rates from continuing operations before and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015 were calculated as follows:

 

     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Tax before exceptional items

     552       517  

Tax in respect of exceptional items

     (56     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

     496       466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from operations before taxation and exceptional items

     2,902       2,829  

Non-operating items

     123       373  

Exceptional operating items

     (167     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

     2,858       2,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate before exceptional items

     19.0     18.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax rate after exceptional items

     17.4     15.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Organic movement calculations for the year ended 30 June 2015

Organic movement calculations for net sales, operating profit before exceptional items and operating margin for the group for the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows:

 

     £ million  

Net sales

  

2014 reported

     10,258  

Exchange

     (337

Disposals

     (155
  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     9,766  

Acquisitions and disposals

     1,051  

Organic movement

     (4
  

 

 

 

2015 reported

     10,813  
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

      
  

 

 

 

Operating profit before exceptional items

  

2014 reported

     3,134  

Exchange

     (161

Acquisitions and disposals

     2  
  

 

 

 

2014 adjusted

     2,975  

Acquisitions and disposals

     69  

Organic movement

     22  
  

 

 

 

2015 reported

     3,066  
  

 

 

 

Organic movement %

     1  
  

 

 

 

Organic operating margin %

  

2015

     30.7

2014

     30.5
  

 

 

 

Margin improvement (bps)

     24  
  

 

 

 

 

154


Governance

Board of Directors and Company Secretary

Javier Ferrán (60)

Chairman, Non-Executive Director 3*

Nationality: Spanish

Appointed Chairman January 2017 (Appointed Chairman Designate and Non-Executive Director July 2016)

Current external appointments: Partner, Lion Capital LLP; Non-Executive Director, Associated British Foods plc and Coca-Cola European Partners plc; Member, Advisory Board of ESADE Business School

Previous relevant experience: President and CEO, Bacardi Limited; Non-Executive Director, SAB Miller plc

Ivan Menezes (58)

Chief Executive, Executive Director 2*

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Executive July 2013 (Appointed Executive Director July 2012)

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association; Non-Executive Director, Coach Inc; Member of the Global Advisory Board, Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University

Previous Diageo roles: Chief Operating Officer; President, North America; Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific; Chairman, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean; senior management positions, Guinness and then Diageo

Previous relevant experience: marketing and strategy roles, Nestlé, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc. and Whirlpool

Kathryn Mikells (51)

Chief Financial Officer, Executive Director 2

Nationality: American

Appointed Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director November 2015

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.

Previous relevant experience: Corporate Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Xerox Corporation; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, ADT Corporation; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Nalco Holding Company and UAL Corporation

Lord Davies of Abersoch (64)

Senior Non-Executive Director 1,3,4*

Nationality: British

Appointed Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee October 2011 (Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2010)

Current external appointments: Partner and Chairman, Corsair Capital LLC; Chairman, Cydar Medical and LetterOne Holdings S.A; Vice Chairman, Teneo; Chair of Trustees, Royal Academy of Arts

Previous relevant experience: Chairman, Chime Communications PLC, Jack Wills; Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government; Group Chief Executive, Standard Chartered PLC

Peggy B Bruzelius (67)

Non-Executive Director 1,3,4

Nationality: Swedish

Appointed Non-Executive Director April 2009

Current external appointments: Chairman, Lancelot Asset Management; Non-Executive Director, Akzo Nobel NV, Lundin Petroleum AB and Skandia Liv AB

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Axfood AB, Husqvarna AB; Syngenta AG and Scania AB; Vice Chairman, Electrolux AB; CEO, ABB Financial Services AB; Executive Vice President, Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB

 

155


Governance (continued)

 

Ho KwonPing (64)

Non-Executive Director 1,3,4

Nationality: Singaporean

Appointed Non-Executive Director October 2012

Current external appointments: Executive Chairman and Founder, Banyan Tree Holdings Limited; Chairman, Laguna Resorts & Hotels Public Company Limited, Thai Wah Public Company Limited and Singapore Management University; Governor, London Business School; Chairman of School Advisory Committee, School of Hotel and Tourism Management of the Hong Kong Polytechnic University

Previous relevant experience: Member, Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company; Chairman, MediaCorp Pte. Ltd, Non-Executive Director, Singapore Airlines Limited, Singapore Power Limited and Standard Chartered PLC

Betsy D Holden (61)

Non-Executive Director 1,3,4

Nationality: American

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2009

Current external appointments: Senior Advisor, McKinsey & Company; Non-Executive Director, Time Inc and Western Union Company; Member of the Executive Committee Board of Trustees, Duke University; Member of the Executive Committee, Kellogg School of Management Global Advisory Board

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Catamaran Corporation, MediaBank LLC and Tribune Company; President, Global Marketing and Category Development and Co-Chief Executive Officer, Kraft Foods, Inc; Member of the North American Advisory Board, Schneider Electric

Nicola S Mendelsohn (45)

Non-Executive Director 1,3,4

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014

Current external appointments: Vice president, Facebook EMEA; Director, Women’s Prize for Fiction; Co-Chair, Creative Industries Council; Co-President, Norwood; Member, Mayor’s Business Advisory Board

Previous relevant experience: Executive Chairman, Karmarama; Deputy Chairman, Grey London; Board Director, BBH and Fragrance Foundation; President, Institute of Practitioners in Advertising; Board Member, CEW; Trustee, White Ribbon Alliance; Chair of the Corporate Board, Women’s Aid

Philip G Scott (63)

Non-Executive Director 1,3,4

Nationality: British

Appointed Non-Executive Director October 2007 (Former Chairman of the Audit Committee). He will retire from the Diageo Board at the September 2017 Annual General Meeting.

Previous relevant experience: Non-Executive Director, Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc; President, Institute and Faculty of Actuaries; Chief Financial Officer, Aviva plc

Alan JH Stewart (57)

Non-Executive Director 1*,3,4

Nationality: British

Appointed Chairman of the Audit Committee January 2017 (Appointed Non-Executive Director September 2014)

Current external appointments: Chief Financial Officer, Tesco plc; Member of the Advisory Board, Chartered Institute of Management Accountants; Member of the Main Committee & Chairman of Pension Committee, the 100 Group of Finance Directors

Previous relevant experience: Chief Financial Officer, Marks & Spencer and AWAS; Non-Executive Director, Games Workshop plc; Group Finance Director, WH Smith plc; Chief Executive, Thomas Cook UK

 

156


Governance (continued)

 

David Harlock (56)

Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate Centre

Nationality: British

Appointed Company Secretary and General Counsel Corporate Centre July 2016

Previous Diageo roles: General Counsel Corporate, Africa, Russia, Turkey; General Counsel Africa, Turkey, Russia & Eastern Europe; General Counsel M&A and Global Functions; Regional Counsel International; Counsel International

Previous relevant experience: Hogan Lovells

Dr Franz B Humer ceased to be Chairman and Non-Executive Director on 1 January 2017.

Emma Walmsley ceased to be a Non-Executive Director on 21 September 2016.

Ursula Burns has been appointed as a Non-Executive Director with effect from 2 April 2018. She will seek election at the 2018 Annual General Meeting.

 

Key to committees

1. Audit

2. Executive (comprising senior management)

3. Nomination

4. Remuneration

* Chairman of committee

 

157


Governance (continued)

 

Executive Committee

David Cutter (49)

President, Global Supply and Procurement

Nationality: Australian

Appointed President, Global Supply and Procurement July 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Supply Director, International Supply Centre; President, Supply Americas; Supply Director, Asia Pacific

Previous relevant experience: leadership roles, Frito-Lay and SC Johnson

Current external appointments: Member of the Council, Scotch Whisky Association

Sam Fischer (49)

President, Diageo Greater China and Asia

Nationality: Australian

Appointed President, Greater China and Asia September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, Diageo Greater China; Managing Director of South East Asia, Diageo Asia Pacific; General Manager, Diageo IndoChina and Vietnam

Previous relevant experience: Senior management roles across Central Europe and Indochina, Colgate Palmolive

Victoria Frame (44)

Group Strategy Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Group Strategy Director May 2017

Previous relevant experience: MD International and Chief Marketing Officer, Barry’s Bootcamp; Partner, Bain & Company; Roles at Marakon Associates and CITI

Brian Franz (52)

Chief Productivity Officer

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Productivity Officer August 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CIO and Head of GDBS, IS Services

Previous relevant experience: Senior Vice President and CIO, PepsiCo International; Commercial CIO, various CIO and management roles, General Electric

Alberto Gavazzi (51)

President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean

Nationality: Brazilian/Italian

Appointed President, Latin America and Caribbean July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Managing Director, West Latin America and Caribbean; Global Category Director Whiskey, Gins and Reserve Brands; General Manager Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay; Vice President Consumer Marketing, Chicago; Marketing Director, Brazil

Previous relevant experience: Colgate-Palmolive; Unilever PLC

John Kennedy (52)

President, Diageo Europe, Russia, Turkey and India

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo Europe, Russia, Turkey and India July 2016

Previous Diageo roles: President, Europe and Western Europe; Chief Operating Officer, Western Europe; Marketing Director, Australia; General Manager for Innovation, North America; President and Chief Executive Officer, Diageo Canada; Managing Director, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience: brand management roles, GlaxoSmithKline and Quaker Oats

 

158


Governance (continued)

 

Anand Kripalu (58)

CEO, United Spirits Limited

Nationality: Indian

Appointed CEO, United Spirits Limited September 2014

Previous Diageo roles: CEO-designate, United Spirits Limited

Previous relevant experience: Various management roles at Mondelez International, Cadbury and Unilever

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Marico

Deirdre Mahlan (55)

President, Diageo North America

Nationality: American

Appointed President, Diageo North America December 2015

Previous Diageo roles: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director; Deputy Chief Financial Officer; Head of Tax and Treasury

Previous relevant experience: Member, Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors; senior finance positions, Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc.; Senior manager, PricewaterhouseCoopers

Current external appointments: Non-Executive Director, Experian plc

Daniel Mobley (41)

Corporate Relations Director

Nationality: British

Appointed Corporate Relations Director June 2017

Previous Diageo roles: Corporate Relations Director, Europe

Previous relevant experience: Regional Head of Corporate Affairs India & South Asia, Standard Chartered; Regional Head of Corporate Affairs Africa, Standard Chartered; Group Head of Government Relations, Standard Chartered; Extensive government experience including in HM Treasury and Foreign & Commonwealth Office

Siobhan Moriarty (55)

General Counsel

Nationality: Irish

Appointed General Counsel July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: General Counsel Designate; Corporate M&A Counsel; Regional Counsel Ireland; General Counsel Europe

Previous relevant experience: various positions in law firm private practice, Dublin and London

Mairéad Nayager (42)

Human Resources Director

Nationality: Irish

Appointed Human Resources Director October 2015

Previous Diageo roles: HR Director, Diageo Europe; HR Director, Brandhouse, South Africa; HR Director, Diageo Africa Regional Markets; Talent & Organisational Effectiveness Director, Diageo Africa; Employee Relations Manager, Diageo Ireland

Previous relevant experience: Irish Business and Employers’ Confederation

John O’Keeffe (45)

President, Diageo Africa

Nationality: Irish

Appointed President Africa July 2015

Previous Diageo roles: CEO and Managing Director, Guinness Nigeria; Global Head of Innovation and Beer and Baileys; Managing Director Russia and Eastern Europe; various management and marketing positions

Syl Saller (60)

Chief Marketing Officer

Nationality: American/British

Appointed Chief Marketing Officer July 2013

Previous Diageo roles: Global Innovation Director; Marketing Director, Diageo Great Britain

Previous relevant experience: brand management and marketing roles, Allied Domecq PLC, Gillette Company and Holson Burnes Group, Inc; Non-Executive Director, Dominos Pizza Group plc

Charlotte Lambkin, formerly Corporate Relations Director, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 31 December 2016.

Anna Manz, formerly Group Strategy Director, ceased to be an Executive Committee member on 30 September 2016.

 

159


Governance (continued)

 

Corporate governance report

Letter from the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Company Secretary

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Board, we present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2017.

This report describes Diageo’s corporate governance structures and procedures and the work of the Board, its committees and the Executive Committee, to give a sense of how all these things are carried out.

The Board is ultimately responsible for corporate governance (the way in which companies are directed and controlled) and its responsibilities include: setting strategic aims and values; providing the leadership to put them into effect; supervising and constructively challenging management (who are responsible for the day to day operational running of the business); and reporting to shareholders on their stewardship. We continue to believe that Diageo’s Board has a balance of qualities that enables it to discharge its responsibilities effectively.

Recent debate around corporate governance has continued to focus on diversity in various forms. At Diageo, we have long believed that supporting and respecting all aspects of the diversity of our people is an important contributor to business performance as well as being the right thing to do. We believe also that reputation is critical to commercial success and can only be enhanced by behaviours of which we are proud.

The principal corporate governance rules applying to Diageo (as a UK company listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE)) for the year ended 30 June 2017 are contained in The UK Corporate Governance Code as updated and published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in April 2016 (the Code) and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, which require us to describe, in our Annual Report, our corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with our application of the Code’s main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code’s provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice.

Throughout the year, Diageo has complied with all relevant provisions set out in the Code, which is publicly available under the heading ‘Corporate Governance’ at the website of the FRC, www.frc.org.uk. save that there was no performance evaluation of Franz Humer given his retirement as Chairman during the year.

Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FCA Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign private issuers, is continually monitored. As Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice, differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised in Diageo’s 20-F filing and on our website at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

J Ferrán

Chairman

D Harlock

Company Secretary

 

160


Governance (continued)

 

Board of directors

Membership of the Board and Board Committees

The Chairman, Senior Non-Executive Director and other members of the Board, Audit Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee are as set out in this Annual Report in the biographies of Directors and members of the Executive Committee.

There is a clear separation of the roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive. The Chairman, Javier Ferrán (who was appointed to the Board on 22 July 2016 and succeeded Dr Humer as Chairman on 1 January 2017), is responsible for the running of the Board and for ensuring all Directors are fully informed of matters, sufficient to make informed judgements. As Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group. He is supported in this role by the Executive Committee.

The Non-Executive Directors, all of whom the Board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries, backgrounds and countries. No individual or group dominates the Board’s decision-making processes.

A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the Non-Executive Directors is available at www.diageo.com/enrow/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Activities and duties of the Board

The Board manages overall control of the company’s affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board for decision. The schedule was last reviewed in July 2015 and is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/ corporategovernance.

The Board has agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest is included in the schedule of matters reserved for the Board. The Board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from Directors’ other appointments as disclosed in their biographies.

In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for Directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the Company Secretary who is responsible for advising the Board, through the Chairman, on all governance matters. The Non-Executive Directors meet without the Chairman present, and also meet with the Chairman without management present, on a regular basis.

The terms of reference of Board Committees are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Induction, training and business engagement

There is a formal induction programme for new Directors, which includes meeting with Executive Committee members and other senior executives individually and visiting a number of operations and sites around the group.

Following the initial induction for Non-Executive Directors, a continuing understanding of the business is developed through appropriate business engagements. Visits to customers, engagements with employees, and brand events were arranged during the year.

In addition, Executive Committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to Board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility.

All Directors are also provided with the opportunity, and encouraged, to attend regular training to ensure they are kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks.

 

161


Governance (continued)

 

Performance evaluation

During the year an evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee was undertaken internally by way of written questionnaire followed by the Chairman of the Board meeting individually with all Directors.

The results were presented to and discussed by the Board which agreed that the Board and its Committees continued to operate effectively, meeting the requirements and spirit of the Code. The culture, capability and diversity of the Board contributed to the Board’s effectiveness.

The Board agreed to take various actions – the planning of future Non-Executive Director succession over the short and medium term, the selection of appropriate Board agenda items flowing from the Annual Strategy Conference, understanding in more depth the challenges to Diageo’s business coming from volatility in emerging markets, ensuring the right balance between discussion and decision in Board meetings and continued focus on risk and the company’s risk appetite through the Audit Committee. It is the Board’s intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. The evaluation later in 2017 will be externally facilitated.

The Chairman has confirmed that the Non-Executive Directors standing for re-election at this year’s AGM continue to perform effectively, both individually and collectively as a board, and that each demonstrate commitment to their roles. It was agreed that a performance evaluation of the former Chairman by the Senior Non-Executive Director was not necessary given the changeover in January 2017. An evaluation of the current Chairman will be included as part of the 2017 evaluation.

Nomination Committee

Role of the Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the Board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior leadership positions. It makes recommendations to the Board concerning appointments to the Board.

Any new Directors are appointed by the Board and, in accordance with the company’s articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. All existing Directors retire by rotation every year.

Activities of the Nomination Committee

The principal activities of the Nomination Committee during the year were: the consideration of potential new Non-Executive Directors; the review of individual Director performance; a review of the Executive Committee membership and succession planning for it and for senior leadership positions, in addition to a review of diversity within the group.

The recruitment process for Non-Executive Directors typically includes the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a professional search agency (which has no other connection with the company) specialising in the recruitment of high calibre Non-Executive Directors. Reports on potential appointees are provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, makes a recommendation to the Board.

In respect of the appointment of Javier Ferrán a focussed search was undertaken with professional search agency JCA Group (which has no other connection with the company). This search resulted in the Nomination Committee meeting on a number of separate occasions before making a recommendation to the Board that Mr Ferrán be appointed as the designated successor to the Chairman. In respect of the appointment of Ursula Burns the recruitment process included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a professional search agency (JCA Group, which has no other connection with the company) specialising in the recruitment of high calibre Non-Executive Directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the Board. The Board approved her appointment.

 

162


Governance (continued)

 

Diversity

Diageo supports diversity within its Board of Directors, including gender diversity. Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability & responsibility, our people.

Remuneration Committee

Role of the Remuneration Committee

The role of the Remuneration Committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of Directors’ remuneration are set out in the directors’ remuneration report.

The Chairman and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No Director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.

Executive direction and control

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee, appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive, supports him in discharging his responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the Board and for managing the company and the group.

It consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: North America, Europe, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean, Asia Pacific, International Supply Centre and Corporate.

The Executive Committee focuses its time and agenda to align with the Performance Ambition and how to achieve Diageo’s financial and non-financial performance objectives. Performance metrics have been developed to measure progress. There is also focus on the company’s reputation. In support, monthly performance delivery calls, involving the senior leadership group, focus on progress against the six performance drivers.

To support the market visits made by the presidents in the ordinary course of their business, a small group led by the Chief Executive makes regular market visits focused on the execution of strategy and designed to assist in continuing the development of strategy and in the delivery of performance against the Performance Ambition.

Committees appointed by the Chief Executive and intended to have an ongoing remit, including the Audit & Risk Committee, Finance Committee and Filings Assurance Committee are shown (with their remits) at

www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Filings Assurance Committee

The Filings Assurance Committee of the company, which is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and includes the Chief Executive, is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by the Form 20-F for the year ended 30 June 2017, the Filings Assurance Committee of the company, with the participation of the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports of the company is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As of the date of the evaluation, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the management of the company, including the company’s Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

 

163


Governance (continued)

 

Additional information

Internal control and risk management

An ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the FRC in September 2014, Guidance on Risk management, Internal Control and related Financial and Business Reporting. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the Audit Committee described below, a robust assessment of the principal risks facing the company, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity has been carried out. These risks and mitigations are set out above in the section of this Annual Report dealing with principal risks.

The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company’s systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Board confirms that, through the activities of the Audit Committee described below, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management.

During the year, in line with the Code, the Board considered the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and reviewed the existing internal statement of risk appetite (which was considered and recommended to the Board by both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee). In accordance with the Code, the Board has also considered the company’s longer term viability, based on a robust assessment of its principal risks. This was done through the work of the Audit Committee which recommended the Viability Statement to the Board.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. Further, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.

Compliance and ethics programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. We hold ourselves to the principles in our Code of Business Conduct, which is embedded through a comprehensive training and education programme for all employees.

Our Code of Business Conduct and other Diageo global policies are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/ corporategovernance.

In accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its Chief Executive, Chief Financial Officer, presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year.

The full text of the code of ethics is available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Both the Audit & Risk Committee and the Audit Committee regularly review the strategy and operation of the compliance and ethics programme through the year.

Further information is given in the section of this Annual Report on sustainability & responsibility, governance and ethics.

Relations with shareholders

The Board’s primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. A monthly investor relations report, including coverage of the company by sell-side analysts, is circulated to the Board.

The Board also ensures that all Directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at meetings with the chairman of the Board and the chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Reports on any meetings are made to the Board.

 

164


Governance (continued)

 

Private shareholders are invited to write to the Chairman or any other Director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person.

Political donations

The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year.

The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.4 million during the year 2016. These contributions were made exclusively to federal and state candidates and committees in North America (consistent with applicable laws), where it is common practice to make political contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.

Going concern

The Directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements. Further information on going concern is given in this Annual Report under note 1 Accounting information and policies – going concern. Although not assessed over the same period as the going concern, the viability of the group has been assessed above.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group’s financial reporting.

Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the EU and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) based on the framework in ‘Internal Control – Integrated Framework’, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2017, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group’s consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group’s internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on page 203 of this document.

Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

 

165


Governance (continued)

 

Responsibility statement

Each of the Directors, whose names are set out in the Board of Directors and Executive Committee section of this Annual Report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

 

  the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2017, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s position and performance, business model and strategy;

 

  the consolidated financial statements contained in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2017, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as adopted for use in the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the group; and

 

  the management report represented by the Directors’ Report contained in the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2017 includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that the group faces.

The responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors on 26 July 2017.

New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company’s website at www.diageo.com.

 

  Basis of regulation: UK listed companies are required to include in their annual report a narrative statement of (i) how they have applied the principles of the Code and (ii) whether or not they have complied with the best practice provisions of the Code. NYSE listed companies must adopt and disclose their corporate governance guidelines. Diageo complied throughout the year with the best practice provisions of the Code.

 

  Director independence: the Code requires at least half the Board (excluding the Chairman) to be independent Non-Executive Directors, as determined by affirmatively concluding that a Director is independent in character and judgement and determining whether there are relationship and cicumstances which are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement. The Code requires the Board to state its reasons if it determines that a director is independent notwithstanding the existence of relationships or circumstances which may appear relevant to its determination. NYSE rules require a majority of independent directors, according to the NYSE’s own ‘brightline’ tests and an affirmative determination by the Board that the Director has no material relationship with the listed company. Diageo’s Board has determined that, in its judgement and without taking into account the NYSE brightline tests, all of the Non-Executive Directors (excluding the Chairman) are independent. As such, currently seven of Diageo’s ten directors are independent.

 

  Chairman and Chief Executive: the Code requires these roles to be separate. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies. Diageo has a separate chairman and chief executive.

 

  Non-Executive Director meetings: NYSE rules require Non-Management Directors to meet regularly without management and independent directors to meet separately at least once a year. The Code requires Non-Executive Directors to meet without the Chairman present at least annually to appraise the Chairman’s performance, although it was agreed that a performance evaluation of the former Chairman was not necessary this year given the changeover in Chairman in January 2017. During the year, Diageo’s Chairman and Non-Executive Directors met six times as a group without Executive Directors being present.

 

166


Governance (continued)

 

  Board committees: Diageo has a number of Board committees that are similar in purpose and constitution to those required by NYSE rules. Diageo’s Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees consist entirely of independent Non-Executive Directors (save that the Chairman of the Nomination Committee, Javier Ferrán, is not independent). Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee, which develops and recommends a set of corporate governance principles and is composed entirely of independent directors. The terms of reference for Diageo’s Nomination Committee, which comply with the Code, do not contain such a requirement. In accordance with the requirements of the Code, Diageo discloses in its Annual Report the results and means of evaluation of the Board, its Committees and the Directors, and it provides extensive information regarding the Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ remuneration report.

 

  Code of ethics: NYSE rules require a Code of Business Conduct and ethics to be adopted for directors, officers and employees and disclosure of any waivers for executive directors or officers. Diageo has adopted a code of business conduct for all directors, officers and employees, as well as a code of ethics for Senior Officers in accordance with the requirements of SOX. Currently, no waivers have been granted to directors or executive officers.

 

  Compliance certification: NYSE rules require chief executives to certify to the NYSE their awareness of any NYSE corporate governance violations. Diageo is exempt from this as a foreign private issuer but is required to notify the NYSE if any executive officer becomes aware of any non-compliance with NYSE corporate governance standards. No such notification was necessary during the period covered by this report.

Directors’ attendance record at the AGM, scheduled Board meetings and Board committee meetings, for the year ended 30 June 2017 was as set out in the table below. For Board and Board committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number that each Director was eligible to attend.

 

                                                                                                             
     Annual
General Meeting
2016
     Board
(maximum 6)(iv)
     Audit
Committee
(maximum 4)
    Nomination
Committee
(maximum 5)(iv)
    Remuneration
Committee
(maximum 5)(iv)
 

Dr Franz B Humer

            4/4        2/2 (i)      3/3       2/2 (i) 

Javier Ferrán

            6/6        4/4 (i)      5/5       5/5 (i) 

Ivan Menezes

            6/6        2/2 (ii)      3/3 (i)      5/5 (i) 

Kathryn Mikells

            6/6        4/4 (i)      1/1 (ii)      n/a  

Lord Davies

            5/6        3/4       4/5       4/5  

Peggy Bruzelius

            6/6        4/4       5/5       4/5  

Betsy Holden

            6/6        4/4       5/5       5/5  

Ho KwonPing

            6/6        4/4       5/5       5/5  

Nicola Mendelsohn(iii)

            5/6        4/4       4/5       4/5  

Philip Scott

            6/6        4/4       5/5       5/5  

Alan Stewart

            6/6        4/4       4/5       5/5  

Emma Walmsley

            2/2        1/1       2/2       1/1  

 

(i) Attended by invitation. Javier Ferrán attended by invitation after his appointment as Chairman.
(ii) Attended by invitation, for part only.
(iii) Nicola Mendelsohn attended the Annual General Meeting by telephone.
(iv) Where Non-Executive Directors were unable to attend a meeting they gave their views to the Chairman of the respective meetings ahead of the meetings being held. A Sub-Committee meeting of the Audit Committee was also held involving Mr Stewart and Mr Scott.

 

167


Governance (continued)

 

Report of the Audit Committee

Letter from the Chairman of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present its report for the year ended 30 June 2017.

I succeeded Philip Scott as Chairman of the Committee on 1 January 2017. Philip chaired the Committee for some nine years and I would like to take this opportunity to thank him and to pay tribute to his leadership of the Committee during his outstanding tenure.

The purpose of this report is to describe how the Committee has carried out its responsibilities during the year.

In overview, the role of the Audit Committee is to monitor and review: the integrity of the company’s financial statements; internal control and risk management; audit and risk programmes; business conduct and ethics; “whistleblowing”; and the appointment of the external auditor.

The work of the Committee during the year gave attention to all elements of its remit. The Committee gave additional focus to the risk programme, beginning a series of review and training sessions covering each of its principal risks (as set out above in the Annual Report). It is the intention to continue this work, to cover each principal risk on a regular basis.

In discharging its duties, the Audit Committee seeks to balance independent oversight of the matters within its remit with providing support and guidance to management. I am confident that the Committee, supported by members of senior management and the external auditors, has carried out its duties in the year under review effectively and to a high standard.

Alan JH Stewart

Chairman of the Audit Committee

 

168


Governance (continued)

 

Report of the Audit Committee

Role of the Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for:

 

  monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, including a review of the significant financial reporting judgements contained in them;

 

  reviewing the effectiveness of the group’s internal control and risk management and of control over financial;

 

  monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the global audit and risk function, including reviewing the programme of work undertaken by that function;

 

  reviewing the group’s policies and practices concerning business conduct and ethics, including whistleblowing;

 

  overseeing the group’s overall approach to securing compliance with laws, regulations and company policies in areas of risk; and

 

  monitoring and reviewing the company’s relationship with the external auditor, including its independence and management’s response to any major external audit recommendations.

The formal role of the Audit Committee is set out in its terms of reference, which are available at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance. Key elements of the role of the committee and work carried out during the year are set out as follows.

Financial statements

During the year, the Audit Committee met four times (and a sub-committee met once) and reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical accounting policies, provisioning and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the Audit Committee reviewed the interim results announcement, which included the interim financial statements.

The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company’s financial reporting process and the group’s process for preparation of consolidated accounts. A review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management (through the work of its filings assurance committee (FAC)) to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein. The Audit Committee reviewed the work of the FAC and a report on the conclusions of the FAC process was provided to the Audit Committee by the Chief Financial Officer.

Significant issues and judgements that were considered in respect of the 2017 financial statements were as follows. These include the matters relating to risks disclosed in the UK external auditor’s report.

 

  Disclosure on the quality of the earnings and one off items included in cash flow. The committee agreed that sufficient disclosure was made in the financial statements.
  The committee determined that exceptional items are appropriately classified considering their size and nature, and sufficient disclosure is provided in the financial statements (see note 4).
  Review of carrying value of assets – in particular intangible assets. The committee agreed that the fair value of the company’s assets was in excess of their carrying value (see notes 6 and 10).
  Exchange rate used to translate operations in Venezuela. The committee determined an appropriate rate used for the year ended 30 June 2017 for consolidation purposes, that represents the best estimation of the rate at which capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised (see note 1).

 

169


Governance (continued)

 

  Disclosure on taxation. The committee agreed that the separate presentation of the tax risk appropriately addresses the significant change in the international tax environment and sufficient and transparent disclosures are provided for the ongoing tax discussions (see page 39 and note 7).
  Review of legal cases. The committee agreed that adequate provision has been made for all material litigation and disputes, based on the currently most likely outcomes, including the litigation summarised in note 18.
  Assumptions used in respect of post employment plans. Having considered advice from external actuaries and assumptions used by companies with comparator plans, the committee agreed that the assumptions used to calculate the income statement and balance sheet assets and liabilities for post employment plans were appropriate (see note 13).
  Viability statement. The committee noted that severe but plausible risk scenarios had been identified; a robust risk assessment had been carried out; and the group’s viability and going concern consideration proved with stress testing. Taking into account the company’s balance sheet position, the committee expected the group to be able to meet its liabilities as they fell due over the three-year period ending 30 June 2020. The risk that the group would become insolvent during this timeframe was considered remote. The Committee recommended to the Board that the Viability statement above be approved.

As part of its review of the Annual Report, the committee considered whether the report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ (noting the Code’s reference to ‘position’ as well as ‘performance, business model and strategy’). On the basis of this work, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that it could make the required statement that the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’.

Internal control and risk management; audit and risk programme; business conduct and ethics (including ‘whistleblowing’)

At each of its meetings, the Audit Committee reviewed detailed reports from the heads of the Global Risk & Compliance (GRC) and Global Audit & Risk (GAR) teams (including coverage of the areas mentioned in the title of this section) and had sight of the minutes of meetings of management’s Audit & Risk Committee. The work and reporting to the Committee of both GRC and GAR during the year focused on recent acquisitions, cyber security and change in the organisation. The Committee in turn were thus able to keep under review the operation of the controls and compliance framework in these areas. The Committee also received regular updates from the group general counsel on significant litigation and from the head of tax on the group’s tax profile and key issues.

The GRC reporting included a consideration of key risks and related mitigations, including those set out in the section of this Annual Report dealing with principal risks. Based on this activity during the year, the Audit Committee made a recommendation to the Board covering the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and its internal statement of risk appetite (this was considered also by the Audit & Risk Committee). The Board agreed this recommendation.

Through the activities of the Audit Committee described in this report and its related recommendations to the Board, the Board confirms that it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company’s systems of internal control and risk management and that there were no material failings identified and no significant failings identified which require disclosure in this Annual Report.

External auditor

Following a tender process carried out during the year ended 30 June 2015, PwC were appointed as external auditors with effect from the year ended 30 June 2016.

During the year, the Audit Committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim results and its audit of the consolidated financial statements.

The Audit Committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor (taking into account the auditor’s effectiveness and independence and all appropriate guidelines) and makes a recommendation to the Board accordingly. Any decision to open the external audit to tender is taken on the recommendation of the Audit Committee. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company’s current choice of external auditor.

The company has complied with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 (“CMA Order”) for the financial year ended 30 June 2017.

 

170


Governance (continued)

 

The Audit Committee assesses the ongoing effectiveness and quality of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with the finance team and other senior executives.

The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in July 2017. The review took into consideration the new regulations on non-audit services. Under this policy, the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the Audit Committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the Audit Committee has pre-approved. Fees paid to the auditor for audit, audit related and other services are analysed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The nature and level of all services provided by the external auditor is a factor taken into account by the Audit Committee when it reviews annually the independence of the external auditor.

‘Financial expert’ and other attendees

For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under SOX, section 407, the Board has determined that Alan Stewart is independent and may be regarded as an Audit Committee financial expert.

The Chairman, the Chief Financial Officer, the group general counsel, the group financial controller, the head of GAR, the GRC director, the group chief accountant and the external auditor regularly attend meetings of the committee.

The Audit Committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

Training and deep dives

During the year, the Audit Committee had risk reviews and training sessions, presented by senior executives, on Scotch whisky inventory management and political violence and terrorism. In addition members of the Committee had (at a Board meeting) a session on crisis management.

 

171


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ remuneration report

Annual statement by the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

As Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2017. This report complies with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Reporting Regulations 2013 and contains:

 

    The new directors’ remuneration policy, which will be put forward for shareholder approval at the AGM on 20 September 2017; and
    The Annual report on remuneration describing how the remuneration policy that was approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014 has been put into practice during the year ended 30 June 2017.

Diageo’s remuneration principles

The principles underpinning executive remuneration remain fundamentally unchanged, with sustainable performance and long-term value creation for shareholders at the heart of our remuneration policies and practices:

 

    Delivery of business strategy: Short- and long-term incentive plans for Executive Directors and senior managers reward the achievement of Diageo’s business strategy and performance goals.
    Sustainable, long-term performance: The focus is on the delivery of performance in a consistent and responsible way which also creates long-term value for our shareholders. Alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders remains a key principle, with Executive Directors required to acquire and hold Diageo shares over the long term.
    Performance-related compensation: Reward components offer a balanced mix of short- and long-term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets. Performance measures such as organic net sales, profit growth, cash efficiency and relative total shareholder return (TSR) are key drivers of growth for the business that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.
    Competitive total remuneration: Reward levels are framed in the context of total remuneration packages paid by relevant global comparators. In competition with similar global companies, the ability to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to Diageo’s continued business success.
    Simplicity and transparency: The Committee seeks to embed simplicity and transparency in the design and delivery of executive reward programmes. Performance targets clearly align with the company’s short- and long-term goals.

Remuneration in 2017 at a glance

 

Base salary    2% increases for both the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer in October 2017 (versus budgeted 2.5% in the United Kingdom and 3% in the United States for the wider workforce)
Allowances and benefits    Unchanged from last year
Retirement benefits    Chief Executive’s pension contribution reduced from 40% to 30% of salary from 1 July 2016
Annual incentive    Pay-out above target, delivering 68.0% and 69.7% of maximum opportunity for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer respectively
Long-term incentives    Nil vesting of performance shares and share options

As a result of the long-term incentive performance conditions not being achieved, total variable pay to the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer in respect of the year ended 30 June 2017 is 35% and 50% lower respectively than in the year ended 30 June 2016.

Over the period 1 July 2014 to 30 June 2017 (the performance period for long-term incentive awards that vest in September 2017), Diageo’s share price grew by 19%, from 1902.5 pence to 2268.5 pence, and the company paid a total dividend of 171.3 pence per share. Dividend distribution to shareholders in the year ended 30 June 2017 was increased by 5% compared to the previous year.

 

172


Governance (continued)

 

Looking ahead

Following a comprehensive review of the effectiveness of the directors’ remuneration policy in the context of the external viewpoints of the investor community, the Committee concluded that the policy remains in line with business strategy and well-aligned to shareholder interests. As a result, there have been no material changes to the remuneration policy in terms of the design or quantum of executive remuneration. The key changes to the remuneration policy are as follows:

 

    Reduction of maximum company pension contribution from 30% to 20% of salary for new hires: Bringing executive pension arrangements more in line with the pension arrangements for other employees in the United Kingdom and United States, as well as enabling consistency in approach for the rest of the Executive Committee.
    Significant increase to the Chief Executive’s shareholding requirement from 300% to 500% of salary, and for the Chief Financial Officer from 250% to 400% of salary: Positioning the shareholding requirement at or above the face value of their long-term incentive award opportunity after tax.
    Restriction on selling shares of 50% of the executive’s vested long-term incentive awards (after the sale of shares to cover tax), until the shareholding requirement is met: To support executives meeting their shareholding requirements within five years of appointment.

Throughout the remuneration policy review, the company has proactively engaged with its largest shareholders to understand their views on the policy proposals, as well as continuing an open dialogue on the ongoing appropriateness of executive short- and long-term incentive plan design, the level of stretch in performance measures as part of the target-setting process, and ensuring that remuneration arrangements continue to attract and retain the highest quality global talent.

Whilst arrangements that defer part of the annual bonus into shares are common practice in the FTSE 100, the Committee is satisfied that the company’s current annual bonus structure (payable entirely in cash) remains appropriate, as the increased shareholding requirement, the level of stretch in the long-term incentive plan, and the post-vesting holding period in concert provide appropriate alignment of executives with the interests of shareholders in fostering sustainable share price growth over the long term. There are also robust clawback and malus provisions under both the annual and long-term incentive plans, which apply to all members of the Executive Committee.

The Committee remains confident that the mix of performance shares and share options is an appropriate long-term incentive for the leaders of the business, and the share options element provides an additional stretch in that the share price has to grow materially in addition to the performance condition being achieved in order for it to provide value for executives. This strengthens the alignment between executives and shareholders in the commitment to fostering sustainable share price growth. Share option plans remain majority practice within Diageo’s international peer group, against which the company needs to remain competitive in order to attract and retain the highest calibre of talent.

The directors’ remuneration policy will be put forward for your consideration and approval by binding vote, and the annual remuneration report by advisory vote at the AGM on 20 September 2017.

We were very pleased to receive a strong vote in favour of our remuneration report last year. I highly value the direct engagement and feedback from our shareholders and their representative bodies on Diageo’s remuneration policy and look forward to welcoming you and receiving your support again at the AGM this year.

Lord Davies of Abersoch

Senior independent Non-Executive Director and

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

 

173


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ remuneration policy

This section of the report sets out the policy for Executive Directors’ remuneration. The proposed policy is broadly consistent with the policy approved in 2014, save for the changes highlighted in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement. The policy will be put to shareholders for approval in a binding vote at the AGM in 2017, in accordance with section 439A of the Companies Act 2006, and, if approved, will formally come into effect from 20 September 2017, the date of the AGM.

Remuneration policy framework

The remuneration structures and performance measures used in executive incentive plans are designed to support Diageo’s business strategy as follows:

 

    Focused on consistent growth drivers: As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long-term value for shareholders. Thus, variable elements of remuneration are dependent upon the achievement of performance measures that are identified as key consistent and responsible growth drivers for the business and that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.
    Variable with performance: A significant proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business and individual performance so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with performance.
    Share ownership: Full participation in incentives is conditional upon building up a significant personal shareholding in Diageo to ensure the company’s leaders think and act like owners.
    Cost effectiveness: Fixed elements of remuneration are determined by reference to the median of the market, individual experience and performance, and other relevant factors to ensure competitiveness while controlling fixed costs to maximise efficiency.

Future policy table

Set out below is the remuneration policy for Executive Directors which, if approved by shareholders, will be applied from the date of the AGM on 20 September 2017.

Base salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction and retention of the best global talent with the capability to deliver Diageo’s strategy and performance goals.

Operation

 

    Normally reviewed annually or following a change in responsibilities with any increases usually taking effect from 1 October.
    The Remuneration Committee considers the following parameters when reviewing base salary levels:

 

    Pay increases for other employees across the group.
    Economic conditions and governance trends.
    The individual’s performance, skills and responsibilities.
    Base salaries (and total remuneration) at companies of similar size and international scope to Diageo, with roles typically benchmarked against the FTSE 30 excluding financial services companies, or against similar comparator groups in other locations dependent on the Executive Director’s home market.

Opportunity

Salary increases will be made in the context of the broader employee pay environment, and will normally be in line with those made to other employees in relevant markets in which Diageo operates, typically the United Kingdom and the United States, unless there is a change in role or responsibility or other exceptional circumstances.

 

174


Governance (continued)

 

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides market competitive and cost effective benefits.

Operation

 

    The provision of benefits depends on the country of residence of the Executive Director and may include but is not limited to a company car or car allowance, the provision of a car and contracted car service or equivalent, product allowance, life insurance, accidental death & disability insurance, medical cover, financial counselling and tax advice.
    The Remuneration Committee has discretion to offer additional allowances, or benefits, to Executive Directors, if considered appropriate and reasonable. These may include relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees where a Director is asked to relocate from his/her home location as part of their appointment.

Opportunity

The benefits package is set at a level which the Remuneration Committee considers:

 

    Provides an appropriate level of benefits depending on the role and individual circumstances;
    Is appropriate in the context of the benefits offered to the wider workforce in the relevant market, and
    Is in line with comparable roles in companies of a similar size and complexity in the relevant market.

Post-retirement provisions

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides cost-effective, competitive post-retirement benefits.

Operation

 

    Provision of market competitive pension arrangements or a cash alternative based on a percentage of base salary.
    Further detail on current pension provisions for Executive Directors is disclosed in the Annual report on remuneration.

Opportunity

 

    The maximum company pension contribution is 20% of base salary for any new external appointments to an Executive Director position.
    Current legacy company contributions for Ivan Menezes and Kathryn Mikells in the year ended 30 June 2017 were 30% and 20% of base salary respectively. At his request, Ivan Menezes’ company contribution was reduced from 40% to 30% effective 1 July 2016.

Annual incentive plan (AIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Incentivises year on year delivery of Diageo’s annual financial and strategic targets. Provides focus on key financial metrics and the individual’s contribution to the company’s performance.

Operation

 

    Performance measures, weightings and targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee. Appropriately stretching targets are set by reference to the annual operating plan and historical and projected performance for the company and its peer group.
    The level of award is determined with reference to Diageo’s overall financial and strategic performance and individual performance and is paid out in cash after the end of the financial year.

 

175


Governance (continued)

 

    The Committee has discretion to adjust the level of payment if it is not deemed to reflect appropriately the individual’s contribution or the overall business performance. Any discretionary adjustments will be detailed in the following year’s Annual report on remuneration.
    The Committee has discretion to apply clawback to bonus, i.e. the company may seek to recover bonus paid in exceptional circumstances, such as gross misconduct or gross negligence during the performance period.
    Details of the AIP for 2017 are set out in the Annual report on remuneration on pages 186-187.

Opportunity

For threshold performance, up to 50% of salary may be earned, with up to 100% of salary earned for on target performance and a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions

Annual incentive plan awards are based 70%-100% on financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash and 0%-30% on broader objectives based on strategic goals and/or individual contribution. Details of the measures and weightings applicable for the year ending 30 June 2018 are set out on page 187. Details of the targets will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Annual report on remuneration, when they are no longer deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

Diageo long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)

Purpose and link to strategy

Provides focus on delivering superior long-term returns to shareholders.

Operation

 

    An annual grant of performance shares and/or market price share options which vest subject to a performance test and continued employment normally over a period of three years.
    Measures and stretching targets are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee for each new award. Details of the measures, weightings and targets applicable for the financial year under review are provided in the Annual report on remuneration.
    Following vesting there is a further retention period of two years. Executive Directors are able to exercise an option or sell sufficient shares to cover any tax liability when an award vests, provided they retain the net shares arising for the two-year retention period.
    Notional dividends accrue on performance share awards to the extent that the performance conditions have been met, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee at the end of the vesting period.
    The Committee has discretion to reduce the number of shares which vest (subject to HMRC rules regarding approved share options), for example in the event of a material performance failure, or a material restatement of the financial statements. There is an extensive malus clause for awards made from September 2014. The Committee has discretion to decide that:

 

    the number of shares subject to the award will be reduced;
    the award will lapse;
    retention shares (i.e. vested shares subject to the additional two-year retention period) will be forfeited;
    vesting of the award or the end of any retention period will be delayed (e.g. until an investigation is completed);
    additional conditions will be imposed on the vesting of the award or the end of the retention period; and/or
    any award, bonus or other benefit which might have been granted or paid to the participant in any later year will be reduced or not awarded.

Malus and clawback provisions will apply up to delivery of shares at the end of the retention period (as opposed to the vesting date). The company also has the standard discretion to take account of unforeseen events such as a variation to share capital.

Under the DLTIP plan rules, long-term incentive awards, when aggregated with awards under all of the company’s other share plans, will not exceed 10% of the company’s issued share capital (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation) in any rolling 10-year period. In addition, awards under executive schemes will not exceed 5% of the company’s issued share capital in any rolling 10-year period.

 

176


Governance (continued)

 

    Further details of the DLTIP are set out in the Annual report on remuneration on pages 187-190.

Opportunity

 

    The maximum annual grants for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer are 500% and 480% of salary in performance share equivalents respectively (where a market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share). Under the DLTIP no more than 375% of salary will be awarded in face value terms in options to any Executive Director in any year.
    Threshold vesting level of 20% of maximum with straight line vesting up to 100% at maximum for attaining financial metrics and a ranking profile for relative total shareholder return.

Performance conditions

 

    The vesting of awards is linked to a range of measures which may include, but are not limited to:

 

    a growth measure (e.g. net sales, profit growth);
    a measure of efficiency (e.g. operating margin, cumulative free cash flow, return on invested capital (ROIC)); and
    a measure of Diageo’s relative performance in relation to its peers (e.g. relative total shareholder return).

Measures that apply to performance shares and market price options may differ, as is the case for current awards. Weightings of these measures may vary year-on-year. Details of the measures, including targets for the awards to be made in September 2017 are set out on pages 189-190.

 

    The Remuneration Committee has discretion to amend the performance conditions in exceptional circumstances if it considers it appropriate to do so, e.g. in cases of accounting policy changes, merger and acquisition activities and disposals. Any such amendments would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s Annual report on remuneration.

All-employee share plans

Purpose and link to strategy

To encourage broader employee share ownership through locally approved plans.

Operation

 

    The company operates tax-efficient all-employee share savings plans in various jurisdictions.
    Executive Directors’ eligibility may depend on their country of residence, tax status and employment company.

Opportunity

Limits for all-employee share plans are set by the tax authorities. The company may choose to set its own lower limits.

Performance conditions

UK Freeshares: based on Diageo plc financial measures which may include, but are not limited to, measures of revenue, profit and cash.

Shareholding requirement

Purpose and link to strategy

Ensures alignment between the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders.

 

177


Governance (continued)

 

Operation

 

    The minimum shareholding requirement is 500% of base salary for the Chief Executive and 400% of base salary for any other Executive Directors.
    Executive Directors are expected to build up their shareholding within five years of their appointment to the Board.
    Executive Directors will be restricted from selling more than 50% of shares which vest under the long-term incentive plan (excluding the sale of shares to cover tax on vesting and other exceptional circumstances to be specifically approved by the Chief Executive and/or Chairman), until the shareholding requirement is met.

Chairman of the board and non-executive directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Supports the attraction, motivation and retention of world-class talent and reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance.

Operation

 

    Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are normally reviewed every two years.
    A proportion of the Chairman’s annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the Chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a Director.
    Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in the FTSE 30, excluding financial services companies, and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities.
    The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the company’s incentive plans nor do they receive pension contributions or benefits. Their travel and accommodation expenses in connection with the attendance of Board meetings (and any tax thereon) are paid by the company.
    The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors are eligible to receive a product allowance or cash equivalent at the same level as the Executive Directors.

All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com/en/our-business/corporate-governance/compliance. The Chairman of the Board, Javier Ferrán, was appointed on 1 January 2017, under a letter of appointment for an initial three-year term, terminable on six months’ notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months’ fees in lieu of notice.

Opportunity

 

    Fees for Non-Executive Directors are within the limits set by the shareholders from time to time, with an aggregate limit of £1,200,000, excluding the Chairman’s fees.
    Current fee levels are disclosed in the Annual report on remuneration on page 195.

 

178


Governance (continued)

 

NOTES TO THE POLICY TABLE

Performance measures and targets

Further details of AIP performance measures and DLTIP performance measures and targets that will apply for awards made in September 2017, and how they are aligned with company strategy and the creation of shareholder value, are set out in the Annual report on remuneration, on pages 187-190.

Performance targets are set to be stretching yet achievable, and take into account the company’s strategic priorities and business environment. The Committee sets targets based on a range of reference points including the corporate strategy and broker forecasts for both Diageo and its peers.

Differences in remuneration policy for other employees

The remuneration approach for Executive Directors is consistent with the reward package for members of the Executive Committee and the senior management population.

Generally speaking, a much higher proportion of total remuneration for the Executive Directors is linked to business performance, compared to the rest of the employee population, so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with business performance and to align the interests of Executive Directors and shareholders. The structure of the reward package for the wider employee population is based on the principle that it should be sufficient to attract and retain the best talent and be competitive within our broader industry, remunerating employees for their contribution linked to our holistic performance whilst mindful not to overpay. It is driven by local market practice as well as level of seniority and accountability, reflecting the global nature of Diageo’s business.

Illustrations of application of the remuneration policy

The graphs below illustrate scenarios for the projected total remuneration of Executive Directors at three different levels of performance: minimum, on-target and maximum. Note that the projected values exclude the impact of any share price movements. These charts reflect projected remuneration for the financial year ending 30 June 2018.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Ivan MenezesMinimum 100%16% 24% 60%40% 30% 30%Total $2,149 (£1,692)Total $13,219 (£10,408)On Target Total $5,312 (£4,183)MaximumMinimum 100%15% 25% 60%39% 31% 30%Total $1,286 (£1,013)On Target Total $3,325 (£2,618)MaximumThousands $ 0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000Kathryn MikellsTotal $8,360 (£6,583)Thousands $Salary, bene_ts and pension0 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000Annual incentiveLong term incentives

 

 

Basis of calculation and assumptions:

The ‘Minimum’ scenario shows fixed remuneration only, i.e. base salary for the year ending 30 June 2018, total value of contractually agreed benefits for 2018, and the pension benefits to be accrued over the year ending 30 June 2018. These are the only elements of the Executive Directors’ remuneration packages which are not subject to performance conditions.

 

179


Governance (continued)

 

The ‘On-target’ scenario shows fixed remuneration as above, plus a target pay-out of 50% of the maximum annual bonus and threshold performance vesting for long-term incentive awards of 20% of maximum award.

The ‘Maximum’ scenario reflects fixed remuneration, plus full pay-out of annual and long-term incentives.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

The Remuneration Committee’s overarching principle for recruitment remuneration is to pay no more than is necessary to attract an Executive Director of the calibre required to shape and deliver Diageo’s business strategy in recognition that Diageo competes for talent in a global marketplace. The Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with Diageo’s remuneration policy as laid out above, but retains the discretion to offer a remuneration package which is necessary to meet the individual circumstances of the recruited Executive Director and to enable the hiring of an individual with the necessary skills and expertise. However, except as described below, variable pay will follow the policy.

Diageo is a global organisation operating in more than 180 countries around the world. The ability, therefore, to recruit and retain the best talent from all over the world is critical to the future success of the business. People diversity in all its forms is a core element of Diageo’s global talent strategy and, managed effectively, is a key driver that will deliver Diageo’s performance ambition.

On appointment of an external Executive Director, the Committee may decide to compensate for variable remuneration elements the Director forfeits when leaving their current employer. In doing so, the Committee will ensure that any such compensation would have a fair value no higher than that of the awards forfeited, and would generally be determined on a comparable basis taking into account factors including the form in which the awards were granted, performance conditions attached, the probability of the awards vesting (e.g. past, current and likely future performance) as well as the vesting schedules. Depending on individual circumstances at the time, the Committee has the discretion to determine the type of award (i.e. cash, shares or options, holding period and whether or not performance conditions would apply).

Any such award would be fully disclosed and explained in the following year’s Annual report on remuneration. When exercising its discretion in establishing the reward package for a new Executive Director, the Committee will carefully consider the balance between the need to secure an individual in the best interests of the company against the concerns of investors about the quantum of remuneration and, if considered appropriate at the time, will consult with the company’s biggest shareholders. The Remuneration Committee will provide timely disclosure of the reward package of any new Executive Director.

In the event that an internal candidate is promoted to the Board, legacy terms and conditions would normally be honoured, including pension entitlements and any outstanding incentive awards.

 

180


Governance (continued)

 

Service contracts and policy on payment for loss of office (including takeover provisions)

Executive Directors have rolling service contracts, details of which are set out below. These are available for inspection at the company’s registered office.

 

Executive Director

  

Date of service contract

Ivan Menezes

   7 May 2013

Kathryn Mikells

   1 October 2015

 

Notice period    The contracts provide for a period of six months’ notice by the Executive Director or 12 months’ notice by the company. A payment may be made in lieu of notice equivalent to 12 months’ base salary and the cost to the company of providing contractual benefits (excluding incentive plans). The service contracts also provide for the payment of outstanding pay and bonus, if Executive Directors are terminated following a takeover, or other change of control of Diageo plc.
   If, on the termination date, the Executive Director has exceeded his/her accrued holiday entitlement, the value of such excess may be deducted by the company from any sums due to him/her, except to the extent that such deduction would subject the Executive Director to additional tax under Section 409A of the Code(i) (in the case of Ivan Menezes). If the Executive Director on the termination date has accrued but untaken holiday entitlement, the company will, at its discretion, either require the Executive Director to take such unused holiday during any notice period or make a payment to him/her in lieu of it, provided always that if the employment is terminated for cause then the Executive Director will not be entitled to any such payment. For these purposes, salary in respect of one day of holiday entitlement will be calculated as 1/261 of salary.
Mitigation    The Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to require a proportion of the termination payment to be paid in instalments and, upon the Executive Director commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation except where termination is within 12 months of a takeover, or within such 12 months the Executive Director leaves due to a material diminution in status.
Annual incentive plan (AIP)    Where the Executive Director leaves for reasons including retirement, death in service, disability, ill-health, injury, redundancy, transfer out of the group and other circumstances at the Remuneration Committee’s discretion (“Good Leaver Reasons”) during the financial year, they are usually entitled to an incentive payment pro-rated for the period of service during the performance period, which is typically payable at the usual payment date. Where the Executive Director leaves for any other reason, no payment will be made. The amount is subject to performance conditions being met and at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee has discretion to determine an earlier payment date, for example on death in service.

 

181


Governance (continued)

 

Diageo 2014 long-term incentive plan (DLTIP)   

When an Executive Director leaves for any reason other than Good Leaver Reasons, all unvested awards generally lapse immediately. In cases where Good Leaver Reasons apply, awards vest on the original vesting date unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service). The retention period for vested awards continues for all leavers other than in cases of disability, ill health or death in service, unless the Remuneration Committee decides otherwise.

 

The proportion of the award released depends on the extent to which the performance condition is met. The number of shares is reduced on a pro-rata basis reflecting the length of time the Executive Director was employed by the company during the performance period, unless the Committee decides otherwise (for example in the case of death in service).

 

On a takeover or other corporate event, awards vest subject to the extent to which the performance conditions are met and, unless the Committee decides otherwise, the awards are time pro-rated. Otherwise the Committee, in agreement with the new company, may decide that awards should be swapped for awards over shares in the new company; where awards are granted in the form of options then on vesting they are generally exercisable for 12 months (or six months for approved options).

 

Awards may be adjusted on a variation of share capital, demerger or other similar event.

 

The Remuneration Committee may amend the plans, except that any changes to the advantage of participants require shareholder approval, unless the change relates to the administration, or taxation of the plan or participants, or is needed to ensure that the plans operate effectively in another jurisdiction.

 

Details of existing awards are set out in the Annual report on remuneration.

Repatriation    In cases where an Executive Director was recruited from outside the United Kingdom and has been relocated to the United Kingdom as part of their appointment, the company will pay reasonable costs for the repatriation of Good Leavers.

 

(i)  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

 

182


Governance (continued)

 

Non-Executive Directors’ unexpired terms of appointment

All Non-Executive Directors are on three-year terms which are expected to be extended up to a total of nine years. The date of initial appointment to the Board and the point at which the current letter of appointment expires for Non-Executive Directors are shown in the table below.

 

Non-Executive Directors

  

Date of appointment

to the Board

  

Current letter of

appointment expires at AGM

Javier Ferrán

   22 July 2016    September 2019

Lord Davies of Abersoch

   1 September 2010    September 2019

Peggy B Bruzelius

   24 April 2009    September 2018

Betsy D Holden

   1 September 2009    September 2018

Ho KwonPing

   1 October 2012    September 2018

Nicola S Mendelsohn

   1 September 2014    September 2017

Philip G Scott

   17 October 2007    September 2017

Alan JH Stewart

   1 September 2014    September 2017

External appointments

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Payments under previous policies

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above, where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) under a previous policy, in which case the provision of that policy shall continue to apply until such payments have been made; (ii) before the policy or the relevant legislation came into effect; or (iii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a director of the company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a director of the company. For these purposes, ‘payments’ include the satisfaction of awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to awards of shares, the terms of the payment which are agreed at the time the award is granted.

Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the company

When reviewing and determining pay for Executive Directors, the Committee takes into account the level and structure of remuneration as well as salary budgets for other employees in the group. More specifically, the Committee reviews annual salary increase budgets for the general employee population in the United Kingdom and United States as well as the remuneration structure and policy for the global senior management population.

Diageo employs 30,400 employees and operates in more than 180 countries around the world. Diageo runs annual employee surveys which give employees the opportunity to give feedback and express their views on a variety of topics, including remuneration. Any comments relating to Executive Directors’ remuneration are fed back to the Remuneration Committee.

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee values the continued dialogue with Diageo’s shareholders and engages directly with them and their representative bodies at the earliest opportunity to take their views into account when setting and implementing the company’s remuneration policies. This year, the company has engaged extensively with shareholders and their proxy advisers about the new directors’ remuneration policy, as well as the base salary proposals for 2017, short- and long-term incentive plan design and target setting for long-term incentive awards to be made in 2017.

 

183


Governance (continued)

 

Annual report on remuneration

The following section provides details of how the company’s 2014 remuneration policy was implemented during the year ended 30 June 2017, and how the Remuneration Committee intends to implement the proposed remuneration policy in the year ending 30 June 2018.

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (audited)

The table below details the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2017.

 

                                                                                                       
     Ivan Menezes(i)      Kathryn Mikells(i), (ii)  
     2017      2017      2016      2016      2017      2017      2016      2016  

Fixed pay

   ‘000      ‘000      ‘000      ‘000      ‘000      ‘000      ‘000      ‘000  

Salary

   £ 1,215      $ 1,543      £ 1,027      $ 1,520      £ 671      $ 853      £ 419      $ 620  

Benefits(ii)

   £ 92      $ 117      £ 78      $ 115      £ 198      $ 251      £ 64      $ 95  

Pension(iii)

   £ 432      $ 549      £ 486      $ 719      £ 135      $ 171      £ 83      $ 123  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed pay

   £ 1,739      $ 2,209      £ 1,591      $ 2,354      £ 1004      $ 1,275      £ 566      $ 838  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Performance related pay

                       

Annual incentive

   £ 1,660      $ 2,109      £ 1,330      $ 1,969      £ 1,120      $ 1,422      £ 585      $ 866  

Long-term incentives(iv)

                 £ 1,235      $ 1,827                    £ 1,660      $ 2,457  

Other incentives(v)

                               £ 4      $ 5                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total remuneration for Executive Director appointment

   £ 3,399      $ 4,318      £ 4,156      $ 6,150      £ 2,128      $ 2,702      £ 2,811      $ 4,161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other performance related pay (Granted prior to appointment as Executive Director)

                       

Long-term incentives(vi)

                 £ 366      $ 542                              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL SINGLE FIGURE

   £ 3,399      $ 4,318      £ 4,522      $ 6,692      £ 2,128      $ 2,702      £ 2,811      $ 4,161  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes

(i) The amounts shown in sterling are converted using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the respective financial year. For the year ended 30 June 2017 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.27 and for the year ended 30 June 2016 the exchange rate was £1 = $1.48.
(ii) Benefits is the gross value of all taxable benefits. For Ivan Menezes, these include medical insurance (£20k), company car allowance (£20k), contracted car service (£6k), financial counselling (£42k), product allowance, flexible benefits allowance and life and long-term disability cover. Kathryn Mikells’ benefits include flexible benefits allowance (£18k), financial counselling (£14k), contracted car service, life cover and product allowance. 2017 remuneration includes one-off relocation costs in relation to her move from the United States to the United Kingdom, grossed up for tax (£162k).
(iii) Pension benefits earned during the year represent the increase in the pension fund balances over the year in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans over and above the increase due to inflation. As Ivan Menezes has been a deferred member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom since 31 January 2012, and receives standard statutory increases in deferment the United Kingdom pension amount that accrued over the two years in excess of inflation is nil. Kathryn Mikells became a director and started accruing benefits in the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with effect from 9 November 2015. The pension input amount for the year ended 30 June 2016 only reflects the period from 9 November 2015 and Kathryn Mikells did not build up any pension benefits prior to that point.
(iv) Long-term incentives represent the estimated gain delivered through share options and performance shares where performance conditions have been met in the respective financial year. For Ivan Menezes in 2017, performance shares and share options awarded under DLTIP in 2014 all lapsed due to the performance conditions not being met. Long-term incentives for 2016 have been adjusted to reflect the actual share price on the date of vesting on 5 September 2016. For further information on the PSP and SESOP performance conditions and vesting outcomes please refer to the ‘LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2017’ section of the report. For Kathryn Mikells, 2016 long-term incentives represents the face value of 87,736 time-vesting replacement share awards (not subject to performance conditions) made on 9 November 2015 in recognition of share awards forfeited from her former employer, and granted in accordance with the remuneration policy on recruitment remuneration. The average closing share price of an ordinary share over the three dealing days prior to the date of grant was 1892.0 pence. There are no other long-term incentive awards vesting based on performance in the year ended 30 June 2017 to report for Kathryn Mikells.
(v) Other incentives include the face value of awards made under all-employee share plans. Awards do not have performance conditions attached.

 

184


Governance (continued)

 

(vi) Ivan Menezes retains interests in long-term incentive awards that were granted to him in 2012, prior to joining the Board under ‘below-Board’ plans (Diageo Incentive Plan), details of which are shown on pages 188-189. The part of the third tranche of the award based on performance for the year ended 30 June 2017 will lapse as the performance conditions have not been met. The part of the award based on continuing employment for the year ended 30 June 2017 is not required to be reported in the table above and amounts to 14,643 ADRs, which will vest on 8 March 2018. For 2016, the value of the second tranche of the award has been restated to account for the actual share price on the date of vesting ($110.99 for ADRs).

Salary

Salary increases to be applied in the year ending 30 June 2018

As outlined in the 2016 Annual report on remuneration, base salaries for the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer were increased by 2%, effective from 1 October 2016.

In June 2017, the Remuneration Committee reviewed base salaries for senior management and agreed new salaries which will apply from 1 October 2017. In determining these salaries, the Remuneration Committee took into consideration a number of factors including general employee salary budgets and employment conditions, individual performance and experience, and salary positioning relative to internal and external peers. The overall budgeted salary increase for the salary review in October 2017 is 2.5% of base salary for employees in the United Kingdom and 3% in North America.

The Committee considered very carefully the total remuneration positioning of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, the salary budget for all employees in the United Kingdom and the expectations of shareholders with respect to continuing pay restraint. As a result, it was agreed that there would be a 2% salary increase for both the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, effective from 1 October 2017. The Chief Financial Officer, Kathryn Mikells, is a US national and her salary on appointment on 9 November 2015 ($1,000,000) was converted into sterling (£650,000) based on the prevailing exchange rate at that point (£1 = $1.54). As Kathryn continues to have living costs in the United States, her salary has been fixed in US dollars from 1 June 2017, rather than in sterling, with salary increases since appointment applied to her US dollar salary. Her salary for 2016 has been converted to US dollars using the same exchange rate as at her appointment.

 

                                                                                       
     Ivan Menezes      Kathryn Mikells  

Salary at 1 October (’000)

   2017      2016      2017      2016  

Base salary

   $ 1,581      $ 1,550      $ 1,040      $ 1,020  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

% increase (over previous year)

     2%        2%        2%        2%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Annual incentive plan (AIP) (audited)

AIP payout for the year ended 30 June 2017

Performance against the group financial measures and the Individual Business Objectives (IBOs), as assessed by the Remuneration Committee, is described below.

The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an AIP award equating to 136.0% of base salary for Ivan Menezes and 139.4% of base salary for Kathryn Mikells. The actual awards received by the Executive Directors are shown in the ‘single total figure of remuneration’ table on page 184.

 

185


Governance (continued)

 

LOGO    Diageo Group Payout (% of total AIP (80% of total AIP opportunity) opportunity) Net sales measure Threshold Target Maximum (% growth) Performance target 2.25% 4.5% 6.75% Actual performance 4.5% AIP opportunity 6.25% 12.50% 25.00% 12.5% Profit before exceptional items Threshold Target Maximum and tax measure (% growth) Performance target 4.1% 7.8% 11.5% Actual performance 8.8% AIP opportunity 6.25% 12.50% 25.00% 15.8% Operating cash conversion Threshold Target Maximum measure (%) Performance target 97% 102% 107% Actual performance 106.9% AIP opportunity 7.50% 15.00% 30.00% 29.7% Total Diageo Group AIP outcome 20% 40% 80% 58.0%

 

(i) Performance against the AIP measures is calculated using 2017 budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting and excludes the impact of IAS 21 in respect of short term intercompany funding balances and IAS 39 in respect of market value movements as recognised in net finance charges and any exceptional items.
(ii) For AIP purposes, the net sales measure is calculated after adjustments for acquisitions and disposals.
(iii) For AIP purposes, the profit before exceptional items and tax measure is calculated as operating profit after adjustments for acquisitions and disposals plus earnings from associated companies less net interest, IAS 21/39 adjustments and year-on-year exchange in respect of interest.
(iv) Operating cash conversion measure is calculated by dividing cash generated from operations excluding cash inflows/outflows in respect of exceptional items, dividends, maturing inventories and post-employment payments in excess of the amount charged to operating profit by operating profit before depreciation, amortisation, impairment and exceptional items. The ratio is stated at the budgeted exchange rate for the respective year in line with management reporting and is expressed as a percentage.

 

          Payout  
                      Total     Total     Total      Total  

Individual

  

Individual Business Objectives(v)

   IBOs     Group     (% max)     (% salary)     (£’000)      ($’000)  

Maximum AIP opportunity

     20     80     100     200                 

Ivan Menezes

CEO

  

•  Shift to a productivity focused organisation and deliver the F17 productivity objectives for Diageo

             
  

•  Deliver the Diageo Scotch ambition and Scotch plan and beat the competition

     10.0     58.0     68.0     136.0   £ 1,660      $ 2,109  
    

•  Deliver performance improvement in North America market

                                                 

Kathryn Mikells

CFO

  

•  Deliver the F17 productivity objectives for Diageo and the global finance function

             
  

•  Deliver the Diageo Scotch ambition and Scotch plan and beat the competition

     11.7     58.0     69.7     139.4   £ 1,120      $ 1,422  
  

•  Reduce average working capital as a proportion of net sales through improvements to inventory levels and sales forecast accuracy, and achieve nominal cash delivery target

             

 

(v) The Committee assessed the Executive Directors’ performance against each of the IBOs and awarded a rating based on whether they had partially met, achieved or exceeded each goal. The average of all IBO ratings (weighted equally) is shown as the final payout against the IBO element in the table above.

 

186


Governance (continued)

 

AIP design for the year ending 30 June 2018

The measures and targets used in the AIP are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are chosen to drive financial and individual business performance goals related to the company’s short term strategic operational objectives.

For the year ending 30 June 2018, the Remuneration Committee has decided to replace the measure on operating cash conversion with average working capital as a proportion of net sales, in order to drive focus on working capital management throughout the year and incentivise sustainable actions beneficial to the business in the long term. In addition, the measure on profit before exceptional items and tax (PBET) will be replaced with organic operating profit growth, to align with the profit measure currently used across the rest of Diageo. PBET will instead be measured under the long-term incentive plan. The weightings remain unchanged from last year.

The AIP design for the year ending 30 June 2018 will comprise of four measures (weightings in brackets):

 

    Operating profit (% growth) (25%): stretching profit targets drive operational efficiency and influence the level of returns that can be delivered to shareholders through increases in share price and dividend income not including exceptional items or exchange;
    Net sales (% growth) (25%): a key performance measure of year-on-year top-line growth;
    Average working capital as a proportion of net sales (30%): ensures focus on working capital management throughout the year and incentivises sustainable actions that are beneficial for the business in the long term; and
    Individual business objectives (20%): measurable deliverables that are specific to the individual and are focused on supporting the delivery of key strategic objectives.

Details of the targets for the year ending 30 June 2018 will be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s annual report on remuneration, by which time they will no longer be deemed commercially sensitive by the Board.

Long-term incentive plans (LTIPs) (audited)

LTIP awards vesting in the year ended 30 June 2017 (audited)

As approved by shareholders at the AGM in September 2014, long-term incentive awards are made under the Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) for awards from 2014 onwards. Awards are designed to incentivise Executive Directors and senior managers to deliver long-term sustainable performance and are subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three-year period.

Share options – granted in September 2014, vesting in September 2017 (audited)

On 25 September 2014, Ivan Menezes received an award of 45,447 (ADRs) under the DLTIP. The award was subject to a performance condition based on absolute compound annual growth in eps at constant exchange rates, with a straight-line payout between threshold and maximum. Options only vest when stretching eps targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis ranging from a threshold level of 20% to a maximum level of 100%. The eps growth targets and actual performance for the 2014 DLTIP awards are set out below:

 

Vesting of 2014 share option awards

   Target      Vesting
(% maximum)
 

Compound annual adjusted eps growth over 1 July 2014 – 30 June 2017

     

Threshold

     6% p.a.        20%  

Maximum

     11% p.a.        100%  

Actual

     3.0% p.a.        0%  

Accordingly, the 2014 DLTIP award has not met the threshold under the performance condition and the options under the award will lapse.

Performance shares – awarded in September 2014, vesting in September 2017 (audited)

On 25 September 2014, Ivan Menezes received an award of 45,447 (ADRs) under the DLTIP. Awards vest after a three-year period subject to the achievement of specified performance tests. Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule.

 

187


Governance (continued)

 

For the 2014 awards, the primary performance test is split between three equally weighted performance measures:

 

1. A comparison of Diageo’s three-year total shareholder return (TSR) – the percentage growth in Diageo’s share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) – with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR is calculated on a common currency (US dollar) basis;
2. Growth in organic net sales on a compound annual basis; and
3. Total organic operating margin improvement.

The targets and vesting profile for performance share awards granted in September 2014 are shown in the following tables:

 

Vesting of 2014 performance share awards

  

Threshold

  

Mid-point

  

Maximum

  

Actual

  

Vesting

(% maximum)

Relative total shareholder return

   Median ranking (9th)       Upper quintile (3rd or above)    16th    0%

Organic net sales (CAGR)

   4.0% p.a.    5.5% p.a.    7.0% p.a.    2.3% p.a.    0%

Organic operating margin improvement

   125 bps    175 bps    225 bps    80 bps    0%

Vesting (% maximum)

   20%    60%    100%    0%    0%

The three conditions are weighted equally. For operating margin and net sales, there is straight line vesting between threshold and the midpoint, and between the mid-point and the maximum. The full vesting profile for TSR is shown below:

 

TSR ranking (out of 17)

   Vesting profile
for DLTIP
performance
share awards
from 2014
 

1st, 2nd or 3rd

     100

4th

     95

5th

     75

6th

     65

7th

     55

8th

     45

9th

     20

10th or below

     0

 

TSR peer group (16 companies)

    

AB Inbev

   Mondelēz International

Brown Forman

   Nestlé

Carlsberg

   PepsiCo

Coca-Cola

   Pernod Ricard

Colgate-Palmolive

   Procter & Gamble

Groupe Danone

   Reckitt Benckiser

Heineken

   SABMiller

Kimberly-Clark

   Unilever

On the basis of this performance, the 2014 performance share award did not meet the performance conditions and, consequently, the shares will lapse.

Diageo Incentive Plan (DIP) (audited)

Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards under the Diageo Incentive Plan that were granted to him in 2012, prior to his appointment as Executive Director. The number of shares granted to him on 8 March 2012 was 117,142 ADRs. 50% of this award is subject to meeting the mid-point of the targets for the financial measures under the long-term incentive plan over the three-year performance periods ending 30 June 2015, 30 June 2016, 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2018. The remaining 50% is subject to continued satisfactory employment. The financial measures under the performance part of the award are equally weighted. Actual performance for the third tranche of the 2012 DIP award (i.e. the tranche based on performance over the three years to 30 June 2017) versus target is set out below:

 

188


Governance (continued)

 

Vesting of third performance-based tranche of March 2012 DIP award

                                                                 

Performance measures (equally weighted)

   Target      Actual      Vesting
(% of maximum)
 

Organic net sales growth (CAGR)

     5.5% p.a.        2.3% p.a.        0%  

Organic operating margin improvement

     175 bps        80 bps        0%  

Compound annual adjusted EPS growth

     8.5% p.a.        3.0% p.a.        0%  
        

 

 

 

Total

           0%  
        

 

 

 

As the table shows, none of the performance related ADRs under the third tranche of the 2012 DIP award will vest in March 2018. The award that will vest to Ivan Menezes in March 2018 will therefore be the part based on continuing employment only (50% of the third tranche), which is 14,643 ADRs, provided he remains employed at the time of vesting. As no part of the award vesting in March 2018 is based on performance during the year ended 30 June 2017, it is not included in the single total figure of remuneration.

DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2017 (audited)

On 5 September 2016, Ivan Menezes and Kathryn Mikells received awards of 54,356 (ADRs) and 128,253 (ordinary shares) performance shares respectively, and 54,356 (ADRs) and 128,253 (ordinary shares) market price share options respectively, under the DLTIP; details are provided in the table below. The three-year period over which performance will be measured is 1 July 2016 to 30 June 2019. The performance measures are relative total shareholder return, organic net sales growth, cumulative free cash flow and adjusted eps growth, equally weighted. 20% of the award will vest at threshold, with straight-line vesting up to 100% if the maximum level of performance is achieved.

 

Executive Director

   Date of grant      Plan     Share type      Awards made
during the year
     Exercise
price
     Face value
’000
     Face value
(% of salary)
 

Ivan Menezes

     05/09/2016        DLTIP – share options       ADR        54,356        $113.66        $5,814        375%  

Ivan Menezes

     05/09/2016        DLTIP – performance shares       ADR        54,356               $5,814        375%  

Kathryn Mikells

     05/09/2016        DLTIP – share options     Ord        128,253        2113p        £2,387        360%  

Kathryn Mikells

     05/09/2016        DLTIP – performance shares       Ord        128,253               £2,387        360%  

 

* Of these, 1,419 were tax qualified options and the remainder were non-tax qualified.

The table above specifies the number of performance shares and share options initially awarded under the DLTIP. The proportion of the awards that will vest is dependent upon the achievement of performance conditions and continued employment, and the actual value may be nil. The vesting outcomes will be disclosed in the 2019 annual report.

The face value of each award has been calculated using the award price at the time of grant. In accordance with the rules, the number of performance shares and share options granted under the DLTIP was calculated by using the average closing share price for the last six months of the preceding financial year (1861 pence for ordinary shares and $106.96 for ADRs). In accordance with the plan rules, the exercise price was calculated using the average closing share price of the three days preceding the grant date (2113 pence for ordinary shares and $113.66 for ADRs). The share price on the date of grant was 2126.5 pence for ordinary shares and $115.77 for ADRs.

DLTIP awards to be made in the year ending 30 June 2018

The long-term incentive plan measures are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee and are selected to reward long-term consistent performance in line with Diageo’s business strategy and to create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. The Committee has ensured that the incentive structure for senior management does not raise environmental, social and governance risks by inadvertently motivating irresponsible behaviour.

The Committee has considered the mix and appropriateness of performance measures under the DLTIP, in view of the uncertainty of the tax environment and the unpredictability of the effective tax rate in years to come.

As a result, for DLTIP awards to be granted in September 2017, the measure on earnings per share (eps) growth will be replaced with one on profit before exceptional items and tax (PBET) growth, and the allocation of measures between the performance share and share option elements of the plan will be shifted, as outlined in the table below.

 

189


Governance (continued)

 

    

Eligibility

  

2016 DLTIP awards

  

2017 DLTIP awards

Share options    Executive Directors and Executive Committee    100% on adjusted eps growth    50% on relative TSR vs peer group 50% on organic PBET growth
Performance shares    Executive Directors,    1/3rd on Relative TSR vs peer group    1/3rd on organic PBET growth
   Executive Committee    1/3rd on cumulative free cash flow    1/3rd on cumulative free cash flow
   & senior leaders    1/3rd on organic net sales growth    1/3rd on organic net sales growth

The performance share element of the DLTIP applies to the Executive Committee and the top 50 senior leaders across the organisation worldwide, whilst the share option element is applicable to a much smaller population comprising only members of the Executive Committee. The structure for the performance share element of DLTIP using PBET instead of relative TSR will embed a focus on long-term earnings growth deeper in the organisation. This enables performance to be driven against a measure that the senior leadership group can directly influence.

Relative TSR, which reflects the value of share price growth plus dividends, is still seen as an important measure of long-term performance, and one that provides alignment with shareholder value, and this measure will therefore be retained under the share option element of the DLTIP, where it is a more appropriate focal point for the Executive Committee. It is proposed to also introduce PBET under the share option element of DLTIP to provide a more balanced view of long-term performance by capturing both internal and external, and relative and absolute performance. Although the impact of any changes to the tax rate will not be directly incentivised under the DLTIP, management of the tax rate will continue to be part of the accountabilities of the Chief Financial Officer and the Head of Group Tax.

The table below outlines the targets and the vesting profile for these awards to the Executive Directors and the relative weightings of each performance measure as a percentage of the total award in performance share equivalents. Performance will be tested over three financial years, beginning with the year ending 30 June 2018.

 

    

Performance shares

  

Share options

    

 

  

Profit before
exceptional items
and tax growth
(CAGR)

  

Organic net sales
(CAGR)

  

Cumulative free cash
flow (£m)

  

Relative total shareholder
return

  

Profit before
exceptional items
and tax growth
(CAGR)

  

Vesting
profile

Weighting (% total)

   25%    25%    25%    12.5%    12.5%    100%

Threshold

   4.5% p.a.    3.5% p.a.    £7,200m   

Median ranking (ninth)

   4.5% p.a.    20%

Mid-point

   7.5% p.a.    4.75% p.a.    £7,900m       7.5% p.a.    60%

Maximum

   10.5% p.a.    6% p.a.    £8,600m   

Upper quintile (third or above)

   10.5% p.a.    100%

It is intended that a performance share award of 375% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 125% of base salary (in performance share equivalents; one market price option is valued at one-third of a performance share) will be made to Ivan Menezes in September 2017.

It is intended that Kathryn Mikells will be awarded a performance share award of 360% of base salary and an award of market price share options of 120% of base salary (in performance share equivalents) in September 2017.

Pension and benefits in the year ended 30 June 2017

Benefits

Benefits provisions for the Executive Directors continue to be in line with the information set out in the future policy table.

 

190


Governance (continued)

 

Pension arrangements (audited)

Ivan Menezes and Kathryn Mikells are members of the Diageo North America Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with an accrual rate of 30% and 20% of base salary, respectively during the year ended 30 June 2017.

The SERP is an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement programme. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest credits. Under the rules of the SERP, employees can withdraw the balance of the plan in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 (Kathryn Mikells) and after having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service).

Ivan Menezes participated in the US Cash Balance Plan and the Benefit Supplemental Plan (BSP) until August 2012 and has accrued benefits under both plans. The Cash Balance Plan is a qualified funded pension arrangement. Employer contributions are 10% of pay capped at the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) limit. The BSP is a non-qualified unfunded arrangement; notional employer contributions are 10% of pay above the IRS limit. Interest (notional for the BSP) is credited quarterly on both plans.

Ivan Menezes was also a member of the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS) in the United Kingdom between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999. The accrual of pensionable service ceased in 1999 but the linkage to salary remained until January 2012. Under the Rules of the Scheme, this benefit is payable unreduced from age 60.

Upon death in service, a life insurance benefit of $3 million is payable to Ivan Menezes and a lump sum of four times base salary is payable to Kathryn Mikells.

The table below shows the pension benefits accrued by each Director to date. Note that the accrued United Kingdom benefits for Ivan Menezes are annual pension amounts, whereas the accrued US benefits for Ivan Menezes and Kathryn Mikells are one-off cash balance amounts.

 

     30 June 2017      30 June 2016  

Executive Director

   UK pension
£’000 p.a.
     US benefit
£’000
     UK pension
£’000 p.a.
     US benefit
£’000
 

Ivan Menezes(i)

     69        6,236        69        5,588  

Kathryn Mikells(ii)

     Nil        227        Nil        92  

 

(i) Ivan Menezes’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2017 than at 30 June 2016 by £648k;
  (a) £463k higher due to pension benefits earned over the year (£432k of which is over and above the increase due to inflation – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see page 184);
  (b) £69k higher due to interest earned on his deferred US benefits over the year; and
  (c) £116k higher due to exchange rate movements over the year.
(ii) Kathryn Mikells’ US benefits are higher at 30 June 2017 than at 30 June 2016 by £135k;
  (a) £136k higher due to pension benefits earned over the year (£135k of which is over and above the increase due to inflation – as reported in the single figure of remuneration, see page 184); and
  (b) £1k lower due to exchange rate movements over the year.

The Normal Retirement Age applicable to each Director’s benefits depends on the pension scheme, as outlined below.

 

Executive Director

   UK benefits
(DPS)
     US benefits
(Cash balance)
    

US benefits

(BSP)

  

US benefits

(SERP)

Ivan Menezes(i)

     60        65      6 months after age of leaving service    6 months after age of leaving service

Kathryn Mikells

     n/a        n/a      n/a    6 months after age of leaving service, or age 55 if later

 

(i) Ivan Menezes is able to take his UK pension benefits from age 58 without consent, and his benefits would not be subject to any actuarial reduction in respect of early payment. However, this is a discretionary policy Diageo offers that is not set out in the DPS Scheme Rules.

 

191


Governance (continued)

 

Performance graph and table

The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE100 Index since 30 June 2009 and demonstrates the relationship between pay and performance for the Chief Executive, using current and previously published single total remuneration figures. The FTSE100 Index has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the United Kingdom.

 

LOGO

   Total shareholder return Diageo Chief Executive value of hypothetical FTSE 100 total remuneration £100 holding Chief Executive total remuneration £ million £350 35 £300 30 £250 25 £200 20 £150 15 £100 10 £50 5 0 0 June 2009 June 2010 June 2011 June 2012 June 2013 June 2014 June 2015 June 2016 June 2017 Paul S Walsh Paul S Walsh Paul S Walsh Paul S Walsh Ivan Menezes (i) Ivan Menezes(i) Ivan Menezes(i) Ivan Menezes(i) £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 Chief Executive total remuneration (includes legacy LTIP awards) 3,231 4,449 11,746 15,557 7,312 3,888 4,156 3,399 Annual incentive (% maximum opportunity) 86% 77% 74% 51% 9% 44% 65% 68% LT SESOP (% maximum opportunity) 100% 100% 100% 100% 71% 0% 0% 0% LTI PSP (% maximum opportunity) 0% 0% 65% 95% 55% 33% 31% 0%

 

 

(i) To enable comparison Ivan Menezes’ single total figure of remuneration has been converted into sterling using the cumulative average weighted exchange rate for the relevant financial year.

Percentage change in remuneration of the director undertaking the role of Chief Executive

The table below shows a comparison of the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration to the average percentage change in remuneration for the UK and US population from 2016 to 2017. The chosen population represents the most appropriate comparator group for the Chief Executive, as the Committee considers salary increase budgets in these countries when reviewing Executive Directors’ base salaries. Furthermore, the majority of Executive Committee members as well as the Executive Directors are on UK or US reward packages.

 

     Salary      Taxable
benefits
     Bonus  
     % change      % change      % change  

Chief Executive percentage change from 2016 to 2017

     2%        2%        7%  

Average % change for the UK and US workforce from 2016 to 2017

     4%        0%        2%  

The percentage change for the Chief Executive is based on the remuneration of Ivan Menezes from 2016 to 2017.

UK salary, benefits and bonus data for both 2016 and 2017 have been converted into US dollars using the cumulative weighted average exchange rate for the year ended 30 June 2017 of £1 = $1.27.

 

192


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests (audited)

The beneficial interests of the Directors in office at 30 June 2017 (and their connected persons) in the ordinary shares (or ordinary share equivalents) of the company are shown in the table below.

 

     Ordinary shares or equivalent(i)                       
     13 July 2017      30 June 2017
(or date of
departure, if
earlier)
     30 June 2016
(or date of
appointment,
if later)
     Shareholding
requirement
(% salary)(ii)
     Shareholding
at 13 July 2017
(% salary)(ii)
     Shareholding
requirement
met
 

Chairman

                 

Javier Ferrán(iii)

     48,685        48,323                              

Executive Directors

                 

Ivan Menezes(iv)

     943,854        943,854        864,714        500%        1696%        Yes  

Kathryn Mikells(iv), (vi)

     37,036        37,028        13,580        400%        123%        No  

Non-Executive Directors

                 

Lord Davies of Abersoch

     5,052        5,052        5,052                       

Peggy B Bruzelius

     5,000        5,000        5,000                       

Betsy D Holden(iv)

     17,400        17,400        17,400                       

Ho KwonPing

     4,397        4,397        4,353                       

Nicola S Mendelsohn

     5,000        5,000        5,000                       

Philip G Scott

     2,000        2,000        10,000                       

Alan JH Stewart

     2,560        2,560        2,560                       

Emma Walmsley(v)

            5,094        5,094                       

 

Notes

 

(i) Each person listed beneficially owns less than one percent of Diageo’s ordinary shares. Ordinary shares held by Directors have the same voting rights as all other ordinary shares.
(ii) Both the shareholding requirement and shareholding at 13 July 2017 are expressed as a percentage of base salary on 30 June 2017 and calculated using an average share price for the year ended 30 June 2017 of 2193.46 pence.
(iii) Javier Ferrán joined the Board on 22 July 2016, initially in the role of a non-executive director, and was appointed as Chairman on 1 January 2017.
(iv) Ivan Menezes, Kathryn Mikells and Betsy D Holden have share interests in ADRs (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.
(v) Emma Walmsley was appointed on 1 January 2016 and stepped down from the Board on 21 September 2016.
(vi) Kathryn Mikells has five years from the date of her appointment, that is, until 9 November 2020, to meet the shareholding requirement.

 

193


Governance (continued)

 

Outstanding share plan interests (audited)

 

Plan name

  Date of
award
    Performance
period
    Date of
vesting
    Share
type
    Share
price
on
date of
grant
    Exercise
price
    Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2016(i)
    Granted     Vested/
exercised
    Dividends
awarded
and
released
    Lapsed     Number
of shares/
options at
30 June
2017
    Total
number
of shares/
options
in
Ords(ii)
 

Ivan Menezes

 

           

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2010       2010-2013       2013       ADR       $ 67.84       55,512         55,512              

SESOP(iii)

    Sep 2011       2011-2014       2014       ADR       $ 76.70       36,587               36,587    

SESOP

    Sep 2013       2013-2016       2016       ADR       $ 123.27       46,239             46,239          
                         

 

 

 

Total vested but unexercised share options

 

              146,348  
                         

 

 

 

DLTIP – share options(v)

    Sep 2014       2014-2017       2017       ADR       $ 117.55       45,447               45,447    

DLTIP – share options(vi)

    Sep 2015       2015-2018       2018       ADR       $ 104.93       49,825               49,825    

DLTIP – share options

    Sep 2016       2016-2019       2019       ADR       $ 113.66             54,356             54,356    
                         

 

 

 

Total unvested share options subject to performance

 

              598,512  
                         

 

 

 

DIP(iv)

    Mar 2012       2012-2019       2016-2019       ADR     $ 96.44         43,928         4,880         9,762       29,286    

PSP

    Sep 2013       2013-2016       2016       ADR     $ 123.08         47,484         14,530         32,954          

DLTIP – performance shares(v)

    Sep 2014       2014-2017       2017       ADR     $ 115.80         45,447               45,447    

DLTIP – performance shares(vi)

    Sep 2015       2015-2018       2018       ADR     $ 104.30         49,825               49,825    

DLTIP – performance shares

    Sep 2016       2016-2019       2019       ADR     $ 115.77               54,356             54,356    
                         

 

 

 

Total unvested shares subject to performance

 

              715,656  
                         

 

 

 

DIP(iv)

    Mar 2012       2012-2019       2016-2019       ADR     $ 96.44         43,929         14,643           29,286    
                         

 

 

 

Total unvested shares not subject to performance

 

              117,144  
                         

 

 

 

Kathryn Mikells

                         

DLTIP – share options

    Sep 2016       2016-2019       2019       Ord         2113p             128,253             128,253    
                         

 

 

 

Total unvested share options subject to performance

 

              128,253  
                         

 

 

 

DBOP – performance shares(vii)

    Nov 2015       2015-2018       2018       Ord       1866p         246,300               246,300    

DLTIP – performance shares(viii)

    Sep 2016       2016-2019       2019       Ord       2127p               128,253             128,253    
                         

 

 

 

Total unvested shares subject to performance

 

                        374,553  
                         

 

 

 

DBOP – restricted shares(vii)

    Nov 2015       2015-2017       2017       Ord       1866p         43,868         43,868              

DBOP – restricted shares

    Nov 2015       2015-2018       2018       Ord       1866p         43,868               43,868    
                         

 

 

 

Total unvested shares not subject to performance

 

              43,868  
                         

 

 

 

 

(i) For unvested awards this is the number of shares/options initially awarded. For exercisable share options, this is the number of outstanding options. All share options have an expiry date of ten years after the date of grant.
(ii) ADRs have been converted to Ords (one ADR is equivalent to four ordinary shares) for the purpose of calculating the total number of vested and unvested shares and options.
(iii) Shares/options granted prior to the Executive’s appointment to the Board.
(iv) Ivan Menezes retains interests in an award that were granted to him prior to joining the Board under ‘below-board’ plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), amounting to a total of 117,142 ADRs, granted in 2012 (58,572 of award remains unvested). The award is subject to performance conditions and continuing employment. 66.67% of the first tranche vested in March 2016, 66.67% of the second tranche vested in March 2017 and 50% of the third tranche is due to vest in March 2018, with the remaining tranche vesting in March 2019.
(v) Awards made of performance shares and share options under the DLTIP in September 2014 and due to vest in September 2017 are included here as unvested share awards subject to performance conditions, although the awards have also been included in the single figure of remuneration table on page 184, since the performance period ended during the year ended 30 June 2017.
(vi) Details of the performance conditions attached to DLTIP awards of performance shares and share options granted in 2015 were disclosed in Diageo’s 2016 Annual Report.
(vii) Replacement shares awarded to Kathryn Mikells on her appointment as Chief Financial Officer on 9 November 2015, in recognition of share awards she forfeited from her previous employer. These awards were made under the Diageo Buy Out Plan (DBOP).
(viii) 1,419 Ords of this award were delivered as tax-qualified share options.

Payments to former directors (audited)

There were no payments to former directors above the de minimis level of £3k in the year ended 30 June 2017.

Payments for loss of office (audited)

There were no payments for loss of office to Executive Directors for the year ended 30 June 2017.

 

194


Governance (continued)

 

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

Javier Ferrán’s fee as non-executive Chairman effective 1 January 2017 is £600,000 per annum. The Chairman’s fee is appropriately positioned against our comparator group of FTSE 30 companies excluding financial services.

There have been no changes to the basic fee levels for Non-Executive Directors or to the additional fees for the Chairman of the Audit and the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee in the year ended 30 June 2017. The next review is scheduled for January 2018.

 

     January
2017
     January
2016
 

Per annum fees

   £’000      £’000  

Chairman of the Board

     600        600  

Non-Executive Directors

     

Base fee

     87        87  

Senior Non-Executive Director

     25        25  

Chairman of the Audit Committee

     30        30  

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

     25        25  

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2017 (audited)

 

     Fees
£’000
     Taxable benefits(i)
£’000
     Total
£’000
 
     2017      2016      2017      2016      2017      2016  

Chairman

                 

Dr Franz B Humer

     300        550        6        6        306        556  

Javier Ferrán(ii)

     338               1               339         

Non-Executive Directors

                 

Lord Davies of Abersoch

     137        133        2        3        139        136  

Peggy B Bruzelius

     87        86        3        6        90        92  

Betsy D Holden

     87        86        6        10        93        96  

Ho KwonPing

     87        86        1        1        88        87  

Nicola S Mendelsohn

     87        86        1        1        88        87  

Philip G Scott

     102        116        13        12        115        128  

Alan JH Stewart

     102        86        1        1        103        87  

Emma Walmsley(iii)

     22        44        2        1        24        45  

 

(i) Taxable benefits include a contracted car service, product allowance and expense reimbursements relating to travel, accommodation and subsistence in connection with the attendance of Board meetings during the year, which are deemed by HMRC to be taxable in the United Kingdom. The amounts in the single figure of total remuneration table above include the grossed-up cost of UK tax paid by the company on behalf of the directors. Non-taxable expense reimbursements have not been included in the single figure of remuneration table above.
(ii) £50,000 of Javier Ferrán’s net remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2017 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a Director for any other reason.
(iii) Emma Walmsley was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2016 and stepped down from the Board on 21 September 2016.

External appointments held by the Executive Directors

Executive Directors may accept external appointments as Non-Executive Directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the Board in each case.

Ivan Menezes – During the year ended 30 June 2017, Ivan Menezes served as a Non-Executive Director of Coach Inc and earned fees of $81,250, which he retained. In line with the Coach Inc policy for outside directors, Ivan Menezes is eligible to be granted share options and restricted share units (RSUs). During the year ended 30 June 2017, he was granted 11,284 options at an option price of $36.72 and 2,078 RSUs (including dividends received) at a fair market value of $36.72 per share.

Kathryn Mikells – During the year ended 30 June 2017, Kathryn Mikells served as a Non-Executive Director of Hartford Financial Services Group Inc. and earned fees of $100,000 for the full year, which were deferred into equity.

 

195


Governance (continued)

 

Relative importance of spend on pay

The graph below illustrates the relative importance of spend on pay (total remuneration of all group employees) compared with distributions to shareholders, and the percentage change from the year ended 30 June 2016 to the year ended 30 June 2017. Distributions to shareholders are total dividends. The Committee considers that there are no other significant distributions or payments of profit or cash flow.

 

LOGO

Relative importance of spend on pay percentage change Staff pay 1,236 1,330 7.6% Distributions 1,443 1,515 5.0% to shareholders £m 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 2016 2017

 

Remuneration committee

The Remuneration Committee consists of the following independent Non-Executive Directors: Peggy B Bruzelius, Lord Davies of Abersoch, Betsy D Holden, Ho KwonPing, Philip G Scott, Nicola S Mendelsohn and Alan JH Stewart. Lord Davies is the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. The Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive may, by invitation, attend Remuneration Committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed. Diageo’s Global Human Resources Director and Global Performance and Reward Director are also invited from time to time by the Remuneration Committee to provide their views and advice. The Chief Executive and Global Human Resources Director are not present when their own remuneration is discussed. The Chief Financial Officer may also attend to provide performance context to the Committee during its discussions about target setting. Information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report.

The Remuneration Committee’s principal responsibilities are:

 

    Making recommendations to the Board on remuneration policy as applied to the Executive Directors and the Executive Committee;
    Setting, reviewing and approving individual remuneration arrangements for the Chairman of the Board, Executive Directors and Executive Committee members including terms and conditions of employment;
    Determining arrangements in relation to termination of employment of the Executive Directors and other designated senior executives; and
    Making recommendations to the Board concerning the introduction of any new share incentive plans which require approval by shareholders.

Full terms of reference for the Committee are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the Company Secretary.

External advisors

During the year ended 30 June 2017, the Remuneration Committee received advice from Kepler (a brand of Mercer), appointed by the Committee in December 2013 following a tendering process, who provided independent advice on remuneration best practice and senior executive remuneration.

 

196


Governance (continued)

 

Kepler is a signatory to, and abides by, the Remuneration Consultants Group Code of Conduct. Kepler’s parent company, Mercer, provides unrelated services to the company in the areas of all-employee reward and retirement benefits. During the year, Kepler supported the Committee in preparing this Directors’ remuneration report, provided remuneration benchmarking survey data to support the salary review for the Executive Committee, provided advice on the design of the long-term incentives, and calculated the TSR of Diageo and its peer companies for the 2013 PSP and 2014 DLTIP awards and provided periodic updates on all outstanding performance cycles. The fees paid to Kepler in relation to advice provided to the Committee were £139,333 and are determined on a time and expenses basis.

Clifford Chance provided advice on the operation of share plans during the year. Fees paid in relation to this advice, again on a time and expenses basis, were £29,367.

The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that the advice it receives from Kepler and Clifford Chance is independent.

The Committee is satisfied that Kepler and Clifford Chance engagement partner and team, that provide remuneration advice to the Committee, do not have connections with Diageo that may impair their independence. The Committee reviewed the potential for conflicts of interest and judged that there were appropriate safeguards against such conflicts.

Statement of voting

The following table summarises the details of votes cast in respect of the resolutions on the directors’ remuneration policy at the 2014 AGM and Annual report on remuneration at the 2016 AGM.

 

     For      Against      Total
votes cast
     Abstentions  

Directors’ remuneration policy

           

Total number of votes

     1,663,866,061        43,275,688        1,707,141,749        18,288,488  

Percentage of votes cast

     97.47%        2.53%        100%        n/a  

Annual report on remuneration

           

Total number of votes

     1,847,226,415        100,963,321        1,948,189,736        1,783,328  

Percentage of votes cast

     94.82%        5.18%        100%        n/a  

The Committee was pleased with the level of support shown for the remuneration policy and implementation report and appreciated the active participation of shareholders and their representative advisory bodies in consulting on executive remuneration matters.

 

197


Governance (continued)

 

Additional information

Emoluments and share interests of senior management

The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2017 of the Executive Directors, the Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual incentive plan, share incentive plan, termination payments and other benefits were £21.8 million (2016 – £20.5 million).

The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £11.4 million. In addition, they were granted 1,095,347 performance-based share options under the Diageo Long-Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) during the year at a weighted average share price of 1708 pence, exercisable by 2027 and 1,703 options not subject to performance under the DLTIP, which will vest in three years. In addition they were granted 516 options over ordinary shares under the UK savings-related share options scheme (SAYE). They were also awarded 1,056,437 performance shares under the DLTIP in September 2016, which will vest in three years subject to the performance tests described in the section on DLTIP awards made during the year ended 30 June 2017 and 87,980 shares under the DIP, which will vest in September 2019.

Senior management options over ordinary shares

At 13 July 2017, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 1,911,458 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 

     Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Option period  

Ivan Menezes

     744,860        1754p        2014 – 2026  

Kathryn Mikells

     128,253        2113p        2019 – 2026  

Other(i)

     2,446,971        1708p        2012 – 2026  
  

 

 

       
     3,320,084        
  

 

 

       

 

(i) Other members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Key management personnel related party transactions (audited)

Key management personnel of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary.

Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the Directors and the Company Secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as Directors or Company Secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2017.

Other than disclosed in this report, no Director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no Director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any Director or officer, or 3% or greater shareholder, or any spouse or dependent thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any Directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

 

198


Governance (continued)

 

Statutory and audit requirements

This report was approved by a duly authorised Committee of the Board of Directors, on 25 July 2017 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Davies of Abersoch who is senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

The Board has followed the principles of good governance as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code and complied with the regulations contained in the Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and the relevant schedules of the Companies Act 2006.

The Companies Act 2006 and the Listing Rules require the company’s auditor to report on the audited information in their report and to state that this section has been properly prepared in accordance with these regulations.

PWC LLP has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors (and notes), Annual incentive plan (AIP), Long-term incentive plans (LTIPs), Pension arrangements, Directors’ shareholding requirements and share and other interests, Outstanding share plan interests, Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration and Key management personnel related party transactions.

The annual report on remuneration is subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 18 September 2017; the directors’ remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.

 

199


Governance (continued)

 

Directors’ report

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2017.

Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at The Mermaid Conference & Events Centre, Puddle Dock, Blackfriars, London EC4V 3DB at 2.30pm on Wednesday, 20 September 2017.

Directors

The Directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’ above.

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code all the Directors will retire by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election with the exception of Philip G Scott, who will retire at the end of the AGM.

Further details of Directors’ contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 2017 are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The Directors’ powers are determined by UK legislation and Diageo’s articles of association. The Directors may exercise all the company’s powers provided that Diageo’s articles of association or applicable legislation do not stipulate that any powers must be exercised by the members.

Auditor

The auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is willing to continue in office and a resolution for its re-appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM.

Disclosure of information to the auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditor is unaware; and each Director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure that the company’s auditor is aware of that information.

Corporate governance statement

The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the ’Corporate governance report’, the ’Report of the Audit Committee’ and the ’Additional information for shareholders’.

Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo’s counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

Under the agreement governing the company’s 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC (MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS (MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its interests in MH and MHI to LVMH.

The master agreement governing the operation of the group’s regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

 

200


Governance (continued)

 

Other information

Other information relevant to the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

 

Information (including

that required by UK Listing

Authority Listing Rule 9.8.4)

  

Location in Annual Report

Agreements with controlling shareholders    Not applicable
Amendment of articles of association    Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Contracts of significance    Not applicable
Details of long-term incentive schemes    Directors’ remuneration report
Directors – appointment and powers    Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association – Directors
Directors’ indemnities and compensation    Directors’ remuneration report – Directors’ remuneration policy and Additional information; Financial statements – note 20 Related party transactions
Dividends    Financial Statements – Unaudited financial information and group financial review
Employment Policies    Strategic report – Our strategy in action; Strategic report – How we protect our business: risk management and principal risks; Strategic report – Sustainability & Responsibility review
Events since 30 June 2017    Financial statements – note 22 Post balance sheet events
Financial risk management    Financial statements – note 15 Financial instruments and risk management
Future developments    Chairman’s statement; Chief Executive’s statement; Market Dynamics
Greenhouse gas emissions    Strategic report – Sustainability & responsibility review – Reducing our environmental impact;
Interest capitalised    Not applicable
Non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash (including in respect of major unlisted subsidiaries)    Not applicable
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary    Not applicable
Political donations    Corporate governance report
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder    Not applicable
Publication of unaudited financial information    Unaudited information
Purchase of own shares    Additional information for shareholders – Repurchase of shares; Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Research and development    Financial Statements – note 3 Operating costs
Restrictions on transfer of securities    Additional information for shareholders – Restrictions on transfer of shares
Review of the business and principal risks and uncertainties    Chief Executive’s statement; Strategic report: How we protect our business: risk management and principal risks
Share capital – structure, voting and other rights    Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Articles of association; Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Share capital – employee share plan voting rights    Financial statements – note 17 Equity
Shareholdings in the company    Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
Shareholder waivers of dividends    Financial statements - note 17 Equity
Shareholder waivers of future dividends    Financial statements - note 17 Equity
Sustainability and responsibility    Strategic report – How we will deliver our Performance Ambition: Sustainability & Responsibility Strategic report – How we protect our business: risk management and principal risks; Strategic report – Sustainability & Responsibility review
Waiver of emoluments by a director    Not applicable
Waiver of future emoluments by a director    Not applicable

 

201


Governance (continued)

 

The Directors’ report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2017 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under ’Directors’, ’Corporate governance statement’ and ’Other information’ above, which are incorporated into the Directors’ report by reference. In addition, certain disclosures required to be contained in the Directors’ report, have been incorporated into the ‘Strategic report’ as set out in ’Other information’ above.

The Directors’ report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 26 July 2017 and signed on its behalf by David Harlock, the Company Secretary.

 

202


Financial statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Diageo plc

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, and the related consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity, and the consolidated statement of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and its subsidiaries at 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 30 June 2017 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also in our opinion, the company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

London, United Kingdom

8 August 2017

 

203


Financial statements (continued)

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders Diageo plc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated income statement, and consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of Diageo plc and its subsidiaries for the year ended 30 June 2015, including the disclosures within the section ‘Key management personnel related party transactions’ on page 198. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Diageo plc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the operations and the cash flows of Diageo plc and its subsidiaries for the year ended 30 June 2015, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, England

29 July 2015

 

204


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated income statement

 

                                                                                       
     Notes      Year ended
30 June
2017
£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2016
£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2015
£ million
 

Sales

     2        18,114       15,641       15,966  

Excise duties

     3        (6,064     (5,156     (5,153
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     2        12,050       10,485       10,813  

Cost of sales

     3        (4,680     (4,251     (4,610
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        7,370       6,234       6,203  

Marketing

     3        (1,798     (1,562     (1,629

Other operating expenses

     3        (2,013     (1,831     (1,777
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        3,559       2,841       2,797  

Non-operating items

     4        20       123       373  

Finance income

     5        235       262       244  

Finance charges

     5        (564     (589     (656

Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     6        309       221       175  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before taxation

        3,559       2,858       2,933  

Taxation

     7        (732     (496     (466
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

        2,827       2,362       2,467  

Discontinued operations

     8        (55            
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        2,772       2,362       2,467  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

        2,717       2,244       2,381  

Equity shareholders of the parent company - discontinued operations

        (55            

Non-controlling interests - continuing operations

        110       118       86  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,772       2,362       2,467  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            million     million     million  

Weighted average number of shares

         

Shares in issue excluding own shares

        2,512       2,508       2,505  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

        11       10       12  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,523       2,518       2,517  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
            pence     pence     pence  

Basic earnings per share

         

Continuing operations

        108.2       89.5       95.0  

Discontinued operations

        (2.2            
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        106.0       89.5       95.0  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

         

Continuing operations

        107.7       89.1       94.6  

Discontinued operations

        (2.2            
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        105.5       89.1       94.6  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

205


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

                                                                 
     Year ended
30 June
2017

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2016

£ million
    Year ended
30 June
2015

£ million
 

Other comprehensive income

      

Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement

      

Net remeasurement of post employment plans

      

– group

     649       (851     125  

– associates and joint ventures

     (8     (4     (10

– non-controlling interests

     3       (1     (2

Tax on post employment plans

     (122     166       (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     522       (690     102  

Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement

      

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

      

– group

     105       1,217       (345

– associates and joint ventures

     120       325       (205

– non-controlling interests

     35       176       56  

Net investment hedges

     (224     (843     269  

Exchange loss recycled to the income statement

      

– on translation of foreign operations

           133       88  

– on net investment hedges

           (82      

Tax on exchange differences - group

     (2     (8     30  

Tax on exchange differences - non-controlling interests

           4        

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

      

– (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income - group

     (34     28       (40

– gains/(losses) taken to other comprehensive income - associates and joint ventures

     5       3       (6

– recycled to income statement

     101       (145     (58

Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

     (3     3       18  

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

      

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - group

           4       11  

– gains taken to other comprehensive income - non-controlling interests

           4       9  

– recycled to income statement - group

           (15      

– recycled to income statement - non-controlling interests

           (13      

Tax on available-for-sale fair value movements

           4       (4

Hyperinflation adjustment

     47       6       18  

Tax on hyperinflation adjustment

     (21     (2      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     129       799       (159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive profit/(loss), net of tax, for the year

     651       109       (57

Profit for the year

     2,772       2,362       2,467  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     3,423       2,471       2,410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company - continuing operations

     3,330       2,183       2,261  

Equity shareholders of the parent company - discontinued operations

     (55            

Non-controlling interests

     148       288       149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     3,423       2,471       2,410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

206


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated balance sheet    

 

                                                                                                             
            30 June 2017     30 June 2016  
     Notes      £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  

Non-current assets

           

Intangible assets

     10        12,566         12,370    

Property, plant and equipment

     11        4,014         3,881    

Biological assets

        21         10    

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     6        2,824         2,528    

Other investments

     12        31         31    

Other receivables

     14        58         46    

Other financial assets

     15        267         420    

Deferred tax assets

     7        134         298    

Post employment benefit assets

     13        281         55    
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          20,196         19,639  

Current assets

           

Inventories

     14        4,788         4,579    

Trade and other receivables

     14        2,592         2,686    

Assets held for sale

                3    

Other financial assets

     15        81         495    

Cash and cash equivalents

     16        1,191         1,089    
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          8,652         8,852  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

          28,848         28,491  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Current liabilities

           

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

     16        (2,459       (2,058  

Other financial liabilities

     15        (215       (280  

Trade and other payables

     14        (3,563       (3,372  

Corporate tax payable

        (294       (340  

Provisions

     14        (129       (137  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (6,660       (6,187

Non-current liabilities

           

Borrowings

     16        (6,583       (8,071  

Other financial liabilities

     15        (383       (500  

Other payables

     14        (24       (70  

Provisions

     14        (286       (253  

Deferred tax liabilities

     7        (2,112       (1,982  

Post employment benefit liabilities

     13        (772       (1,248  
     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (10,160       (12,124
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

          (16,820       (18,311
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net assets

          12,028         10,180  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Equity

           

Share capital

     17        797         797    

Share premium

        1,348         1,347    

Other reserves

        2,693         2,625    

Retained earnings

        5,475         3,761    
     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

          10,313         8,530  

Non-controlling interests

     17          1,715         1,650  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

          12,028         10,180  
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the Board of Directors on 26 July 2017 and were signed on its behalf by Ivan Menezes and Kathryn Mikells, Directors.

 

207


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 

                                Retained earnings/(deficit)                    
     Share
capital
£ million
     Share
premium
£ million
     Capital
redemption
reserve
£ million
     Hedging
and
exchange
reserve

£ million
    Own
shares
£ million
    Other
retained
earnings
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders
£ million
    Non-
controlling
interests
£ million
    Total
equity
£ million
 
At 30 June 2014      797        1,345        3,146        (903     (2,280     4,718       2,438       6,823       767       7,590  
Profit for the year                                       2,381       2,381       2,381       86       2,467  
Other comprehensive income                           (249           129       129       (120     63       (57
Employee share schemes                                 52       (58     (6     (6           (6
Share-based incentive plans                                       35       35       35             35  
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                       2       2       2             2  
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                       4       4       4             4  
Shares issued             1                                       1             1  
Acquisitions                                                         641       641  
Change in fair value of put options                                       (9     (9     (9           (9
Disposal of non-controlling interests                                       1       1       1             1  
Dividends paid                                       (1,341     (1,341     (1,341     (72     (1,413
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2015      797        1,346        3,146        (1,152     (2,228     5,862       3,634       7,771       1,485       9,256  
Profit for the year                                       2,244       2,244       2,244       118       2,362  
Other comprehensive income                           631             (692     (692     (61     170       109  
Employee share schemes                                 39       (38     1       1             1  
Share-based incentive plans                                       29       29       29             29  
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                       1       1       1             1  
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                       10       10       10             10  
Shares issued             1                                       1             1  
Disposal of non-controlling interests                                                         (24     (24
Purchase of non-controlling interests                                       (18     (18     (18     (3     (21
Purchase of rights issue of non-controlling interests                                       (5     (5     (5     5        
Dividends paid                                       (1,443     (1,443     (1,443     (101     (1,544
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2016      797        1,347        3,146        (521     (2,189     5,950       3,761       8,530       1,650       10,180  
Profit for the year                                       2,662       2,662       2,662       110       2,772  
Other comprehensive income                           68             545       545       613       38       651  
Employee share schemes                                 13       (23     (10     (10           (10
Share-based incentive plans                                       34       34       34             34  
Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates                                       3       3       3             3  
Tax on share-based incentive plans                                       12       12       12             12  
Shares issued             1                                       1             1  
Purchase of non-controlling interest by associates                                       (5     (5     (5           (5
Change in fair value of put option                                       (12     (12     (12           (12
Dividends paid                                       (1,515     (1,515     (1,515     (83     (1,598
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
At 30 June 2017      797        1,348        3,146        (453     (2,176     7,651       5,475       10,313       1,715       12,028  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

208


Financial statements (continued)

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

 

            Year ended 30 June 2017     Year ended 30 June 2016     Year ended 30 June 2015  
     Notes      £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million     £ million  
Cash flows from operating activities                
Profit for the year         2,772         2,362         2,467    
Discontinued operations         55                    
Taxation         732         496         466    
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures         (309       (221       (175  
Net finance charges         329         327         412    
Non-operating items         (20       (123       (373  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Operating profit           3,559         2,841         2,797  
Increase in inventories         (159       (95       (204  
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables         89         (86       274    
Increase in trade and other payables and provisions         221         128         47    
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net decrease/(increase) in working capital           151         (53       117  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment         361         473         440    
Dividends received         223         173         183    
Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit         (111       (59       (70  
Other items         (6       (15       (11  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          467         572         542  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Cash generated from operations           4,177         3,360         3,456  
Interest received         180         174         183    
Interest paid         (493       (479       (599  
Taxation paid         (732       (507       (489  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
          (1,045       (812       (905
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net cash from operating activities           3,132         2,548         2,551  
Cash flows from investing activities                
Disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software         46         57         52    
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software         (518       (506       (638  
Movements in loans and other investments         3         (2       (2  
Sale of businesses      9        (52       1,062         978    
Acquisition of businesses      9        (31       (15       (1,284  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities           (552       596         (894
Cash flows from financing activities                
Proceeds from issue of share capital         1         1         1    
Net purchase of own shares for share schemes         (41       (1       (8  
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests         (83)         (101)         (72)    
Disposal of non-controlling interests                         1    
Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests      9                (21          
Proceeds from bonds      16                        791    
Repayment of bonds      16        (1,234       (1,003       (1,492  
Net movements on other borrowings      16        414         (233       386    
Equity dividends paid      17        (1,515       (1,443       (1,341  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   
Net cash outflow from financing activities           (2,458       (2,801       (1,734
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents      16          122         343         (77
Exchange differences           (14       84         (73
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year           809         382         532  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year           917         809         382  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
               
Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:                
Cash and cash equivalents      16          1,191         1,089         472  
Bank overdrafts      16          (274       (280       (90
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 
          917         809         382  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

209


Financial statements (continued)

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

This section describes the basis of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the group’s accounting policies that are applicable to the financial statements as a whole. Accounting policies, critical accounting estimates and judgements that are specific to a note are included in the note to which they relate. This section also explains new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations, that the group has adopted in the current financial year or will adopt in subsequent years.

1. Accounting information and policies

(a) Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, unless stated otherwise in the relevant accounting policy.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(b) Going concern

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis.

(c) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. A subsidiary is an entity controlled by Diageo plc. The group controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Where the group has the ability to exercise joint control over an entity but has rights to specified assets and obligations for liabilities of that entity, the entity is included on the basis of the group’s rights over those assets and liabilities.

(d) Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

The income statements and cash flows of non-sterling entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation to closing rates are taken to the exchange reserve.

Assets and liabilities are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve, as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement. Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction.

 

210


Financial statements (continued)

 

The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2017, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017      2016      2015  

US dollar

        

Income statement and cash flows(i)

     1.27        1.48        1.57  

Assets and liabilities(ii)

     1.30        1.33        1.57  

Euro

        

Income statement and cash flows(i)

     1.16        1.34        1.31  

Assets and liabilities(ii)

     1.14        1.20        1.41  

 

(i) Weighted average rates
(ii) Year end rates

The group uses foreign exchange hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements. For further information see note 15.

(e) Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgements, are set out in detail in the relevant notes:

 

    Exceptional items – page 218
    Taxation – page 224
    Brands, goodwill and other intangibles – page 230
    Post employment benefits – page 237
    Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings – page 263

Venezuela is a hyper-inflationary economy where the government maintains a regime of strict currency controls with multiple foreign currency rate systems. Access to US dollar on these exchange systems is very limited. The foreign currency denominated transactions and balances of the group’s Venezuelan operations are translated into the local functional currency (VEF) at the rate they are expected to be settled, applying the most appropriate official exchange rate. For consolidation purposes, the group converts its Venezuelan operations using management’s estimate of the exchange rate that capital and dividend repatriations are expected to be realised. The consolidation exchange rate and the accounting treatment are monitored and reviewed depending on the economic and regulatory developments in the country.

(f) New accounting policies

The following amendments to the accounting standards, issued by the IASB or International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) and endorsed by the EU, have been adopted by the group from 1 July 2016 with no impact on the group’s consolidated results, financial position or disclosures:

 

    Amendment to IFRS 7 – Applicability of the amendments to IFRS 7 to condensed interim financial statements
    Amendments to IFRS 11 – Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests in Joint Operations
    Amendments to IAS 1 – Disclosure Initiative
    Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 – Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation
    Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 41 – Agriculture: Bearer Plants
    Amendments to IAS 19 – Discount rate: Regional Market Issue
    Amendments to IAS 34 – Disclosure of Information, Elsewhere in the Interim Financial Report’

The following standards, issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU, have not yet been adopted by the group:

IFRS 9 — Financial instruments replaces IAS 39 (Financial instruments – Recognition and measurement). The standard covers the classification, measurement and derecognition of financial instruments and applies an approach where the business model of an entity and the cash flows associated with each financial asset defines the classification of the financial instrument. IFRS 9 applies a forward-looking impairment model that will replace the currently applicable incurred loss model. In contrast to the complex and rules based approach of IAS 39, the new hedge accounting requirements will provide an improved link to risk management and treasury operations and will be simpler to apply.

 

211


Financial statements (continued)

 

Based on the assessment carried out the group believes that the adoption of IFRS 9, as at 1 July 2017, will not have impact on its consolidated results or financial position and will not require a restatement of comparative figures in the 2018 Annual Report.

IFRS 15 – Revenue from contracts with customers is based on the principle that revenue is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred to the customer and provides a single, principles based five-step model to be applied to all sales contracts. It replaces the separate models for goods, services and construction contracts under current IFRS. It also provides further guidance on the measurement of sales on contracts which have discounts, rebates and consignment inventories.

During the year the group carried out a detailed review of the current recognition criteria for revenue against the requirements of IFRS 15. This review in particular closely examined promotional payments made to customers post the initial sale, the recognition of sales made where a third party manufactures or modifies a product on behalf of Diageo and consignment inventories. Differences in practice across the group were identified but the impact of these changes on the 2017 and 2016 income statements are immaterial and the impact on the balance sheet at 30 June 2017 is not material. Diageo will adopt, as at 1 July 2017, the modified retrospective approach for IFRS 15 in its 2018 financial statements.

Diageo will early adopt IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 in the year ending 30 June 2018.

The following standards, issued by the IASB that have not been endorsed by the EU have not been adopted by the group:

IFRS 16 – Leases (effective in the year ending 30 June 2020) sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both the lessee and the lessor. It eliminates the classification of leases as either operating leases or finance leases and introduces a single lessee accounting model where the lessee is required to recognise assets and liabilities for all material leases that have a term of greater than a year.

The group is currently considering the implications of IFRS 16 which is expected to have an impact on the group’s consolidated results and financial position.

IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts (effective in the year ending 30 June 2022) is ultimately intended to replace IFRS 4.

Based on a preliminary assessment the group believes that the adoption of IFRS 17 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated results or financial position.

There are a number of amendments and clarifications to IFRS, effective in future years, which are not expected to significantly impact the group’s consolidated results or financial position.

Results for the year

This section explains the results and performance of the group for the three years ended 30 June 2017. Disclosures are provided for segmental information, operating costs, exceptional items, finance income and charges, the group’s share of results of associates and joint ventures, taxation and discontinued operations. For associates, joint ventures and taxation, balance sheet disclosures are also provided in this section.

2. Segmental information

Accounting policies

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes duties and taxes collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.

Net sales are sales less excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In the majority of countries excise duties are effectively a production tax which becomes payable when the product is removed from bonded premises and is not directly related to the value of sales. It is generally not included as a separate item on external invoices; increases in excise duty are not always passed on to the customer and where a customer fails to pay for product received the group cannot reclaim the excise duty. The group therefore recognises excise duty as a cost to the group.

 

212


Financial statements (continued)

 

Advertising costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to marketing in operating profit when the company has a right of access to the goods or services acquired.

 

 

Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. Diageo also owns a number of investments in associates and joint ventures as set out in note 6.

The segmental information presented is consistent with management reporting provided to the Executive Committee (the chief operating decision maker).

The Executive Committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective based on the location of third party sales and the business analysis is presented by geographical segment. In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the Executive Committee is the International Supply Centre (ISC), which manufactures products for other group companies and includes the production sites in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Italy and Guatemala.

Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, marketing, corporate relations, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that are not allocable to the geographical segments or to the ISC. They also include rents receivable and payable in respect of properties not used by the group in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks and the results of Gleneagles Hotel (disposed on 30 June 2015).

Diageo uses shared services operations, including captive and outsourced centres, to deliver transaction processing activities for markets and operational entities. These centres are located in Hungary, Romania, Kenya, Colombia, the Philippines and India. The captive business service centre in Budapest also performs certain central finance activities, including elements of financial planning and reporting and treasury. The costs of shared service operations are recharged to the regions.

In the year ended 30 June 2017 Diageo changed its internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. As a result of this change, Lebanon, other Middle East countries and North African countries which were formerly reported in the Asia Pacific and Africa regions respectively are now included in the Europe, Russia and Turkey region. In addition, the results of the Travel Retail operations have been reallocated to the geographical regions to better reflect the region in which the sale to the customer is made. The comparative information has not been restated as the amounts involved are not material.

The segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting. For management reporting purposes the group measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year’s budgeted exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the group’s reported results are shown in the following tables. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the current year’s budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the respective years.

In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo presents separately the results of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments. The impact of acquisitions and disposals on net sales and operating profit is disclosed under the appropriate geographical segments in the following tables at budgeted exchange rates.

 

213


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Segmental information for the consolidated income statement – continuing operations    

 

     North
America
£ million
     Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
     Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million
    Total
operating
segments
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2017                       
Sales      4,725        4,985       2,132       1,303        4,923       1,390       (1,390     18,068       46       18,114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                       
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,523        2,474       1,240       873        1,977       1,418       (1,324     10,181       39       10,220  
Acquisitions and disposals             2       15       7        41                   65             65  
ISC allocation      11        60       4       11        8       (94                        
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      627        288       297       153        393       66       (66     1,758       7       1,765  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      4,161        2,824       1,556       1,044        2,419       1,390       (1,390     12,004       46       12,050  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                       
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,648        741       159       195        375       116             3,234       (169     3,065  
Acquisitions and disposals                   (8                              (8     (1     (9
ISC allocation      14        72       5       13        12       (116                        
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      237        123       62       42        100                   564       (19     545  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,899        936       218       250        487                   3,790       (189     3,601  
Exceptional items             (33                  (9                 (42           (42
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,899        903       218       250        478                   3,748       (189     3,559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Non-operating items                          20  
Net finance charges                          (329
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                       
– Moët Hennessy                          302  
– Other                          7  
                      

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                          3,559  
                      

 

 

 
     North
America
£ million
     Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million
    Total
operating
segments
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2016                      
Sales      4,037        4,593       1,875       1,078       4,022       1,355       (1,355     15,605       36       15,641  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                      
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,282        2,481       1,286       901       2,114       1,452       (1,373     10,143       38       10,181  
Acquisitions and disposals      106        75       74       59       9                   323             323  
ISC allocation      10        50       4       8       7       (79                        
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      167        (62     37       (105     (54     (18     18       (17     (2     (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,565        2,544       1,401       863       2,076       1,355       (1,355     10,449       36       10,485  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                      
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,459        738       212       221       399       112             3,141       (149     2,992  
Acquisitions and disposals      24        7       (8     13       1                   37             37  
ISC allocation      14        70       6       11       11       (112                        
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      54        (14     2       (46     (16                 (20     (1     (21
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,551        801       212       199       395                   3,158       (150     3,008  
Exceptional items                         (118     (49                 (167           (167
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,551        801       212       81       346                   2,991       (150     2,841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Non-operating items                         123  
Net finance charges                         (327
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                      
– Moët Hennessy                         217  
– Other                         4  
                     

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                         2,858  
                     

 

 

 

 

214


Financial statements (continued)

 

     North
America
£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
£ million
    Total
operating
segments
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 
2015                     
Sales      3,909       4,683       1,868       1,297       4,129       1,381       (1,381     15,886       80       15,966  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      3,462       2,666       1,457       1,105       1,291       1,485       (1,413     10,053       82       10,135  
Acquisitions and disposals      25       34       1       26       903                   989             989  
ISC allocation      9       44       4       8       7       (72                        
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (41     (127     (47     (106     12       (32     32       (309     (2     (311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Net sales      3,455       2,617       1,415       1,033       2,213       1,381       (1,381     10,733       80       10,813  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)                     
At budgeted exchange rates(i)      1,477       779       329       314       303       75             3,277       (136     3,141  
Acquisitions and disposals      (3     12             1       49       1             60       4       64  
ISC allocation      10       47       4       8       7       (76                        
Retranslation to actual exchange rates      (36     (34     (15     (60     (3                 (148     9       (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items      1,448       804       318       263       356                   3,189       (123     3,066  
Exceptional items      (28     (20     (7     (5     (193     (6           (259     (10     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit/(loss)      1,420       784       311       258       163       (6           2,930       (133     2,797  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Non-operating items                        373  
Net finance charges                        (412
Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures                     
– Moët Hennessy                        164  
– Other                        11  
                    

 

 

 
Profit before taxation                        2,933  
                    

 

 

 

 

(i) These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and ISC segments.
(1) The net sales figures for ISC reported to the Executive Committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the ISC segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.
(2) The group’s net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.
(3) Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

(b) Other segmental information

 

     North
America
£ million
    Europe,
Russia and
Turkey
£ million
    Africa
£ million
    Latin
America
and
Caribbean
£ million
    Asia
Pacific
£ million
    ISC
£ million
    Corporate
and other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

2017

                

Capital expenditure

     112       27       126       34       48       125       46       518  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (41     (21     (77     (7     (42     (107     (66     (361

2016

                

Capital expenditure

     105       29       107       20       52       150       43       506  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (39     (21     (83     (10     (35     (106     (61     (355
Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment                        (14           (8           (22

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

                       (104                       (104

2015

                

Capital expenditure

     95       34       140       53       42       233       41       638  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

     (38     (24     (93     (15     (37     (102     (62     (371
Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment      (22                 (1                       (23

Exceptional impairment of associate

                             (41                 (41

Exceptional accelerated amortisation

                                         (5     (5

 

215


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Category and geographical analysis

 

     Category analysis      Geographic analysis  
     Spirits
£ million
     Beer
£ million
     Wine
£ million
     Ready to
drink
£ million
     Other(iv)
£ million
     Total
£ million
     Great
Britain
£ million
     United
States
£ million
     Nether-
lands
£ million
     India
£ million
     Rest of
World
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

2017

                                   

Sales(i)

     14,241        2,635        81        854        303        18,114        1,558        4,366        62        3,070        9,058        18,114  

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                               1,678        4,012        2,392        4,009        7,410        19,501  

2016

                                   

Sales(i)

     11,993        2,486        265        726        171        15,641        1,672        3,729        56        2,465        7,719        15,641  

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                               1,679        3,859        2,350        3,764        7,224        18,876  

2015

                                   

Sales(i)

     12,052        2,562        479        703        170        15,966        1,765        3,592        54        2,463        8,092        15,966  

Non-current assets(ii), (iii)

                                               1,654        3,340        2,196        3,439        6,588        17,217  

 

(i) The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.
(ii) The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, other investments and non-current other receivables.
(iii) The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis of assets and liabilities by category and therefore is not disclosed.
(iv) In the year ended 30 June 2017 ‘Other’ includes the group’s sorghum beer business which was in prior years reported in ‘Beer’.

3. Operating costs

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Excise duties

     6,064       5,156       5,153  

Cost of sales

     4,680       4,251       4,610  

Marketing

     1,798       1,562       1,629  

Other operating expenses

     2,013       1,831       1,777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,555       12,800       13,169  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprising:

      

Excise duties – Great Britain

     774       853       862  

– United States

     558       468       450  

– India

     2,073       1,588       1,472  

– Other

     2,659       2,247       2,369  

Increase in inventories

     (146     (100     (200

Raw materials and consumables

     2,813       2,548       2,725  

Marketing

     1,798       1,562       1,629  

Other external charges

     2,124       1,767       2,017  

Staff costs

     1,583       1,475       1,433  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

     361       473       440  

Gains on disposal of properties

     (7     (39     (26

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

     (16     1       13  

Other operating income(i)

     (19     (43     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,555       12,800       13,169  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2016 Diageo sold 8.5 million shares in United Breweries Limited resulting in a gain of £28 million.

(a) Other external charges

Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £20 million (2016 – £29 million; 2015 – £29 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £96 million (2016 – £72 million; 2015 – £87 million), research and development expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design in the year leading up to product launch of £33 million (2016 – £28 million; 2015 – £26 million) and maintenance and repairs of £100 million (2016 – £91 million; 2015 – £95 million).

 

216


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Auditor fees

Other external charges include the fees of the principal auditor of the group, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its affiliates (PwC) are analysed below.

PwC was appointed as the group’s principal auditor for the year ended 30 June 2016. Accordingly, figures in the table below for the year ended 30 June 2015 are in respect of remuneration paid to the previous principal auditor of the group, KPMG LLP.

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Audit of these financial statements

     3.1        3.4        3.6  

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries

     3.4        2.3        2.7  

Audit related assurance services(i)

     1.6        1.4        1.6  

Total audit fees (Audit fees)

     8.1        7.1        7.9  

Other services relevant to taxation (Tax fees)(ii)

     0.3        0.5        0.8  

Other assurance services (Audit related fees)(iii)

     0.5        0.4        0.6  

All other non-audit fees (All other fees)(iv)

     0.9        0.9        0.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9.8        8.9        10.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Audit related assurance services are principally in respect of reporting under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the review of the interim financial information.
(ii) Other services relevant to taxation principally comprise tax advice.
(iii) Other assurance services comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under ‘total audit fees’.
(iv) All other non-audit fees are principally in respect of immigration and advisory services.
(1) Disclosure requirements for auditor fees in the United States are different from those required in the United Kingdom. The terminology by category required in the United States is disclosed in brackets in the above table. All figures are the same for the disclosures in the United Kingdom and the United States apart from £0.3 million of the costs for the year ended 2017 provided by PwC (2016 – £0.3 million; £0.4 million for the year 30 June 2015, provided by KPMG) in respect of the review of the interim financial information which would be included in audit related fees in the United States rather than audit fees.

Audit services provided by firms other than PwC for the year ended 30 June 2017 were £0.5 million (2016 – £0.9 million). Audit services provided by firms other than KPMG for the year ended 30 June 2015 were not material. PwC fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.3 million for the year ended 30 June 2017 (2016 – £0.2 million). In the year ended 30 June 2015 the KPMG fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.4 million.

(c) Staff costs and average number of employees    

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

        

Wages and salaries

     1,330        1,236        1,180  

Share-based incentive plans

     34        28        36  

Employer’s social security

     93        85        88  

Employer’s pension

        

– defined benefit plans

     95        99        103  

– defined contribution plans

     17        16        15  

Other post employment plans

     14        11        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,583        1,475        1,433  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

217


Financial statements (continued)

 

The average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis (excluding employees of associates and joint ventures) was as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017      2016      2015  

North America

     2,251        2,477        2,748  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     4,074        4,164        4,073  

Africa

     4,898        5,381        4,997  

Latin America and Caribbean

     2,573        3,013        3,166  

Asia Pacific

     8,690        9,711        10,520  

ISC

     4,244        4,188        4,291  

Corporate and other

     3,703        3,144        3,567  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     30,433        32,078        33,362  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017 the group had, on a full time equivalent basis, 30,051 (2016 – 31,485; 2015 – 32,409) employees. The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 31,472 (2016 – 32,969; 2015 – 34,179).

(d) Exceptional operating items

Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Other external charges

     42        49        170  

Staff costs

        

– Net charge in respect of restructuring programmes

                   30  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

        

– Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment

            118         

– Accelerated depreciation and amortisation

                   28  

– Associate impairment

                   41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

     42        167        269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of sales

                   25  

Other operating expenses

     42        167        244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total exceptional operating costs (note 4)

     42        167        269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Exceptional items

Accounting policies

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Exceptional items are those that in management’s judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or nature. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. It is believed that such classification further helps investors to understand the performance of the group.

Operating items

Exceptional operating items are those that are considered to be material and are part of the operating activities of the group such as impairments of fixed assets, duty settlements, property disposals and changes in post employment plans. Charges in respect of material global restructuring programs were disclosed as exceptional operating items until and including the year ended 30 June 2015.

Non-operating items

Gains and losses on the sale of businesses, brands or distribution rights, step up gains and losses that arise when an investment becomes an associate or an associate becomes a subsidiary and other material, unusual non recurring items, that are not in respect of the production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks, are disclosed as non-operating exceptional items below operating profit in the consolidated income statement.

 

218


Financial statements (continued)

 

It is believed that separate disclosure of exceptional items and the classification between operating and non-operating further helps investors to understand the performance of the group.

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Items included in operating profit

      

Competition authority investigation in Turkey (a)

     (33            

Customer claim in India (b)

     (32            

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited (c)

     23       (49      

Brand, goodwill and tangible asset impairment (d)

           (118      

Korea settlement (e)

                 (146

Associate impairment (f)

                 (41

Restructuring programmes (g)

                 (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (42     (167     (269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-operating items

      

Sale of businesses

      

Wines in the United States and Percy Fox (h)

     20       (191      

Argentina (i)

           (38      

South African associate interests (j)

           (27      

Jamaica, Singapore and Malaysia beer interests (k)

           457        

Kenya – glass business (CGI) (l)

           14        

Gleneagles Hotel (m)

                 73  

Bushmills (n)

                 174  

Step ups

      

United Spirits Limited (o)

                 103  

Don Julio (n)

                 63  

South Africa (p)

                 (10

Other

      

Provision for a receivable related to a loan guarantee (q)

           (92      

Guarantee (q)

                 (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20       123       373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exceptional items before taxation

     (22     (44     104  

Items included in taxation (note 7)

     4       56       51  

Exceptional items in continuing operations

     (18     12       155  

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 8)

     (55            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

     (73     12       155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders of the parent company

     (64     2       156  

Non-controlling interests

     (9     10       (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exceptional items

     (73     12       155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) In the year ended 30 June 2017, TRY150 million (£33 million) was charged to exceptional items in respect of the Turkish Competition Authority investigation into certain of Mey İçki’s trading practices in Turkey.

(b) During the year ended 30 June 2017 United Spirits Limited received a claim, followed by a debit note, from a customer in India in respect of differential pricing charged over a number of years in respect of products sold to that customer primarily for the period prior to the acquisition of United Spirits Limited by Diageo. While challenging the amount of the claim and contesting it, the group has made a provision of INR2,678 million (£32 million) in exceptional items against the current receivable from the customer.

 

219


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) On 25 February 2016, in relation to an agreement entered into with Dr Vijay Mallya (Dr Mallya) and described further at note 18(d) (25 February Agreement), the group incurred an exceptional operating charge of £49 million. This included provisions for payments to Dr Mallya of, in aggregate, $75 million (£53 million) over a five year period in consideration for (i) his resignation and the termination of his appointment and governance rights and his relinquishing of the rights and benefits attached to his position as Chairman and Non-Executive Director of United Spirits Limited (USL); (ii) his agreement to five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill undertakings; and (iii) his agreement that he and his affiliates would not pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates. Separately, other arrangements entered into on 25 February 2016 resulted in a net gain of £4 million, comprising the gain upon termination of certain other agreements that were the subject of prior provisions, less legal fees directly attributable to the 25 February Agreement. In the year ended 30 June 2016 a payment of $40 million (£28 million) was made to Dr Mallya as the first instalment due under the 25 February Agreement. In the year ended 30 June 2017 owing to various reasons, including breaches of several provisions of the 25 February 2016 Agreement by Dr Mallya, Diageo believes that it was not liable to pay the $7 million (£5 million) instalment in February 2017 under that agreement and considers it very unlikely that it will become liable to pay future instalments in subsequent years and accordingly the outstanding provision of $29 million (£23 million) was credited back to the income statement.

(d) In the year ended 30 June 2016, an impairment charge in respect of the Ypióca brand and related tangible fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million, respectively, was charged to other operating expenses. Forecast cash flow assumptions have been reduced principally due to a challenging economic environment in Brazil and significant adverse changes in local tax regulation.

(e) In the year ended 30 June 2015, £146 million was charged in respect of settlement of several related disputes with the Korean customs authorities regarding the transfer pricing methodology applicable to imported products. Total payments to settle these disputes in 2015 were £74 million as £87 million was paid to the customs authorities prior to 30 June 2014, and was previously accounted for as a receivable from Korean customs.

(f) In the year ended 30 June 2015, an exceptional impairment charge of £41 million was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the group’s 45.56% equity investment in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

(g) There have been a number of restructuring programmes which were all completed by 30 June 2015. The costs incurred in the year ended 30 June 2015 were largely in respect of redundancies and accelerated depreciation and were incurred across all regions.

(h) On 1 January 2016, Diageo completed the sale of the majority of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses to Treasury Wine Estates. Together with the sale of the group’s other wine interests in the United States the transactions resulted in a loss before taxation on disposal of £191 million in the year ended 30 June 2016, including an estimated provision for the settlement of a guarantee given in respect of the lease payments due to Realty Income Corporation, the lessor of the vineyards. The loss was net of an exchange gain of £12 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £8 million.

In the year ended 30 June 2017 the guarantee in respect of the lease payments to Realty Income Corporation was settled and the working capital on disposal was agreed with Treasury Wine Estates resulting in a net £20 million exceptional gain.

(i) On 29 January 2016, Diageo disposed of its interests in Argentina to Grupo Peñaflor. The transaction resulted in a loss before taxation of £38 million including a cumulative exchange loss of £20 million, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and other directly attributable costs of £7 million.

(j) On 1 December 2015, Diageo disposed of its 42.25% equity interests in DHN Drinks, its 25% equity stake in Sedibeng Breweries Limited and its 15.01% equity stake in Namibia Breweries Limited (South African associate interests) to Heineken. The net cash consideration received was £120 million, which included the repayment of £31 million in respect of loans previously made to DHN Drinks and Sedibeng Breweries Limited. A loss before taxation of £27 million, including a £30 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income, was accounted for in the income statement.

(k) On 7 October 2015, Diageo disposed of its 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer businesses) to Heineken resulting in a gain before taxation of £457 million. The gain is net of a £13 million cumulative exchange loss, in respect of prior years, recycled from other comprehensive income and transaction costs of £7 million. As part of the transaction, Diageo purchased an additional 20% shareholding in Guinness Ghana Breweries Limited (GGBL) from Heineken which increased Diageo’s shareholding in GGBL to 72.42%.

(l) On 30 September 2015, the group completed the disposal of its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), a Kenyan glass bottle manufacturer.

 

220


Financial statements (continued)

 

(m) On 30 June 2015, Diageo completed the disposal of Gleneagles Hotels Limited to the Ennismore group.

(n) On 27 February 2015, the group completed the purchase of the 50% equity interest in Don Julio B.V. that it did not already own (giving Diageo 100% ownership of the brand and production facility) and the Mexican distribution business of Don Julio. As a result of Don Julio becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £63 million (net of transaction costs of £7 million) arose, being the difference between the book value of the joint venture prior to the transaction and the fair value of £115 million.

As part of the transaction, Diageo sold its wholly owned subsidiary, The Old Bushmills Distillery Company Limited to the Cuervo group, resulting in a gain of £174 million.

(o) On 2 July 2014, with the completion of a tender offer, the group acquired an additional 26% investment in USL taking its investment to 54.78% (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust). From 2 July 2014 the group accounted for USL as a subsidiary with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. As a result of USL becoming a subsidiary of the group a gain of £103 million arose, being the difference between the book value of the associate prior to the transaction and its fair value of £982 million. The gain is net of a £79 million cumulative exchange loss recycled from other comprehensive income and £10 million transaction costs.

(p) On 29 May 2015, Diageo acquired the remaining 50% equity stake of one of the group’s joint ventures in South Africa. The difference between the fair value and the book value of the 50% that Diageo already owned is disclosed as an exceptional step up loss.

(q) During the year ended 30 June 2016 a guarantee provided by Diageo for a loan of $135 million (£92 million) given by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited was called and $135 million was paid to SCB. The underlying security package for the loan is currently being contested in court and a provision of $135 million has been made.

A guarantee of £30 million to Standard Chartered Bank was given for borrowings owed by United Breweries Overseas Limited (UBOL), a subsidiary of United Breweries (Holdings) Limited in April 2012. The borrowings went into default, and the guarantee was called, in May 2015. Whilst Diageo continues to have the benefit of counter-indemnification from UBOL, it does not believe that it is likely to result in meaningful recovery and therefore fully provided for the guaranteed amount in the year ended 30 June 2015.

5. Finance income and charges

Accounting policies

Net interest includes interest income and charges in respect of financial instruments and the results of hedging transactions used to manage interest rate risk.

Finance charges directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. Borrowing costs which are not capitalised are recognised in the income statement based on the effective interest method. All other finance charges are recognised primarily in the income statement in the year in which they are incurred.

Net other finance charges include items in respect of post employment plans, the discount unwind of long term obligations and hyperinflation charges. The results of operations in hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local currency of the entity before being translated to sterling.

 

221


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Interest income

     148       153       162  

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

     76       88       61  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     224       241       223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest charge on bank loans and overdrafts

     (72     (67     (102

Interest charge on finance leases

     (11     (13     (17

Interest charge on all other borrowings

     (368     (379     (409

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

     (67     (91     (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest charges

     (518     (550     (583
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest charges

     (294     (309     (360
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans in surplus (note 13)

     2       18       13  

Hyperinflation adjustment

     9              

Other finance income

           3       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other finance income

     11       21       21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans in deficit (note 13)

     (27     (23     (26

Unwinding of discounts

     (8     (11     (14

Change in financial liability (Level 3)

     (8           (13

Hyperinflation adjustment

           (1     (17

Other finance charges

     (3     (4     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other finance charges

     (46     (39     (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other finance charges

     (35     (18     (52
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

6. Investments in associates and joint ventures

Accounting policies

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The group’s interest in the net assets of associates and joint ventures is reported in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results (net of tax) is included in the consolidated income statement below the group’s operating profit. Investments in associates and joint ventures are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use calculated as the present value of the group’s share of the associate’s future cash flows and its fair value less costs to sell.

Associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost including transaction costs.

 

 

Diageo’s principal associate at 30 June 2017 was Moët Hennessy (2016 – Moët Hennessy).

Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of champagne and cognac brands.

A number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH in Asia Pacific and France, principally covering distribution of Diageo’s premium brands of Scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy’s premium champagne and cognac brands. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a non-controlling shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

On 7 October 2015, Diageo completed a transaction and disposed of its 57.87% shareholding in D&G (Jamaican Red Stripe business) and its 49.99% stake in GAPL Pte Limited (Singapore and Malaysian beer business) to Heineken. GAPL owns 51% of Guinness Anchor Berhad, operating in Malaysia, which was also disposed of.

 

222


Financial statements (continued)

 

On 1 December 2015, the group disposed of its South African associate interests which were accounted for as assets held for sale at 30 June 2015.

Additions in the year ended 30 June 2016 of £28 million include investments made during the year, for which part of the consideration is deferred, in the New World Whisky Distillery Pty Limited and Stauning Whisky Holding ApS in which Diageo acquired equity stakes.

(a) An analysis of the movement in the group’s investments in associates and joint ventures is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     Moët
Hennessy
£ million
    Others
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost less provisions

      

At 30 June 2015

     2,010       66       2,076  

Exchange differences

     318       7       325  

Additions

           28       28  

Share of profit after tax

     217       4       221  

Transfer to asset held for sale(i)

           3       3  

Disposals

           (18     (18

Dividends

     (167     (6     (173

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

     67             67  

Other

           (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     2,445       83       2,528  

Exchange differences

     117       3       120  

Additions

           10       10  

Share of profit after tax

     302       7       309  

Dividends

     (218     (5     (223

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

     85             85  

Other

     (5           (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     2,726       98       2,824  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) South African associate interests that were disposed of in the year ended 30 June 2016. The businesses were reported as asset held for sale at 30 June 2015.

(b) Income statement information for the three years ended 30 June 2017 and balance sheet information as at 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 of Moët Hennessy is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016(i)
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Sales

     4,356        3,491        3,215  

Profit for the year

     888        638        482  

Total comprehensive income

     838        509        588  

 

(i) The group has revised the disclosure of the 2016 comparative amounts by decreasing total comprehensive income of Moët Hennessy by £197 million. The revised disclosure is consistent with the current year and 2015 presentation.

Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS as endorsed by the EU in euros to 31 December each year. The results are adjusted for alignment to Diageo accounting policies and are a major part of the Wines & Spirits division of LVMH. The results are translated at £1 = €1.16 (2016 – £1 = €1.34; 2015 – £1 = €1.31).

 

223


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Non-current assets

     4,160       3,832  

Current assets

     6,897       6,277  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     11,057       10,109  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     (973     (1,009

Current liabilities

     (2,067     (1,907
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     (3,040     (2,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     8,017       7,193  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of Moët Hennessy’s brands and translated at £1 = €1.14 (2016 – £1 = €1.20).

(c) Information on transactions between the group and its associates and joint ventures is disclosed in note 20.

(d) Investments in associates and joint ventures comprise the cost of shares less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £1,196 million (2016 – £1,132 million), plus the group’s share of post acquisition reserves of £1,628 million (2016 – £1,396 million).

(e) The associates and joint ventures have not reported any material contingent liabilities in their latest financial statements.

7. Taxation

Accounting policies

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit is different from accounting profit due to temporary differences between accounting and tax treatments, and due to items that are never taxable or tax deductible. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, tax benefits are reviewed each year to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Tax provisions are included in current liabilities. Interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their value for tax purposes. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the assets will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the many jurisdictions in which it operates. The recognition of tax benefits and assessment of provisions against tax benefits requires management estimate and judgement. In particular the group is routinely subject to tax audits in many jurisdictions, which by their nature are often complex and can take several years to resolve. Provisions are based on management’s interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group’s profit for the year.

The evaluation of deferred tax assets recoverability requires judgements to be made regarding the availability of future taxable income.

 

224


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year

 

                                                              
     United Kingdom     Rest of world     Total  
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
    2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Current tax

                    

Current year

     50        61        75       541       515       381       591       576       456  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     4                     16       63       (15     20       63       (15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     54        61        75       557       578       366       611       639       441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax

                    

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     40        26        (7     94       (109     11       134       (83     4  

Changes in tax rates

     5        6              (14     1       (1     (9     7       (1

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     13        2        10       (17     (69     12       (4     (67     22  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     58        34        3       63       (177     22       121       (143     25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

     112        95        78       620       401       388       732       496       466  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Exceptional tax (credits)/charges    

The taxation charge includes the following exceptional items:    

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Sale of businesses

     7       (49      

Customer claim in India

     (11            

Brand impairment

           (10      

Disengagement agreements relating to United Spirits Limited

           3        

Korea settlement

                 (30

Restructuring

                 (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (4     (56     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Taxation rate reconciliation and factors that may affect future tax charges

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

     3,559       2,858       2,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 19.75% (2016 – 20%; 2015 – 20.75%)

     703       571       608  

Elimination of notional tax on share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     (60     (44     (36

Differences in overseas tax rates(i)

     162       50       64  

Intra-group financing

     (64     (97     (81

Non-taxable gains on disposals of businesses

           (90     (51

Step-up gain

                 (34

Other tax rate and tax base differences

     (100     (87     (95

Other items not chargeable

     (78     (66     (89

Impairment

           21       9  

Non-deductible losses on disposals of businesses

     (1     24        

Other non-deductible exceptional items

     7       31       10  

Other items not deductible(ii)

     156       180       155  

Changes in tax rates

     (9     7       (1

Adjustments in respect of prior years

     16       (4     7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

     732       496       466  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Differences in overseas tax rates increased mainly due to higher profits in the year ended 30 June 2017 compared with the year ended 30 June 2016 and non-tax deductible losses arising on disposals in the year ended 30 June 2016.
(ii) Other items not-deductible include irrecoverable withholding tax, controlled foreign companies charge and additional state and local taxes.

 

225


Financial statements (continued)

 

The table above reconciles the notional taxation charge calculated at the UK tax rate, to the actual total tax charge. As a group operating in multiple countries, the actual tax rates applicable to profits in those countries are different from the UK tax rate. The impact is shown in the table above as differences in overseas tax rates. The group’s worldwide business leads to the consideration of a number of important factors which may affect future tax charges, such as: the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing regulations, tax rates imposed and tax regime reforms, acquisitions, disposals, restructuring activities, and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.

The group has a number of ongoing tax audits worldwide for which provisions are recognised based on best estimates and management’s judgments concerning the ultimate outcome of the audit. As at 30 June 2017 the ongoing audits that are provided for individually are not expected to result in a material tax liability. The current tax liability of £294 million (2016 – £340 million) includes £287 million (2016 – £249 million) of provisions for tax uncertainties principally in respect of a number of issues in the United States and India.

Significant ongoing changes in the international tax environment and an increase in global tax audit activity means that tax uncertainties and associated risks have been gradually increasing. In the medium term, these risks could result in an increase in tax liabilities or adjustments to the carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The group is continuously monitoring the position but it is expected that the tax rate may increase in future years. See note 18 (h).

(d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities

The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Property,
plant and
equipment
£ million
    Intangible
assets
£ million
    Post
employment
plans
£ million
    Tax losses
£ million
    Other
temporary
differences(i)
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2015

     (124     (1,898     81       103       131       (1,707

Exchange differences

     (18     (283     28       5       23       (245

Recognised in income statement — continuing operations

     16       (28     7       (47     195       143  

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

                 122       1       11       134  

Acquisition of businesses

     (11                             (11

Sale of businesses

           1       2             (1     2  

Reclassification

     11       7             (2     (16      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     (126     (2,201     240       60       343       (1,684

Exchange differences

     6       (51     5       2       8       (30

Recognised in income statement — continuing operations

     (60     (25     (3     (25     (8     (121

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

                 (130     6       (21     (145

Discontinued operations

                             2       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     (180     (2,277     112       43       324       (1,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes thalidomide provisions, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Deferred tax assets

     134       298  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (2,112     (1,982
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,978     (1,684
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

226


Financial statements (continued)

 

The deferred tax assets of £134 million includes £63 million (2016 – £223 million) arising in jurisdictions with prior year taxable losses. The majority of the asset is in respect of the United Kingdom and Ireland, where the amounts arose from timing differences on intangible fixed assets and pension funding payments. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to realise these deferred tax assets, most of which can be carried forward indefinitely.

(e) Unrecognised deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following tax losses:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

Capital losses – indefinite

     67        71  

Trading losses – indefinite

     80        76  

Trading losses – expiry dates up to 2026

     60        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     207        150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(f) Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities

UK legislation largely exempts overseas dividends remitted from UK tax. A tax liability is more likely to arise in respect of withholding taxes levied by the overseas jurisdiction. Deferred tax is provided where there is an intention to distribute earnings, and a tax liability arises. It is impractical to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

The aggregate amount of temporary differences in respect of investments in subsidiaries, branches, interests in associates and joint ventures for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is approximately £13.7 billion (2016 – £13.4 billion).

8. Discontinued operations

Accounting policies

Discontinued operations comprise disposal groups where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group’s operations.

 

 

Following an agreement reached in December 2016 with the UK Thalidomide Trust, discontinued operations comprised £55 million (net of deferred tax of £9 million), of additional amounts payable to the Trust, updates to the discount and inflation rates applied to the existing thalidomide provision and legal costs. Cash payments in the year ended 30 June 2017 in respect of the agreement were £31 million.

Operating assets and liabilities

This section describes the assets used to generate the group’s performance and the liabilities incurred. Liabilities relating to the group’s financing activities are included in section ‘Risk management and capital structure’ and balance sheet information in respect of associates, joint ventures and taxation are covered in section ‘Results for the year’. This section also provides detailed disclosures on the group’s recent acquisitions and disposals, performance and financial position of its defined benefit post-employment plans.

9. Acquisition and sale of businesses and purchase of non-controlling interests

Accounting policies

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group’s attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are included in the income statement from, or up to, the date that control passes.

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration payable is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration.

 

227


Financial statements (continued)

 

On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Directly attributable acquisition costs in respect of subsidiary companies acquired are recognised in other external charges as incurred.

The non-controlling interests on the date of acquisition can be measured either at the fair value or at the non-controlling shareholder’s proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets assumed. This choice is made separately for each acquisition.

Where the group has issued a put option over shares held by a non-controlling interest, the group derecognises the non-controlling interests and instead recognises a contingent deferred consideration liability for the estimated amount likely to be paid to the non-controlling interest on the exercise of those options. Movements in the estimated liability in respect of put options are recognised in retained earnings.

Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in retained earnings.

For all entities in which the company, directly or indirectly, owns equity a judgement is made to determine whether the investor controls the investee and therefore should fully consolidate the investee. An assessment is carried out to determine whether the group has the exposure or rights to the variable returns of the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. To establish control an analysis is carried out of the substantive and protective rights that the group and the other investors hold. This assessment is dependent on the activities and purpose of the investee and the rights of the other shareholders, such as which party controls the board, executive committee and material policies of the investee. Determining whether the rights that the group holds are substantive requires management judgement.

Where less than 50% of the equity of an investee is held, and the group holds significantly more voting rights than any other vote holder or organised group of vote holders this may be an indicator of de facto control. An assessment is needed to determine all the factors relevant to the relationship with the investee to ascertain whether control has been established and whether the investee should be consolidated as a subsidiary. Where voting power and returns from an investment are split equally between two entities then the arrangement is accounted for as a joint venture.

On an acquisition fair values are attributed to the assets and liabilities acquired. This may involve material judgement to determine these values.

 

 

(a) Acquisition of businesses

Fair value of net assets acquired and cash consideration paid in respect of the acquisition of businesses and the purchase of shares of non-controlling interests in the three years ended 30 June 2017 were as follows:

 

     Net assets acquired and consideration  
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Brands and other intangibles

            26       1,941  

Property, plant and equipment

                  275  

Biological assets

                  5  

Investments

                  58  

Inventories

                  247  

Assets and liabilities held for sale

                  401  

Other working capital

                  62  

Current tax

            (1     (35

Deferred tax

            (11     (472

Cash

                  64  

Borrowings

                  (869

Post employment benefit liabilities

                  (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of assets and liabilities

            14       1,670  

Goodwill arising on acquisition

            (14     1,419  

Non-controlling interests

                  (641

Step acquisitions

                  (1,113
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consideration payable

                  1,335  

 

228


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                 

Satisfied by:

        

Cash consideration paid

                   1,334  

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

                   1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                   1,335  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid for investment in USL

                   1,118  

Cash consideration paid for investments in other subsidiaries

                   216  

Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

     6        10         

Cash consideration paid in respect of prior year acquisitions

     23        4        4  

Capital injection in associates

     2        1        21  

Cash acquired

                   (64

Deposit refunded

                   (11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

     31        15        1,284  

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

            21         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net cash outflow

     31        36        1,284  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prior year acquisitions

In prior years, Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in a number of drinks businesses. In the two years ended 30 June 2016 the following acquisitions have been made:

 

            Fair value of net assets acquired                  
     Cash paid(i)
£ million
     Brands
£ million
     Goodwill
£ million
     Other
£ million
    Location     

Principal brands acquired

  

Status

United Spirits Limited(ii)

 

13 May 2013 to 2 July 2014

     1,825        1,683        1,281        (273     India      McDowell’s No.1 whisky, rum and brandy, Black Dog, Signature, Antiquity and Bagpiper whisky and other Indian whisky, brandy and rum products    Acquisition of a 54.78% equity interest (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust) in United Spirits Limited with a 43.91% non-controlling interest. The group consolidated USL from 2 July 2014
                   

Don Julio(iii)

 

27 February 2015

     192        220        105        (18     Mexico      Don Julio tequila    Acquisition of the remaining 50% equity interest in Don Julio
                   
Other(iv)      67        26        19        (28        

 

(i) Includes amounts paid in respect of these acquisitions prior to 30 June 2014.
(ii) Includes transaction costs of £33 million on the initial acquisition of shares in USL when the investment was accounted for as an associate. In addition to the fair value of net assets acquired, the group recognised a non-controlling interest of £641 million and a step up gain of £192 million.
(iii) In addition to the fair value of net assets acquired, the group derecognised an investment in associate of £40 million and recognised a step up gain of £75 million.
(iv) Other includes payments made on acquisitions that completed in the two years ended 30 June 2016. Includes acquisitions principally in the United Kingdom and Africa.

(b) Sale of businesses

The sale consideration received and a summary of the net assets disposed of in respect of the sale of businesses were as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017     2016     2015  
     £ million     £ million     £ million  

Sale consideration

      

Cash received in year

     15       1,114       1,001  

(Cash)/overdraft disposed of

           (14     (17

Transaction and other directly attributable costs paid

     (67     (38     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (paid)/received

     (52     1,062       978  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

229


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                 

Cash settlement in respect of prior period disposals

     52       4        

Deferred consideration (payable)/receivable

     (2     14       (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2     1,080       975  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets disposed of

      

Brands

           (94     (144

Goodwill

           (36     (44

Property, plant and equipment

           (139     (118

Biological assets

           (70      

Investment in associates

           (18      

Assets and liabilities held for sale

           (113     (404

Inventories

           (294     (78

Other working capital

           (5     19  

Post employment benefit liabilities

           (1     10  

Current tax

           1       1  

Deferred tax

           2       33  

Borrowings

           14        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           (753     (725

Non-controlling interests

           24        

Accelerated depreciation and directly attributable costs payable

           (85     (3
Exchange recycled from other comprehensive income            (51      

Release of deferred income in respect of finance leases

     22              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on disposal before taxation

     20       215       247  

Taxation

     (7     49        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain on disposal after taxation

     13       264       247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In the year ended 30 June 2017 the group settled the guarantee in respect of the sale of Diageo’s wine interests in the United States partially offset by the working capital settlement received from Treasury Wine Estates. In the year ended 30 June 2016 the group completed the sale of Diageo’s Jamaica, Singapore and Malaysian beer interests to Heineken. The group also completed the sale of its wine interests in the United States and its UK based Percy Fox businesses. In addition, the group disposed of its South African associate interests, its shareholding in Central Glass Industries Limited (CGI), the Bouvet wine business in France and the group’s subsidiary in Argentina.

10. Intangible assets

Accounting policies

Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Acquired brands and other intangible assets are initially recognised at fair value when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the value of any non-controlling interests and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the subsidiary acquired over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been reinstated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is based on their useful economic lives and are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised and are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. Impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount (where recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value in use). Amortisation and any impairment write downs are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.

Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to eight years.

 

230


Financial statements (continued)

 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Assessment of the recoverable amount of an intangible asset, the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management estimate and judgement.

Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. The tests are dependent on management’s estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions and actual cash flows may differ from forecasts.

 

 

 

     Brands
£ million
    Goodwill
£ million
    Other
intangibles
£ million
    Computer
software
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost

          

At 30 June 2015

     7,755       2,531       1,256       511       12,053  

Exchange differences

     969       286       216       32       1,503  

Sale of businesses

     (94     (36           (1     (131

Acquisitions(i)

     26       (14                 12  

Other additions

                 1       42       43  

Other disposals

                 (1     (16     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     8,656       2,767       1,472       568       13,463  

Exchange differences

     159       24       34       4       221  

Additions

                       47       47  

Disposals

                       (41     (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     8,815       2,791       1,506       578       13,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation and impairment

          

At 30 June 2015

     435       10       60       317       822  

Exchange differences

     80       16       3       23       122  

Amortisation for the year

                 5       51       56  

Exceptional impairment

     62       42                   104  

Other disposals

                       (11)       (11)  

At 30 June 2016

     577       68       68       380       1,093  

Exchange differences

     9             1       3       13  

Amortisation for the year

                 3       53       56  

Disposals

                       (38     (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     586       68       72       398       1,124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

          

At 30 June 2017

     8,229       2,723       1,434       180       12,566  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     8,079       2,699       1,404       188       12,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     7,320       2,521       1,196       194       11,231  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Acquisitions in the year ended 30 June 2016 represent the finalisation of the fair values of an acquisition completed in the year ended 30 June 2015.

 

231


Financial statements (continued)

 

(a) Brands

At 30 June 2017, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:

 

                                                                 
     Principal markets      2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

McDowell’s No.1 whisky, rum and brandy

     India        1,156        1,086  

Crown Royal whisky

     United States        1,126        1,101  

Captain Morgan

     Global        924        903  

Smirnoff vodka

     Global        634        620  

Johnnie Walker whisky

     Global        625        625  

Windsor Premier whisky

     Korea        583        568  

Yenì Raki

     Turkey        372        446  

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

     Greater China        257        256  

Signature whisky

     India        218        204  

Don Julio tequila

     United States        216        207  

Black Dog whisky

     India        184        172  

Antiquity whisky

     India        180        169  

Bell’s whisky

     United Kingdom        179        179  

Seagram’s 7 Crown whiskey

     United States        171        168  

Zacapa rum

     Global        147        144  

Seagram’s VO whisky

     United States        146        143  

Bagpiper whisky

     India        124        117  

Gordon’s gin

     Europe        119        119  

Old Parr whisky

     Global        101        106  

Other brands

        767        746  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        8,229        8,079  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the Directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes and are therefore not amortised.

(b) Goodwill

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to the following cash-generating units:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

North America

     207        217  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

     

– Europe (excluding Russia and Turkey)

     154        147  

– Turkey

     377        452  

Africa – Africa Regional Markets

     93        96  

Latin America and Caribbean – Mexico

     103        99  

Asia Pacific

     

– Greater China

     130        130  

– India

     1,572        1,475  

Other cash-generating units

     87        83  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,723      2,699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill has arisen on the acquisition of businesses and includes synergies arising from cost savings, the opportunity to utilise Diageo’s distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products and the extension of the group’s portfolio of brands in new markets around the world.

 

232


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Other intangibles

Other intangibles principally comprise distribution rights. Diageo owns the global distribution rights for Ketel One vodka products in perpetuity, and the Directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 2017 was £1,385 million (2016 – £1,354 million).

(d) Impairment testing

Impairment tests are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverable amounts are calculated based on the value in use approach. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows using the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the terminal growth rate of each country or region. The individual brands and their associated tangible fixed assets are aggregated and tested as a cash-generating unit. Separate tests are carried out for each cash-generating unit (brand and attributable tangible fixed assets) and for each of the 21 markets. The goodwill is attributed to each of the markets that comprise the five geographical regions.

Cash flows

Cash flows are forecast for each cash-generating unit for the financial year, which is approved by management and reflects expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

Discount rate

The discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital which reflects the returns on government bonds specific to the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is attributed or the countries where the brands are sold or returns on government bonds issued by triple ‘A’ rated countries with a maturity of ten years, and an equity risk premium adjusted for specific industry. Further risk premiums are applied according to management’s assessment of the risks in respect of the individual cash flows. The group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows as the valuation calculated using this method closely approximates to applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows.

Long term growth rate, period of growth and terminal growth rate

The terminal growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period are the long term annual inflation rate of the country obtained from external sources adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. For some intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo’s sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is significantly in excess of the terminal growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the recoverable amount is calculated based on a five-year detailed plan and extended by up to an additional ten years using the annual growth rate of the real gross domestic product (GDP) of the country or region aggregated with its inflation rate, adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. In the calculation of the terminal value, a maximum of the long term annual inflation rate of the country is used as the terminal growth rate.

For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands, they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where sales are made.

 

233


Financial statements (continued)

 

The pre-tax discount rates and terminal growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2017      2016  
     Pre-tax
discount
rate
%
     Terminal
growth
rate
%
     Pre-tax
discount
rate
%
     Terminal
growth
rate
%
 

North America – United States

     10        2        9        2  

Europe, Russia and Turkey

           

– Europe

     8        2        9        2  

– Turkey

     16        5        16        5  

Africa

           

– Africa Regional Markets

     21        4        22        5  

– South Africa

     18        5        18        5  

Latin America and Caribbean

           

– Brazil

     15        5        18        5  

– Mexico

     17        3        18        3  

Asia Pacific

           

– Korea

     8        2        12        3  

– Greater China

     10        3        12        3  

– India

     14        6        14        6  

In the year ended 30 June 2016, an impairment charge in respect of the Ypióca brand, the related fixed assets and goodwill allocated to the Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (PUB) cash-generating unit of £62 million, £14 million and £42 million respectively was charged to other operating expenses.

(e) Sensitivity to change in key assumptions

Impairment testing for the year ended 30 June 2017 has identified the following cash-generating units as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions.

The table below shows the headroom at 30 June 2017 and the impairment charge that would be required if the assumptions in the calculation of their value in use were changed:

 

                                                                                                             
     Headroom
£ million
     1ppt
decrease in
terminal
growth rate
£ million
    1ppt
increase in
discount rate
£ million
    10%
decrease for
India and 20%
decrease for
Meta in annual
cash flow

£ million
    5ppt
decrease in
growth rate in
forecast period
2022-2029(i)

£ million
 

India

     72        (259     (617     (449     (937

Meta(ii)

     10                    (53      

 

(i) As India is a developing market, where the maturity is not expected for a number of years, a specific forecast period was used until 2029. The cumulative effect of the 5ppt reduction in the annual growth rate in the forecast period from 2022 to 2029 and the impact on the terminal period is disclosed in the table above.
(ii) For Meta the only change in the key assumptions considered reasonably possible that would result in an impairment of the brand would be a 20% decrease in annual cash flow.

 

234


Financial statements (continued)

 

It remains possible that changes in assumptions could arise in excess of those indicated in the table above.

For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than the cash-generating units in the table above, management has concluded that no reasonable possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

11. Property, plant and equipment

Accounting policies

Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: buildings – 10 to 50 years; within plant and equipment casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; other plant and equipment – 5 to 25 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.

Reviews are carried out if there is an indication that assets may be impaired, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.

Government grants

Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the asset that they relate to, reducing the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.

Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the group at their fair value at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.

 

235


Financial statements (continued)

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Land and
buildings
£ million
    Plant and
equipment
£ million
    Fixtures
and
fittings
£ million
    Returnable
bottles and
crates
£ million
    Under
construction
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost

            

At 30 June 2015

     1,447       3,462       125       464       348       5,846  

Exchange differences

     107       243       11       37       18       416  

Sale of businesses

     (119     (164     (3     (18     (18     (322

Additions

     30       137       7       23       274       471  

Other disposals

     (58     (98     (22     (11     (8     (197

Transfers

     76       203       4       21       (304      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     1,483       3,783       122       516       310       6,214  

Exchange differences

     39       (12     (1     (14           12  

Additions

     39       117       14       28       261       459  

Disposals

     (28     (90     (10     (24     (3     (155

Transfers

     95       160       2       17       (274      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     1,628       3,958       127       523       294       6,530  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation

            

At 30 June 2015

     403       1,373       83       293       4       2,156  

Exchange differences

     36       113       8       25             182  

Depreciation charge for the year

     46       200       12       41             299  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation and impairment

     4       10                         14  

Non-operating exceptional accelerated depreciation

           8                         8  

Sale of businesses

     (65     (105     (3     (10           (183

Other disposals

     (24     (86     (20     (9     (4     (143
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     400       1,513       80       340             2,333  

Exchange differences

     3       (5           (7           (9

Depreciation charge for the year

     57       196       13       39             305  

Disposals

     (12     (73     (7     (21           (113
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     448       1,631       86       351             2,516  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount

            

At 30 June 2017

     1,180       2,327       41       172       294       4,014  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     1,083       2,270       42       176       310       3,881  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     1,044       2,089       42       171       344       3,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £1,128 million (2016 – £1,034 million), long leaseholds of £31 million (2016 – £28 million) and short leaseholds of £21 million (2016 – £21 million). Depreciation was not charged on £196 million (2016 – £203 million) of land.

(b) At 30 June 2017, tangible fixed assets held under finance leases amounted to £250 million (2016 – £264 million), principally in respect of plant and equipment. Depreciation on assets held under finance leases was £15 million (2016 – £19 million).

(c) Property, plant and equipment is net of a government grant of £142 million (2016 – £139 million) received in prior years in respect of the construction of a rum distillery in the United States Virgin Islands.

 

236


Financial statements (continued)

 

12. Other investments

Accounting policies

Available-for-sale investments are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such upon initial recognition or not classified in any of the other financial assets categories. They are included in non-current assets. Subsequent to initial measurement, available-for-sale investments are stated at fair value. Gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income until the investment is disposed of or impaired, when the accumulated gains and losses are recycled to the income statement. Interest and dividends from available-for-sale investments are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Loans receivable are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted on an active market. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method less allowance for impairment. Allowances are made where there is evidence of a risk of non-payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general economic conditions.

 

 

 

                                                                 
     Loans
£ million
    Others
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Cost less allowances or fair value

      

At 30 June 2015

     23       86       109  

Exchange differences

     2       2       4  

Additions

     95             95  

Repayments and disposals

     (4     (89     (93

Fair value adjustment

           9       9  

Provision charged during the year

     (93           (93
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     23       8       31  

Exchange differences

     1             1  

Additions

     2             2  

Repayments and disposals

     (5           (5

Fair value adjustment

           2       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     21       10       31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017, loans comprise £18 million (2016 – £21 million; 2015 – £21 million) of loans to customers and other third parties, after allowances of £110 million (2016 – £98 million; 2015 – £7 million), and £3 million (2016 – £2 million; 2015 – £2 million) of loans to associates.

Loans include a loan of $135 million (£104 million) provided by Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) to Watson Limited and guaranteed by a subsidiary of the group. The loan became due in May 2015 and was paid to SCB by Diageo in January 2016. The amount receivable in respect of the guarantee has been fully provided for.

13. Post employment benefits

Accounting policies

The group’s principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For post employment plans, other than defined contribution plans, the amount charged to operating profit is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any changes arising on benefits granted to members by the group during the year. Net finance charges comprise the net deficit/asset on the plans at the beginning of the year, adjusted for cash flows in the year, multiplied by the discount rate for plan liabilities. The differences between the fair value of the plans’ assets and the present value of the plans’ liabilities are disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet. Any differences due to changes in assumptions or experience are recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

 

237


Financial statements (continued)

 

Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of estimate and judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises, inflation and discount rates and employee and pensioner demographics.

Diageo determines the assumptions on a country by country basis in conjunction with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with best practice, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet. There may be also interdependency between some of the assumptions.

 

 

(a) Post employment benefit plans

The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices. The majority of the plans are defined benefit plans and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The group also operates a number of plans that are generally unfunded, primarily in the United States, which provide employees post employment medical costs.

The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States where benefits are based on employees’ length of service and salary at retirement. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method to determine pension costs. The most recent valuations of the significant defined benefit plans were carried out as follows:

 

                     

Principal plans

   Date of valuation  

United Kingdom(i)

     1 April 2015  

Ireland(ii)

                 31 December 2015  

United States

     1 January 2017  

 

(i) The Diageo Pension Scheme (the UK Scheme) closed to new members in November 2005. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan). In 30 June 2017 it was communicated to the current members of the Diageo Pension Scheme that there would be changes to the future benefits earnt by employees from 1 April 2018. The change would impact the service cost for the year ending 30 June 2018 but not the benefits earnt by the members as at 30 June 2017.
(ii) The Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme) closed to new members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in Ireland since the defined benefit scheme closed have been eligible to become members of Diageo administered defined contribution plans.

The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate trusts administered by trustees who are required to act in the best interests of the plans’ beneficiaries. For the UK Scheme, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. As required by legislation, one-third of the directors of the Trust are nominated by the members of the UK Scheme, member nominated directors are appointed from both the pensioner member community and the active member community. For the Irish Scheme Diageo Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings.

 

238


Financial statements (continued)

 

The amounts charged to the consolidated income statement for the group’s defined benefit post employment plans and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the three years ended 30 June 2017 are as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Current service cost and administrative expenses

     (133     (112     (120

Past service gains

     14       1       3  

Gains on curtailments and settlements

     10       1       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge to operating profit

     (109     (110     (114

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans

     (25     (5     (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge before taxation(i)

     (134     (115     (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual returns less amounts included in finance income

     973       61       411  

Experience gains

     58       91       103  

Changes in financial assumptions

     (466     (1,066     (400

Changes in demographic assumptions

     86       62       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

     651       (852     123  

Changes in the surplus restriction

     1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

     652       (852     123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i)     The charge before taxation comprises:

      

     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

United Kingdom

     (67     (50     (62

Ireland

     (15     (19     (22

United States

     (34     (27     (24

Other

     (18     (19     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (134     (115     (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition to the charge in respect of defined benefit post employment plans, contributions to the group’s defined contribution plans were £17 million (2016 – £16 million; 2015 – £15 million).

The movement in the net deficit for the two years ended 30 June 2017 is set out below:

 

                                                                 
     Plan
assets
£ million
    Plan
liabilities
£ million
    Net
deficit
£ million
 

At 30 June 2015

     7,883       (8,140     (257

Exchange differences

     328       (463     (135

Sale of businesses

     (38     37       (1

Charge before taxation

     275       (390     (115

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

     61       (913     (852

Contributions by the group

     169             169  

Employee contributions

     6       (6      

Benefits paid

     (428     428        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     8,256       (9,447     (1,191

Exchange differences

     99       (135     (36

Charge before taxation

     173       (307     (134

Other comprehensive income/(loss)(i)

     973       (322     651  

Contributions by the group

     220             220  

Employee contributions

     8       (8      

Benefits paid

     (503     503        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     9,226       (9,716     (490
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Excludes surplus restriction.

 

239


Financial statements (continued)

 

The plan assets and liabilities by type of post employment benefit and country is as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2017     2016  
     Plan
assets
£ million
     Plan
liabilities
£ million
    Plan
assets
£ million
     Plan
liabilities
£ million
 

Pensions

          

United Kingdom

     6,789        (6,680     6,047        (6,190

Ireland

     1,663        (1,952     1,472        (2,149

United States

     522        (516     474        (508

Other

     178        (215     194        (240

Post employment medical

     2        (263     2        (260

Other post employment

     72        (90     67        (100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,226        (9,716     8,256        (9,447
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balance sheet analysis of the post employment plans is as follows:

 

     2017     2016  
     Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
     Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
    Non-
current
assets(i)
£ million
     Non-
current
liabilities
£ million
 

Funded plans

     281        (492     55        (997

Unfunded plans

            (280            (251
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     281        (772     55        (1,248
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Includes surplus restriction of £1 million (2016 – £2 million).

The disclosures have been prepared in accordance with IFRIC 14. In particular, where the calculation for a plan results in a surplus, the recognised asset is limited to the present value of any available future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan, and any additional liabilities are recognised as required. At this stage, the company does not believe the IASB’s proposed amendments to IFRIC 14 will materially affect its ability to recognise these surpluses, but will review this fully once any amendments are finalised.

(b) Principal risks and assumptions

The material post employment plans are not exposed to any unusual, entity specific or scheme specific risks but there are general risks:

Inflation – the majority of the plans’ obligations are linked to inflation. Higher inflation will lead to increased liabilities which is partially offset by holdings of inflation linked gilts and swaps and the plans provide for caps on the level of inflationary increases.

Interest rate – The plan liabilities are determined using discount rates derived from yields on AA-rated corporate bonds. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities though this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the bonds held by the post employment plans.

Mortality – The majority of the obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the members and their partners, so any increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities.

Asset returns – Assets held by the pension plans are invested in a diversified portfolio of equities, bonds and other assets. Volatility in asset values will lead to movements in the net asset/(deficit) reported in the consolidated balance sheet for post employment plans which in addition will also impact the post employment expense in the consolidated income statement.

 

240


Financial statements (continued)

 

The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group’s deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 

     United Kingdom      Ireland      United States(i)  
           2017
%
           2016
%
           2015
%
           2017
%
           2016
%
           2015
%
           2017
%
           2016
%
           2015
%
 

Rate of general increase in salaries(ii)

     4.4        4.0        4.4        3.0        2.8        3.1                       

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

     3.4        3.1        3.4        1.7        1.6        1.7                       

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

     2.2        1.8        2.2        1.6        1.4        1.6                       

Discount rate for plan liabilities

     2.6        2.9        3.8        2.1        1.4        2.6        3.7        3.5        4.3  

Inflation – CPI

     2.2        1.8        2.2        1.6        1.4        1.6        1.8        1.4        1.7  

Inflation – RPI

     3.2        2.8        3.2                                            

 

(i) The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members’ pension entitlement is dependent on a member’s projected final salary.
(ii) The salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases.

For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 

     United Kingdom(i)      Ireland(ii)      United States  
           2017
Age
           2016
Age
           2015
Age
           2017
Age
           2016
Age
           2015
Age
           2017
Age
           2016
Age
           2015
Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

                          

Male

     86.3        86.4        86.6        86.3        86.2        86.0        85.9        86.3        86.7  

Female

     88.1        88.3        88.5        89.0        88.9        88.7        87.9        88.3        88.9  

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                          

Male

     88.2        88.6        88.8        89.2        89.1        88.9        87.5        88.0        88.4  

Female

     90.5        91.2        91.4        91.9        91.8        91.6        89.5        89.9        90.6  

 

(i) Based on the CMI’s latest SAPS mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and where people live, with suitable future improvements.
(ii) Based on the ‘00’ series of mortality tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements.

For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2017 and on the plan liabilities at 30 June 2017:

 

     United Kingdom     Ireland     United States and other  

Benefit/(cost)

   Operating
profit
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
    Operating
profit
£ million
    Profit
after
taxation
£ million
    Plan
liabilities(i)
£ million
 

Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate

     7       20       559       3       4       161       1       1       34  

Effect of 0.5% decrease in discount rate

     (8     (18     (626     (3     (3     (188     (1     (1     (35

Effect of 0.5% increase in inflation

     (8     (18     (508     (2     (4     (141     (1     (1     (13

Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation

     6       15       438       2       3       103             1       12  

Effect of one year increase in life expectancy

     (1     (7     (297     (1     (2     (75           (1     (25

 

(i) The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps entered into by the pension plans.
(1) The sensitivity analyses above have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions and may not be representative of the actual change. Each sensitivity is calculated on a change in the key assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity to inflation includes the impact on all inflation linked assumptions (e.g. pension increases and salary increases where appropriate).

 

241


Financial statements (continued)

 

(c) Investment and hedging strategy

The investment strategy for the group’s funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustees of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective of the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the movement on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable level of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using the funds of the plans to invest in a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver a target rate of return. The majority of the investment strategies have significant amounts allocated to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, within acceptable boundaries of risk. Significant amounts are invested in bonds in order to provide a natural hedge against movements in the liabilities of the plans. At 30 June 2017, approximately 38% and 78% (2016 – 27% and 80%) of the UK Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of bonds and swaps. At 30 June 2017, approximately 36% and 68% (2016 – 28% and 60%) of the Irish Scheme’s liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the combined effect of bonds and swaps.

The discount rates used are based on the yields of high quality fixed income investments. For the UK plans, which represent approximately 69% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA-rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rates used for the non-UK plans.

An analysis of the fair value of the plan assets is as follows:

 

     2017     2016  
     United
Kingdom
£ million
    Ireland
£ million
     United
States and
other
£ million
     Total
£ million
    United
Kingdom
£ million
    Ireland
£ million
     United
States and
other
£ million
     Total
£ million
 

Equities

                    

Quoted

     902       367        296        1,565       992       433        253        1,678  

Unquoted and private equity

     365       2        19        386       321       3        20        344  

Bonds

                    

Fixed-interest government

     193       153        50        396       206       158        46        410  

Inflation-linked government

     1,036       182               1,218       977       178               1,155  

Investment grade corporate

     998       277        337        1,612       980       225        314        1,519  

Non-investment grade

     230       51        17        298       219       43        12        274  

Loan securities

     956       222               1,178       602       140               742  

Repurchase agreements

     2,812                     2,812       2,000                     2,000  

Liability driven investment (LDI)

     122       69               191       114       24               138  

Property – unquoted

     641       121        1        763       670       108        1        779  

Hedge funds

           151               151             142               142  

Interest rate and inflation swaps

     (1,440     41               (1,399     (1,007     15               (992

Cash and other

     (26     27        54        55       (27     3        91        67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bid value of assets

     6,789       1,663        774        9,226       6,047       1,472        737        8,256  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term.
(2) Within the Irish Scheme’s plan assets above there is £0.5 million (2016 – £0.6 million) invested in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc.

 

242


Financial statements (continued)

 

Total cash contributions by the group to all post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2018 are estimated to be approximately £200 million.

(d) Deficit funding arrangements

UK plans

In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group established a Pension Funding Partnership (PFP) in respect of the UK Scheme. Whisky inventory was transferred into the partnership but the group retains control over the partnership which at 30 June 2017 held inventory with a book value of £532 million (2016 – £607 million). The partnership is fully consolidated in the group financial statements. The UK Scheme has a limited interest in the partnership and, as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership which for the year ended 30 June 2017 was £25 million (2016 – £25 million) and is expected to be approximately the same amount for the next seven years.

In 2024 the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, to pay an amount not greater than the actuarial deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to purchase the UK Scheme’s interest in the partnership. If the UK Scheme is in surplus at an actuarial triennial valuation without allowing for the value of the PFP, then Diageo can exit the PFP with the agreement of the trustees. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions if the deficit at the 2018 actuarial triennial valuation is in excess of £84 million. These additional contributions would be payable to the UK Scheme by 31 March 2019, or within one month of completion of the 2018 valuation if later.

Irish plans

The group has also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustees of the Irish Scheme under which it contributes to the Irish Scheme €23 million (£20 million) per annum until the year ending 30 June 2028. The agreement also provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €135 million (£116 million) if the deficit is not reduced at each triennial valuation to agreed limits up to 2027. As part of this funding plan, Diageo has also granted to the Irish Scheme a contingent asset comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£175 million). Following the actuarial triennial valuation as of 31 December 2015, the group made additional cash contributions of €32 million (£28 million) during the year ended 30 June 2017, and has agreed to pay a further €9 million (£8 million) in each of the next two years. The group has also agreed to make conditional payments up to a maximum of €29 million (£25 million) if the deficit on the plan is greater than €232 million (£204 million) at the 2018 actuarial triennial valuation. The conditional payments would be made equally over the three years after the 2018 actuarial triennial valuation has been agreed.

(e) Timing of benefit payments

The following table provides information on the timing of the benefit payments and the average duration of the defined benefit obligations and the distribution of the timing of benefit payments:

 

                                                                                                                                   
     United Kingdom      Ireland      United States  
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 
Maturity analysis of benefits expected to be paid                  

Within one year

     347        272        76        74        57        61  

Between 1 to 5 years

     1,079        998        374        359        243        175  

Between 6 to 15 years

     2,800        2,724        742        702        366        387  

Between 16 to 25 years

     2,511        2,530        701        662        234        266  

Beyond 25 years

     4,201        4,210        1,170        1,121        198        253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,938        10,734        3,063        2,918        1,098        1,142  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     years      years      years      years      years      years  
Average duration of the defined benefit obligation      19        18        19        20        10        11  

 

243


Financial statements (continued)

 

The projected benefit payments are based on the assumptions underlying the assessment of the obligations, including inflation. They are disclosed undiscounted and therefore appear large relative to the discounted value of the plan liabilities recognised in the consolidated balance sheet. They are in respect of benefits that have accrued at the balance sheet date and make no allowance for any benefits accrued subsequently.

(f) Related party disclosures

Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 20.

14. Working capital

Accounting policies

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated at the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories. Maturing inventories which are retained for more than one year are classified as current assets, as they are expected to be realised in the normal operating cycle.

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value less transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs less any allowance for discounts and doubtful debts.

Trade and other payables are initially recognised at fair value including transaction costs and subsequently carried at amortised costs.

Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

 

 

(a) Inventories

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

     327        301  

Work in progress

     45        49  

Maturing inventories

     3,820        3,647  

Finished goods and goods for resale

     596        582  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,788        4,579  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maturing inventories include whisk(e)y, rum, tequila and Chinese white spirits. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

     8        27  

Maturing inventories

     3,194        3,180  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,202        3,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

244


Financial statements (continued)

 

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     73       53  

Exchange differences

     (1     5  

Income statement charge

     41       33  

Utilised

     (25     (15

Sale of businesses

           (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     88       73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(b) Trade and other receivables

 

                                                                                       
     2017      2016  
     Current
assets
£ million
     Non-current
assets
£ million
     Current
assets
£ million
     Non-current
assets
£ million
 

Trade receivables

     2,130               2,154        1  

Interest receivable

     19               20         

Other receivables

     244        45        281        36  

Prepayments

     159        13        189        9  

Accrued income

     40               42         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,592        58        2,686        46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017, approximately 15%, 21% and 12% of the group’s trade receivables of £2,130 million are due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom, the United States and India, respectively.

The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of allowances, is as follows:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Not overdue

     2,026       2,012  

Overdue 1 – 30 days

     28       60  

Overdue 31 – 60 days

     19       25  

Overdue 61 – 90 days

     11       16  

Overdue 91 – 180 days

     21       21  

Overdue more than 180 days

     25       21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,130       2,155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of allowance for doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 

     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

     83       71  

Exchange differences

     (1     5  

Income statement charge

     54       15  

Written off

     (7     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     129       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

245


Financial statements (continued)

 

The income statement charge includes £32 million in respect of a claim made by a customer in India. See note 4(b).

(c) Trade and other payables

 

                                                                                       
     2017      2016(i)  
     Current
liabilities
£ million
     Non-current
liabilities
£ million
     Current
liabilities
£ million
     Non-current
liabilities
£ million
 

Trade payables

     1,365               1,088         

Interest payable

     75               81         

Tax and social security excluding income tax

     543        2        605        3  

Other payables

     487        16        508        37  

Accruals

     1,064        6        1,056        9  

Deferred income

     29               34        21  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,563        24        3,372        70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The group has revised the disclosure of ‘trade payables’ and ‘other payables’ as at 30 June 2016 to be consistent with the current year presentation.

Interest payable at 30 June 2017 includes interest on non-derivative financial instruments of £68 million (2016 – £73 million).

(d) Provisions

 

                                                                 
     Thalidomide
£ million
    Other
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2016

     190       200       390  

Exchange differences

     1       5       6  

Provisions charged during the year

     64       95       159  

Provisions utilised during the year

     (40     (106     (146

Transfers

           (2     (2

Unwinding of discounts

     8             8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     223       192       415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     18       111       129  

Non-current liabilities

     205       81       286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     223       192       415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Provisions have been established in respect of the discounted value of the group’s commitment to the UK and Australian Thalidomide Trusts. These will be utilised over the period of the commitments up to 2037. See note 8.

(b) The largest items in other provisions at 30 June 2017 are £48 million in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which will be utilised when employees leave the group and £33 million in respect of the Turkish Competition Authority investigation into Mey İçki’s trading practices in Turkey.

 

246


Financial statements (continued)

 

Risk management and capital structure

Introduction

This section sets out the policies and procedures applied to manage the group’s capital structure and the financial risks the group is exposed to. Diageo considers the following components of its balance sheet to be capital: borrowings and equity. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels.

15. Financial instruments and risk management

Accounting policies

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recorded at fair value including any directly attributable transaction costs. For those financial assets that are not subsequently held at fair value, the group assesses whether there is evidence of impairment at each balance sheet date.

The group classifies its financial assets and liabilities into the following categories: loans and receivables, available-for-sale investments, financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit and loss and other financial liabilities at amortised cost.

The accounting policies for available-for-sale investments and loans are described in note 12, for trade and other receivables in note 14 and for cash and cash equivalents in note 16.

Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include derivative assets and liabilities. Where financial assets or liabilities are eligible to be carried at either amortised cost or fair value the group does not apply the fair value option.

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income statement as they arise.

Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost unless they are part of a fair value hedge relationship. The difference between the initial carrying amount of the financial liabilities and their redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the contractual terms using the effective interest rate method.

Hedge accounting

The group designates and documents certain derivatives as hedging instruments against changes in fair value of recognised assets and liabilities (fair value hedges), highly probable forecast transactions or the cash flow risk from a change in exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges). The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed at inception and at least on a quarterly basis, using prospective and retrospective testing. Methods used for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis and hypothetical derivative method.

Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability.

If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign currency or interest exposure affects the income statement.

 

247


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are also recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement.

 

The group’s funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risks are managed by the group’s treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and monitored by the finance committee, chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. The policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk which are periodically reviewed by the Board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the Board approved strategies. Transactions arising from the application of this flexibility are carried at fair value, gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise and are separately monitored on a daily basis using Value at Risk analysis. In the year ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016 gains and losses on these transactions were not material. The group does not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.

The finance committee receives a monthly report on the key activities of the treasury department, which would identify any exposures which differ from the defined benchmarks, should they arise.

(a) Currency risk

The group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group’s transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its operations. To manage the currency risk the group uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations

The group hedges a certain portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating borrowings held in foreign currencies and using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The group’s policy is to maintain total net investment Value at Risk below £1.5 billion, where Value at Risk is defined as the maximum amount of loss over a one-year period with a 95% probability confidence level.

At 30 June 2017 foreign currency borrowings and financial derivatives designated in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £6,746 million (2016 – £6,787 million).

Hedge of foreign currency debt

The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings.

Transaction exposure hedging

The group’s policy is to hedge up to 24 months forecast transactional foreign currency risk on the net US dollar exposure of the group targeting 75% coverage for the current financial year and up to 18 months for other currency pairs. The group’s exposure to foreign currency risk arising on forecasted transactions is managed using forward agreements.

 

248


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Interest rate risk

The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the Board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowings and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group’s net finance charges with acceptable year on year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group’s policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. The majority of the group’s existing interest rate derivatives are designated as hedges and are expected to be effective. Fair value of these derivatives is recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. The group’s net borrowings interest rate profile as at 30 June 2017 and 2016 is as follows:

 

                                                                                       
     2017      2016  
     £ million      %      £ million     %  

Fixed rate

     4,443        57        4,103       47  

Floating rate(i)

     3,336        42        4,738       55  

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

     113        1        (206     (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     7,892        100        8,635       100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The floating rate portion of net borrowings includes cash and cash equivalents, collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds, bank overdrafts and finance lease obligations.

The table below sets out the average monthly net borrowings and effective interest rate:

 

Average monthly net borrowings     Effective interest rate  
2017
                         £ million
    2016
                         £ million
    2015
                         £ million
    2017
                                 %
    2016
                                 %
    2015
                                 %
 
  8,771       9,245       10,459       3.5       3.3       3.5  

(1) For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings includes the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but excludes the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

(c) Commodity price risk

The group is exposed to commodity price risk. Commodity price risk is managed in line with the principles approved by the Board either through long term purchase contracts with suppliers or, where appropriate, derivative contracts. The group policy is to maintain the total commodity exposure Value at Risk below 75bps of forecast gross margin in any given financial year. Where derivative contracts are used the commodity price risk exposure is hedged up to 24 months of forecast volume principally through exchange-traded futures.

(d) Market risk sensitivity analysis

The group uses a sensitivity analysis that estimates the impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016, for each class of financial instruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit liability and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

 

249


Financial statements (continued)

 

The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. All hedges are expected to be highly effective for this analysis and it considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities. The results of the sensitivity analysis should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses as actual results in the future may differ materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the table below.

 

                                                                                       
     Impact on income
statement
gain/(loss)
    Impact on consolidated
comprehensive income
gain/(loss)(i) (ii)
 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

0.5% decrease in interest rates

     (20     (24     (12     (8

0.5% increase in interest rates

     20       24       13       9  

10% weakening of sterling

     (19     (26     (835     (641

10% strengthening of sterling

     16       21       684       525  

 

(i) The impact on foreign currency borrowings and derivatives in net investment hedges is largely offset by the foreign exchange difference arising on the translation of net investments.
(ii) The impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

(e) Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises on cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions.

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the group’s exposure to credit risk at the balance sheet date as disclosed in section (i), excluding the impact of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.

Financial credit risk

Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the Board. Counterparties are predominantly limited to major banks and financial institutions, primarily with a long term credit rating within the A band or better, and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group’s policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The Board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for currency and interest rate risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a predetermined threshold. At 30 June 2017, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $96 million (£74 million) and €nil million (£nil million) (2016 – $104 million (£78 million) and €73 million (£61 million)).

Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties’ credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.

Business related credit risk

Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no significant concentration of credit risk with respect to loans, trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

 

250


Financial statements (continued)

 

(f) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter difficulties in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group uses short term commercial paper to finance its day-to-day operations. The group’s policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, the group’s policy is to maintain backstop facilities with relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows including interest payable for the group’s financial liabilities and derivative instruments on an undiscounted basis. Where interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve prevailing at 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016. The gross cash flows of cross currency swaps are presented for the purposes of this table. All other derivative contracts are presented on a net basis. Financial assets and liabilities are presented gross in the statement of financial position, although in practice, the group uses netting arrangements to reduce its liquidity requirements on these instruments.

Contractual cash flows

 

                                                                                                                                   
     Due within
1 year
£ million
    Due between
1 and 3 years
£ million
    Due between
3 and 5 years
£ million
    Due after
5 years
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Carrying
amount at
balance
sheet date
£ million
 

2017

            

Borrowings(i)

     (2,458     (1,253     (1,350     (3,998     (9,059     (9,042

Interest on borrowings(i), (iii)

     (334     (421     (366     (1,461     (2,582     (68

Finance lease capital repayments

     (26     (74     (41     (42     (183     (183

Finance lease future interest payments

     (9     (12     (7     (3     (31      

Trade and other financial liabilities(ii)

     (2,693     (34     (173     (3     (2,903     (2,889
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

     (5,520     (1,794     (1,937     (5,507     (14,758     (12,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cross currency swaps (gross)

            

– Receivable

     61       122       122       2,302       2,607        

– Payable

     (41     (82     (82     (1,853     (2,058      

Other derivative instruments (net)

     (94     13       2             (79      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative instruments (iii)

     (74     53       42       449       470       110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016

            

Borrowings(i)

     (2,058     (2,853     (558     (4,621     (10,090     (10,129

Interest on borrowings(i), (iii)

     (358     (449     (360     (1,415     (2,582     (73

Finance lease capital repayments

     (29     (58     (69     (86     (242     (242

Finance lease future interest payments

     (13     (20     (13     (54     (100      

Trade and other financial liabilities(ii)

     (2,435     (199     (8     (4     (2,646     (2,638
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

     (4,893     (3,579     (1,008     (6,180     (15,660     (13,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cross currency swaps (gross)

            

– Receivable

     515       82       82       1,558       2,237        

– Payable

     (367     (56     (56     (1,125     (1,604      

Other derivative instruments (net)

     152       (17     7       3       145        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative instruments (iii)

     300       9       33       436       778       498  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) For the purpose of these tables above, borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and fair value of derivative instruments as disclosed in note 16.
(ii) Primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.
(iii) Carrying amount of interest on borrowings and interest on derivatives is included within interest payable in note 14.

 

251


Financial statements (continued)

 

The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

Expiring within one year

     481         

Expiring between one and two years

     900        470  

Expiring after two years

     1,219        2,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,600        2,542  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group’s commercial paper programmes.

There are no financial covenants on the group’s material short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo’s financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants in respect of its material short and long term borrowings throughout each of the years presented.

(g) Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations.

The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most subjective input.

Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument’s term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

Other financial liabilities include an option held by Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala to sell the remaining 50% equity stake in Rum Creations & Products, Inc. the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, to Diageo, with changes in fair value of this option included in retained earnings. As the valuation of this option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as level 3 in the hierarchy. The exercise date of this option is estimated based on forecast future performance and an estimated rate of return.

The option is sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions. If the option is exercised two years earlier or two years later the value of the option will decrease or increase by £18 million and £32 million, respectively. If forecast performance decreases or increases by 10%, the value of the option would decrease or increase by £35 million and £38 million, respectively.

 

252


Financial statements (continued)

 

The group’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised as follows:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Derivative assets

     348       879  

Derivative liabilities

     (232     (373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on observable market input (Level 2)

     116       506  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

     (183     (165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation techniques based on unobservable market input (Level 3)

     (183     (165
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:

 

                                           
     Other financial liabilities  
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

At 1 July

     (165     (139

Net losses included in the income statement

     (8     (1

Net losses included in exchange in other comprehensive income

     (4     (25

Net losses included in retained earnings

     (12     (3

Settlement of liabilities

     6       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June

     (183     (165 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the two years ended 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016.

In addition, retained earnings included a £3 million capital injection to Rum Creations & Products, Inc. from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala.

(h) Results of hedging instruments

In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, a loss of £29 million (2016 – £31 million gain; 2015 – £46 million loss) has been recognised in other comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A loss of £143 million has been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and a gain of £42 million to other finance charges, respectively (2016 – a loss of £66 million and a gain of £211 million; 2015 – a loss of £26 million and a gain of £84 million, respectively) to offset the exchange impact on the underlying transactions.

For cash flow hedges of forecast transactions at 30 June 2017, based on year end interest and exchange rates, there is expected to be a loss to the income statement of £33 million in the year ending 30 June 2018 and a gain of £4 million in the year ending 30 June 2019. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the related bonds mature in 2023, 2036 and 2043. Exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds in the income statement are expected to offset those on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

The loss on fair value hedging instruments for the year was £36 million (2016 – £16 million gain; 2015 – £11 million gain) and the gain on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £43 million (2016 – £26 million loss; 2015 – £11 million loss).

There was no significant ineffectiveness on net investment hedging during the year ended 30 June 2017.

 

253


Financial statements (continued)

 

(i) Reconciliation of financial instruments

The table below sets out the group’s accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities:

 

     Fair value
through income
statement

£ million
    Loans and
receivables
and liabilities at
amortised cost
£ million
    Available
for sale

£ million
     Not categorised
as a financial
instrument

£ million
    Total
£ million
    Current
£ million
    Non-current
£ million
 

2017

               

Other investments and loans

           31                    31             31  

Trade and other receivables

           2,406              244       2,650       2,592       58  

Cash and cash equivalents

           1,191                    1,191       1,191        

Derivatives in fair value hedge

                                           

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     234                          234       8       226  

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     49                          49       49        

Other instruments at fair value

     65                          65       24       41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     348                          348       81       267  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     348       3,628              244       4,220       3,864       356  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings(i)

           (9,042                  (9,042     (2,459     (6,583

Trade and other payables

           (2,780            (807     (3,587     (3,563     (24

Derivatives in fair value hedge

     (2                        (2     (1     (1

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     (72                        (72     (47     (25

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     (6                        (6     (6      

Other instruments at fair value

     (335                        (335     (135     (200

Finance leases

           (183                  (183     (26     (157
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     (415     (183                  (598     (215     (383
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (415     (12,005            (807     (13,227     (6,237     (6,990
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net financial liabilities

     (67     (8,377            (563     (9,007     (2,373     (6,634
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016

               

Other investments and loans

           31                    31             31  

Trade and other receivables

           2,424              308       2,732       2,686       46  

Cash and cash equivalents

           1,089                    1,089       1,089        

Derivatives in fair value hedge

     35                          35             35  

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     362                          362       130       232  

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     216                          216       216        

Other instruments at fair value

     266                          266       148       118  

Finance lease assets

           36                    36       1       35  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     879       36                    915       495       420  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     879       3,580              308       4,767       4,270       497  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings(i)

           (10,129                  (10,129     (2,058     (8,071

Trade and other payables

           (2,554            (888     (3,442     (3,372     (70

Derivatives in cash flow hedge

     (148                        (148     (102     (46

Derivatives in net investment hedge

     (66                        (66     (66      

Other instruments at fair value

     (324                        (324     (83     (241

Finance leases

           (242                  (242     (29     (213
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     (538     (242                  (780     (280     (500
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     (538     (12,925            (888     (14,351     (5,710     (8,641
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net financial assets/(liabilities)

     341       (9,345            (580     (9,584     (1,440     (8,144
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Borrowings are defined as gross borrowings excluding finance lease liabilities and the fair value of derivative instruments.

 

254


Financial statements (continued)

 

At 30 June 2017 and 30 June 2016, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets and liabilities approximate to fair values. At 30 June 2017 the fair value of borrowings, based on unadjusted quoted market data, was £9,641 million (2016 – £10,709 million).

(j) Capital management

The group’s management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, provide flexibility to invest through the economic cycle and give efficient access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a net borrowing to EBITDA leverage of 2.5 – 3.0 times, this range for Diageo being currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider operating outside of this range in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo’s leverage was to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to the range of 2.5 – 3.0 times. The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure. For this calculation net borrowings are adjusted by the pension deficit whilst EBITDA equals operating profit excluding exceptional operating items and depreciation, amortisation and impairment and includes share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures.

16. Net borrowings

Accounting policies

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs and are subsequently reported at amortised cost. Certain bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship. In these cases, the amortised cost is adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in value recognised in the income statement. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data.

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group’s cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

 

255


Financial statements (continued)

 

Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

 

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

Bank overdrafts

     274       280  

Bank and other loans

     495       436  

Credit support obligations

     74       139  

US$ 600 million 5.5% bonds due 2016

           451  

US$ 1,000 million 1.5% bonds due 2017

           751  

US$ 1,250 million 5.75% bonds due 2017

     962        

US$ 650 million 1.125% bonds due 2018

     499        

US$ 200 million 4.85% medium term notes due 2018

     154        

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

     1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings due within one year

     2,459       2,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

US$ 1,250 million 5.75% bonds due 2017

           939  

US$ 650 million 1.125% bonds due 2018

           487  

€ 500 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

     441       421  

€ 850 million 1.125% bonds due 2019

     745       707  

US$ 696 million 4.828% bonds due 2020

     508       488  

US$ 1,000 million 2.875% bonds due 2022

     766       748  

US$ 300 million 8% bonds due 2022

     229       224  

US$ 1,350 million 2.625% bonds due 2023

     1,035       1,011  

€ 500 million 1.75% bonds due 2024

     436       413  

€ 850 million 2.375% bonds due 2026

     740       702  

US$ 400 million 7.45% bonds due 2035

     308       301  

US$ 600 million 5.875% bonds due 2036

     456       446  

US$ 500 million 4.25% bonds due 2042

     380       371  

US$ 500 million 3.875% bonds due 2043

     377       369  

US$ 200 million 4.85% medium term notes due 2018

           150  

Bank and other loans

     119       184  

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

     43       110  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings due after one year

     6,583       8,071  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

     9,042       10,129  

Fair value of foreign currency derivatives

     (144     (612

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

     2       (35

Finance lease liabilities

     183       242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross borrowings

     9,083       9,724  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

     (1,191     (1,089
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings

     7,892       8,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The interest rates shown are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 15).
(2) Bonds are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £61 million (2016 – £72 million; 2015 – £82 million).
(3) Bonds are reported above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately.
(4) All bonds, medium term notes and commercial paper issued by the group’s wholly owned subsidiaries are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Diageo plc.

 

256


Financial statements (continued)

 

Gross borrowings before derivative financial instruments will mature as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Within one year

     2,459        2,058        1,921  

Between one and three years

     1,255        2,896        2,607  

Between three and five years

     1,324        537        970  

Beyond five years

     4,004        4,638        4,340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,042        10,129        9,838  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year the following bonds were issued and repaid:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
 

Issued

      

€ denominated

                 791  

Repaid

      

€ denominated

                 (792

US$ denominated

     (1,234     (1,003     (330

£ denominated(i)

                 (370
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (1,234     (1,003     (701
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) In the year ended 30 June 2015 a bond of £370 million acquired on the purchase of USL was repaid using the proceeds from the sale of the Whyte and Mackay Group.

(a) Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
 

At beginning of the year

     8,635       9,527  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents before exchange

     (122     (343

Net decrease in bonds and other borrowings

     (820     (1,236
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

     (942     (1,579

Exchange differences on net borrowings

     205       725  

Borrowings on disposal of businesses

           (14

Other non-cash items

     (6     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net borrowings at end of the year

     7,892       8,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

257


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Analysis of net borrowings by currency

 

     2017     2016  
     Cash and cash
equivalents
£ million
     Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
    Cash and cash
equivalents
£ million
     Gross
borrowings(i)
£ million
 

US dollar

     576        (2,492     503        (3,247

Euro

     69        (1,965     61        (2,034

Sterling(ii)

     51        (4,214     66        (3,980

Indian rupee

     16        (405     37        (418

Kenyan shilling

     15        (115     5        (99

South African rand

     6        (52     11        (34

Nigerian naira

     19        (41     13        (84

Chinese Yuan

     110        (30     51        (7

Turkish lira(ii)

     133        (27     169        (4

Other

     196        258       173        183  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,191        (9,083     1,089        (9,724
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The analysis of the group’s gross borrowings includes foreign currency forwards and swaps and finance leases.
(ii) 30 June 2017 balances include £29 million (Sterling) and £128 million (Turkish lira) cash and cash equivalents in cash-pooling arrangements. (2016 – £32 million (Sterling) and £162 million (Turkish lira)).

17. Equity

Accounting policies

Own shares represent shares and share options of Diageo plc that are held in treasury or by employee share trusts for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans or were acquired as part of a share buyback programme. Own shares are treated as a deduction from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of and when vest are transferred from own shares to retained earnings at their weighted average cost.

Share based payments include share awards and options granted to directors and employees. The fair value of equity settled share options and share grants is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. For equity settled shares the credit is included in retained earnings. Cancellations of share options are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in operating profit immediately. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as a movement in equity.

Dividends are included in the financial statements in the financial year in which they are approved.

 

 

(a) Allotted and fully paid share capital – ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

 

                                           
     Number
of shares
million
     Nominal
value
£ million
 

At 30 June 2017, 30 June 2016 and 30 June 2015

     2,754        797  

 

258


Financial statements (continued)

 

(b) Hedging and exchange reserve

 

                                                                 
     Hedging
reserve
£ million
    Exchange
reserve
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

     107       (1,010     (903

Other comprehensive income

     (86     (163     (249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     21       (1,173     (1,152

Other comprehensive income

     (111     742       631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     (90     (431     (521

Other comprehensive income

     69       (1     68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     (21     (432     (453
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(c) Own shares

Movements in own shares

 

                                           
     Number
of shares
million
    Purchase
consideration
£ million
 

At 30 June 2014

     253       2,280  

Share trust arrangements

     (2     (18

Shares purchased

     4       70  

Shares used to satisfy options

     (7     (104
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2015

     248       2,228  

Share trust arrangements

     (1     (6

Shares purchased

     2       42  

Shares used to satisfy options

     (5     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2016

     244       2,189  

Share trust arrangements

     (3     (32

Shares purchased

     5       101  

Shares used to satisfy options

     (5     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017

     241       2,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share trust arrangements

At 30 June 2017 the employee share trusts owned 5 million of ordinary shares in Diageo plc at a cost of £81 million and market value of £107 million (2016 – 7 million shares at a cost of £113 million, market value £155 million; 2015 – 8 million shares at a cost of £119 million, market value £149 million). Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived and the trustee abstains from voting.

Purchase of own shares

Authorisation was given by shareholders on 21 September 2016 to purchase a maximum of 251,781,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting or on 20 December 2017, if earlier.

During the year ended 30 June 2017, the company purchased 5 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million (2016 – 2 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million; 2015 – 4 million ordinary shares, nominal value of £1 million), representing approximately 0.2% (2016 – 0.1%; 2015 – 0.1%) of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares).

 

259


Financial statements (continued)

 

Shares were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to employees during the course of the year.

The consideration paid for purchase of own shares was £101 million (excluding expenses) in the year ended 30 June 2017. The monthly breakdown of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2017 were as follows:

 

                                                                 

Calendar month

   Number of shares
purchased
     Average price paid
pence
     Authorised purchases
unutilised at month end
 

September 2016

     3,807,881        2213        247,973,119  

March 2017

     739,319        2278        247,233,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,547,200        2223        247,233,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(d) Dividends

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

        

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2016

        

36.6 pence per share (2015 – 34.9 pence; 2014 – 32.0 pence)

     920        876        801  

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2017

        

23.7 pence per share (2016 – 22.6 pence; 2015 – 21.5 pence)

     595        567        540  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,515        1,443        1,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The proposed final dividend of £967 million (38.5 pence per share) for the year ended 30 June 2017 was approved by the Board of Directors on 26 July 2017. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

Dividends are waived on all treasury shares owned by the company and all shares owned by the employee share trusts.

(e) Non-controlling interests

Diageo consolidates USL, a company incorporated in India, with a 43.91% non-controlling interest and has a 50% controlling interest in Ketel One Worldwide B.V. (Ketel One), a company incorporated in the Netherlands. All other consolidated subsidiaries are fully owned or the non-controlling interests are not material.

 

260


Financial statements (continued)

 

Summarised financial information for USL, Ketel One and others, after fair value adjustments on acquisition, and the amounts attributable to non-controlling interests are as follows:

 

                                                                                                             
     2017     2016     2015  
     USL
£ million
    Ketel One
and others
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Total
£ million
    Total
£ million
 

Income statement

          

Sales

     3,068       1,776       4,844       4,023       3,990  

Net sales

     994       1,418       2,412       2,138       2,250  

Profit for the year

     29       200       229       251       190  

Other comprehensive income(i)

     121       (5     116       399       116  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     150       195       345       650       306  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     66       82       148       290       149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet

          

Non-current assets(ii)

     2,435       2,540       4,975       4,825       4,396  

Current assets

     610       612       1,222       1,188       1,045  

Non-current liabilities

     (517     (810     (1,327     (1,339     (1,302

Current liabilities

     (644     (555     (1,199     (1,193     (1,042

Net assets

     1,884       1,787       3,671       3,481       3,097  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     827       888       1,715       1,650       1,485  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow

          

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     41       314       355       245       282  

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

     (10     (76     (86     17       300  

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities

     (49     (123     (172     (212     (569
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (18     115       97       50       13  

Exchange differences

     2       (5     (3     (1     3  

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

           (83     (83     (101     (72
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Other comprehensive income is principally in respect of exchange on translating the subsidiaries to sterling.
(ii) Ketel One includes the global distribution rights to distribute Ketel One vodka products throughout the world. The carrying value of the distribution rights at 30 June 2017 was £1,385 million (2016 – £1,354 million; 2015 – £1,147 million).

(f) Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of share award and option plans to grant to its directors and employees.

The annual fair value charge in respect of the equity settled plans for the three years ended 30 June 2017 is as follows:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Executive share award plans

     28        24        27  

Executive share option plans

     3        3        4  

Savings plans

     3        2        4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     34        29        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Executive share awards are made under the Diageo 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan (DLTIP) from September 2014 onwards. Prior to that, awards were made under the Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP), the 2008 Performance Share Plan (PSP), the 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan (SESOP) or the 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan (DIP). Prior to the introduction of the DLTIP, employees in associated companies were granted awards under the Diageo plc 2011 Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan (DACSIP). There was a single grant in September 2016 under the Diageo Performance Incentive plan. Under all of these plans, conditional awards can be delivered in the form of restricted shares or share options at the market value at the time of grant.

 

261


Financial statements (continued)

 

Share awards normally vest and are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Participants do not make a payment to receive the award at grant. Executive Directors are required to hold any vested shares awarded from 2014 for a further two-year period. Share options may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. Executives in North America and Latin America and Caribbean are granted awards over the company’s ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

Performance shares under the DLTIP (previously PSP) are subject to the achievement of three equally weighted performance tests over the three-year performance period for the 2013 and 2014 grants these were: 1) a comparison of Diageo’s three-year TSR with a peer group; 2) compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years; 3) total organic operating margin improvement over three years. For awards made in September 2015 or later, the third measure was replaced by one based on cumulative free cash flow over a three-year period, measured at constant exchange rates. Performance shares under the Diageo Performance Incentive plan (DPI) in September 2016 are subject to the achievement of two equally weighted performance tests over the three-year performance period. These were: 1) compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years; and 2) productivity savings over three years, with an assessment of line manager performance as an underpin. Performance share options under the DLTIP (previously SESOP) are subject to the achievement of an earnings per share growth condition over a three-year period. Performance measures and targets are set annually by the Remuneration Committee. The vesting range is 20% or 25% (for Executive Directors and for other participants respectively) for achieving minimum performance targets, up to 100% for achieving the maximum target level. Retesting of the performance condition is not permitted.

For performance shares under the DLTIP (previously PSP) dividends are accrued on awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance period. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

For the three years ended 30 June 2017, the calculation of the fair value of each share award used the Monte Carlo pricing model and the following assumptions:

 

                                                                 
     2017      2016      2015  

Risk free interest rate

     0.1%        1.0%        1.4%  

Expected life of the awards

     36 months        37 months        37 months  

Dividend yield

     3.0%        3.2%        3.1%  

Weighted average share price

     2130 p        1737 p        1832 p  

Weighted average fair value of awards granted in the year

     1427 p        1058 p        753 p  

Number of awards granted in the year

     3.6 million        3.1 million        2.5 million  

Fair value of all awards granted in the year

     £51 million        £33 million        £19 million  

Transactions on schemes

Transactions on the executive share award plans for the three years ended 30 June 2017 were as follows:

 

     2017
Number of
awards
million
    2016
Number of
awards
million
    2015
Number of
awards
million
 

Balance outstanding at 1 July

     7.2       7.6       9.4  

Granted

     3.6       3.1       2.5  

Exercised/awarded

     (1.3     (1.6     (2.6

Forfeited/expired

     (1.6     (1.9     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at 30 June

     7.9       7.2       7.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 30 June 2017, 5.6 million executive share options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of 1725 pence.

 

262


Financial statements (continued)

 

Other financial information

Introduction

This section includes additional financial information that are either required by the relevant accounting standards or management considers these to be material information for shareholders.

18. Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings

Accounting policies

Provision is made for the anticipated settlement costs of legal or other disputes against the group where it is considered to be probable that a liability exists and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome. Where it is possible that a settlement may be reached or it is not possible to make a reliable estimate of the estimated financial effect appropriate disclosure is made but no provision created.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements

Estimate and judgement is necessary in assessing the likelihood that a claim will succeed, or a liability will arise, and to quantify the possible range of any settlement. Due to the inherent uncertainty in this evaluation process, actual losses may be different from the liability originally estimated.

 

 

(a) Guarantees and related matters

As of 30 June 2017, the group has no material unprovided guarantees or indemnities in respect of liabilities of third parties.

(b) Thalidomide litigation

In June 2014, claim forms alleging product liability and negligence for injuries arising from the consumption of thalidomide were filed in the High Court in London against Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited, its parent Diageo Scotland Limited (formerly Distillers Company Limited), as well as against Grünenthal GmbH, the developer of the drug (not a member of the group). In June 2017, following discussions between lawyers for the 28 claimants and Diageo, a settlement was reached where six claimants were admitted as beneficiaries of the United Kingdom Thalidomide Trust and the remaining 22 claimants agreed to discontinue their claims.

Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited distributed thalidomide in the United Kingdom for a period in the late 1950s and early 1960s. Diageo has worked voluntarily for many years with various thalidomide organisations and has provided significant financial support.

In the year ended 30 June 2017 a charge of £55 million after tax was made to discontinued operations in the income statement in respect of thalidomide.

(c) Acquisition of USL shares from UBHL, winding-up petitions against UBHL and other proceedings in relation to the USL transaction

On 4 July 2013, Diageo completed its acquisition, under a share purchase agreement with United Breweries (Holdings) Limited (UBHL) and various other sellers (the SPA), of 21,767,749 shares (14.98%) in United Spirits Limited (USL) for a total consideration of INR 31.3 billion (£349 million), including 10,141,437 shares (6.98%) from UBHL. The SPA was signed on 9 November 2012 and was part of the transaction announced by Diageo in relation to USL on that day (the Original USL Transaction). Through a series of further transactions, as of 2 July 2014, Diageo has a 54.78% investment in USL (excluding 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust).

 

263


Financial statements (continued)

 

Prior to the acquisition from UBHL on 4 July 2013, the High Court of Karnataka (High Court) had granted leave to UBHL under sections 536 and 537 of the Indian Companies Act 1956 (the Leave Order) to enable the sale by UBHL to Diageo to take place (the UBHL Share Sale) notwithstanding the continued existence of five winding-up petitions that were pending against UBHL on 9 November 2012, being the date of the SPA. Additional winding-up petitions have been brought against UBHL since 9 November 2012, and the Leave Order did not extend to them. At the time of the completion of the UBHL Share Sale, the Leave Order remained subject to review on appeal. However, as stated by Diageo at the time of closing on 4 July 2013, it was considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the Leave Order would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly, Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired the 10,141,437 USL shares from UBHL at that time.

Following closing of the UBHL Share Sale, appeals were filed by various petitioners in respect of the Leave Order. On 20 December 2013, the division bench of the High Court set aside the Leave Order (the 20 December Order). Following the 20 December Order, Diageo filed special leave petitions (SLPs) in the Supreme Court of India against the 20 December Order.

On 10 February 2014, the Supreme Court of India issued an order giving notice in respect of the SLPs and ordering that the status quo be maintained with regard to the UBHL Share Sale pending a hearing on the matter in the Supreme Court. Following a number of adjournments, the next firm hearing date for the SLPs (in respect of which leave has since been granted and which have been converted to civil appeals) is yet to be fixed.

In separate proceedings, the High Court passed a winding-up order against UBHL on 7 February 2017. On 4 March 2017, UBHL appealed against this order before a division bench of the High Court. This appeal is currently pending.

Diageo continues to believe that the acquisition price of INR 1,440 per share paid to UBHL for the USL shares is fair and reasonable as regards UBHL, UBHL’s shareholders and UBHL’s secured and unsecured creditors. However, adverse results for Diageo in the proceedings referred to above could, absent leave or relief in other proceedings, ultimately result in Diageo losing title to the 10,141,437 USL shares acquired from UBHL. Diageo believes it would remain in control of USL and be able to consolidate USL as a subsidiary regardless of the outcome of this litigation. There can be no certainty as to the outcome of the existing or any further related legal proceedings or the timeframe within which they would be concluded.

Diageo also has the benefit of certain contractual undertakings and commitments from the relevant sellers in relation to potential challenges to its unencumbered title to the USL shares acquired on 4 July 2013, including relating to the winding-up petitions described above and/or certain losses and costs that may be incurred in the event of third party actions relating to the acquisition of the USL shares.

(d) Continuing matters relating to the resignation of Dr Vijay Mallya from USL and USL internal inquiries

On 25 February 2016, Diageo and USL each announced that they had entered into arrangements with Dr Mallya under which he had agreed to resign from his position as a director and as chairman of USL and from his positions in USL’s subsidiaries. As specified by Diageo in its announcement at that time, these arrangements ended its prior agreement with Dr Mallya regarding his position at USL, therefore bringing to an end the uncertainty relating to the governance of USL, and put in place a five-year global non-compete (excluding the United Kingdom), non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill arrangement with Dr Mallya. As part of those arrangements, USL, Diageo and Dr Mallya agreed a mutual release in relation to matters arising out of an inquiry into certain matters referred to in USL’s financial statements and the qualified auditor’s report for the year ended 31 March 2014 (the Initial Inquiry) which had revealed, among other things, certain diversions of USL funds. Dr Mallya also agreed not to pursue any claims against Diageo, USL and their affiliates (including under the prior agreement with Diageo). In evaluating entering into such arrangements, Diageo considered the impact of the arrangements on USL and all of USL’s shareholders, and came to the view that the arrangements were in the best interests of USL and its shareholders.

 

264


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo’s agreement with Dr Mallya (the 25 February Agreement) provided for a payment of $75 million (£53 million) to Dr Mallya over a five year period in consideration for the five-year global non-compete, non-interference, non-solicitation and standstill commitments referred to above, his resignation from USL and the termination of his USL-related appointment and governance rights, the relinquishing of rights and benefits attached to his position at USL, and his agreement not to pursue claims against Diageo and USL. The 25 February Agreement also provided for the release of Dr Mallya’s personal obligations to indemnify (i) Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. in respect of its earlier liability ($141 million (£96 million)) under a backstop guarantee of certain borrowings of Watson Limited (Watson) (a company affiliated with Dr Mallya), and (ii) Diageo Finance plc in respect of its earlier liability (£30 million) under a guarantee of certain borrowings of United Breweries Overseas Limited. $40 million (£28 million) of the $75 million (£53 million) amount was paid on signing of the 25 February Agreement with the balance being payable in equal instalments of $7 million (£5 million) a year over five years, subject to and conditional on Dr Mallya’s compliance with certain terms of the agreement. While the first instalment of $7 million (£5 million) would have become due on 25 February 2017, owing to various reasons, including breaches of several provisions of the 25 February Agreement committed by Dr Mallya, Diageo believes that it was not liable to pay such amount, and is very unlikely to become liable to pay future instalments, to Dr Mallya. Further, Diageo and other group companies have demanded from Dr Mallya the repayment of $40 million (£28 million) which was paid by Diageo on 25 February 2016, and also sought compensation from him for various losses incurred by the relevant members of the Diageo group on account of the breaches committed by him.

As previously announced by USL, the Initial Inquiry identified certain additional parties and matters indicating the possible existence of other improper transactions. These transactions could not be fully analysed during the Initial Inquiry and, accordingly, USL, as previously announced, mandated that its Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer conduct a further inquiry into the transactions involving the additional parties and the additional matters to determine whether they also suffered from improprieties (the Additional Inquiry). USL announced the results of the Additional Inquiry in a notice to the Indian Stock Exchange dated 9 July 2016.

As stated in that announcement, the Additional Inquiry revealed: (a) further instances of actual or potential fund diversions amounting to approximately INR 9,135 million (£102 million) as well as other potentially improper transactions involving USL and its Indian and overseas subsidiaries amounting to approximately INR 3,118 million (£35 million); (b) that these transactions occurred during the period from October 2010 to July 2014, although certain transactions appear to have been initiated prior to that period; and (c) that these improper transactions involved the diversion of funds to certain non-Indian entities in which Dr Mallya appears to have a material direct or indirect interest (including Force India Formula One, Watson Limited, Continental Administrative Services, Modall Securities Limited, Ultra Dynamix Limited and Lombard Wall Corporate Services Inc) as well as certain Indian entities (including, in the majority of cases, Kingfisher Airlines Limited).

The USL board has, in light of these findings, and based on expert advice, directed that copies of the Additional Inquiry report be provided to the relevant authorities and its auditors, in the same way as the Initial Inquiry report had been. The USL board also directed that USL should conduct a detailed review of each indicated case of fund diversion to assess its legal position and then take such action as is necessary to recover its funds from the relevant parties and individuals, to the extent possible. In connection with the matters identified by the Additional Inquiry, USL has, pursuant to a detailed review of each case of such fund diversion and after obtaining expert legal advice, where appropriate, filed civil suits for recovery of funds from certain parties, including Dr Mallya, before the relevant courts. The mutual release in relation to the Initial Inquiry agreed by Diageo and USL with Dr Mallya announced on 25 February 2016 does not extend to matters arising out of the Additional Inquiry.

The amounts identified in the Additional Inquiry have been previously provided for or expensed in the financial statements of USL or its subsidiaries for prior periods. Further, at this stage, it is not possible for the management of USL to estimate the financial impact on USL, if any, arising out of potential non-compliance with applicable laws in relation to such fund diversions.

(e) Other continuing matters relating to Dr Mallya and affiliates

Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN) issued a conditional backstop guarantee on 2 August 2013 to Standard Chartered Bank (Standard Chartered) pursuant to a guarantee commitment agreement (the Guarantee Agreement). The guarantee was in respect of the liabilities of Watson, a company affiliated with Dr Mallya, under a $135 million (£92 million) facility from Standard Chartered. The Guarantee Agreement was entered into as part of the arrangements put in place and announced at the closing of the USL transaction on 4 July 2013.

 

265


Financial statements (continued)

 

DHN’s provision of the Guarantee Agreement enabled the refinancing of certain existing borrowings of Watson from a third party bank and facilitated the release by that bank of rights over certain USL shares that were to be acquired by Diageo as part of the USL transaction. The facility matured and entered into default in May 2015. In aggregate DHN paid Standard Chartered $141 million (£96 million) under this guarantee, i.e. including payments of default interest and various fees and expenses.

Watson remains liable for all amounts paid by DHN under the guarantee. Under the guarantee documentation with Standard Chartered, DHN was entitled to the benefit of the underlying security package for the loan, including: (a) certain shares in United Breweries Limited (UBL) held solely by Dr Mallya and certain other shares in UBL held by Dr Mallya jointly with his son Sidhartha Mallya, (b) Watson’s interest in Orange India Holdings S.a.r.l. (Orange), the joint venture that owns the Force India Formula One (F1) team, and (c) the shareholding in Watson.

Aspects of the security package are the subject of various proceedings in India in which third parties are alleging and asserting prior rights to certain assets comprised in the package or otherwise seeking to restrain enforcement against certain assets by Standard Chartered and/or DHN. These proceedings are ongoing and DHN will continue to vigorously pursue these matters as part of its efforts for enforcement of the underlying security and recovery of outstanding amounts. Diageo believes that the existence of any prior rights or dispute in relation to the security would be in breach of representations and warranties given by Dr Mallya to Standard Chartered at the time the security was granted and further believes that certain actions taken by Dr Mallya in relation to the proceedings described above also breached his obligations to Standard Chartered.

Under the terms of the guarantee and as a matter of law, there are arrangements to pass on to DHN the benefit of the security package upon payment under the guarantee of all amounts owed to Standard Chartered. Payment under the guarantee has now occurred as described above. To the extent possible in the context of the proceedings described above, Standard Chartered has taken certain recovery steps and is working with DHN in relation to these proceedings. DHN is actively monitoring the security package and is discussing with Standard Chartered steps to continue enforcement against the background of the proceedings described above, as well as enforcement steps in relation to elements of the security package that are unaffected by those proceedings. DHN’s ability to assume or enforce security over some elements of the security package is also subject to regulatory consent. It is not at this stage possible to determine whether such consent would be forthcoming.

The agreement with Dr Mallya referenced in paragraph (d) above does not impact the security package, which, as described above, includes shares in UBL and Watson’s interest in Orange, the joint venture that owns the Force India F1 team. Watson remains liable for all amounts paid pursuant to the guarantee and DHN has the benefit of a counter-indemnity from Watson in respect of payments in connection with the guarantee. The various security providers, including Dr Mallya and Watson, acknowledged in the agreement referred to in paragraph (d) above that DHN is entitled to the benefit of the security package underlying the Standard Chartered facility and have also undertaken to take all necessary actions in that regard. Further, Diageo believes that the existence of any prior rights or disputes in relation to the security package would be in breach of certain confirmations given to Diageo and DHN pursuant to that agreement by Dr Mallya, Watson and certain connected persons.

(f) Regulatory notices in relation to USL

Following USL’s earlier updates concerning the Initial Inquiry as well as in relation to the arrangements with Dr Mallya that were the subject of the 25 February 2016 announcement, USL and Diageo have received various notices from Indian regulatory authorities, including the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Serious Fraud Investigation Office, National Stock Exchange, Income Tax Department, Enforcement Directorate, Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), Bangalore police, Central Excise Intelligence and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Diageo and USL are cooperating fully with the authorities in relation to these matters, and, as noted in paragraph (d) above, USL itself reported the matters covered by the Initial Inquiry and the Additional Inquiry to the relevant authorities.

 

266


Financial statements (continued)

 

Diageo and USL have also received notices from SEBI requesting information in relation to, and explanation of the reasons for, the arrangements with Dr Mallya that were the subject of the 25 February 2016 announcement as well as, in the case of USL, in relation to the Initial Inquiry and the Additional Inquiry, and, in the case of Diageo, whether such arrangements with Dr Mallya or the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements referred to in paragraphs (d) and (e) above were part of agreements previously made with Dr Mallya at the time of the Original USL Transaction announced on 9 November 2012 and the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction. Diageo and USL have complied with such information requests and Diageo has confirmed that, consistent with prior disclosures, the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements and the matters described in the 25 February 2016 announcement were not the subject of any earlier agreement with Dr Mallya. In respect of the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements, SEBI issued a further notice to Diageo on 16 June 2016 that if there is any net liability incurred by Diageo (after any recovery under relevant security or other arrangements, which matters remain pending) on account of the Watson backstop guarantee, such liability, if any, would be considered to be part of the price paid for the acquisition of USL shares under the SPA which formed part of the Original USL Transaction and that, in that case, additional equivalent payments would be required to be made to those shareholders (representing 0.04% of the shares in USL) who tendered in the open offer made as part of the Original USL Transaction. Diageo is clear that the Watson backstop guarantee arrangements were not part of the price paid or agreed to be paid for any USL shares under the Original USL Transaction and therefore believes the decision in the SEBI notice to be misconceived and wrong in law and has appealed against it before the Securities Appellate Tribunal, Mumbai (SAT) on 29 July 2016. The matter was last mentioned before SAT on 3 April 2017, and is next posted for 7 August 2017.

Diageo has also responded to a show cause notice dated 12 May 2017 from SEBI arising out of the correspondence in relation to the matters described in the 25 February 2016 announcement.

Diageo is unable to assess if the notices or enquiries referred to above will result in enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise if determined against Diageo or USL.

(g) SEC Inquiry

Diageo has received requests for information from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding its distribution in and public disclosures regarding the United States and its distribution in certain other Diageo markets as well as additional context about the Diageo group globally. Diageo is currently responding to the SEC’s requests for information in this matter. Diageo is unable to assess if the inquiry will evolve into further information requests or an enforcement action or, if this were to transpire, to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss, if any, to which any such action might give rise.

(h) Tax

During the year ended 30 June 2017 Diageo entered into a process of collaborative working with HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC), the UK tax authority, to seek clarity on its transfer pricing and related issues. These discussions are ongoing. Further to the announcement by Diageo on 10 May 2017, HMRC has issued on 2 June 2017 preliminary notices of assessment under the new Diverted Profits Tax regime which came into effect in April 2015. Under these notices, Diageo is required to pay additional tax and interest of £107 million in aggregate for the financial years ended 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2016. Diageo does not believe that it falls within the scope of the Diverted Profits Tax regime. Accordingly, Diageo intends to challenge the assessments and in order to do so will have to pay in August 2017 the full amount assessed and then continue to work to resolve this matter with HMRC. The payment of this amount is not a reflection of Diageo’s view on the merits of the case and, based on its current assessment, Diageo believes no provision is required in relation to Diverted Profits Tax.

Diageo has also been in discussions with the French Tax Authorities over the deductibility of certain interest costs for periods from 1 July 2011. It is understood that the French Tax Authorities are intending to deny tax relief for certain interest costs. Diageo believes that the interest costs are deductible and accordingly intends to challenge any such assessment from the French Tax Authorities. At this stage of discussions Diageo is unable to meaningfully estimate the financial effect, if any, which might ultimately arise. Based on its current assessment, Diageo believes that no provision is required in respect of this issue.

 

267


Financial statements (continued)

 

(i) Other

The group has extensive international operations and is a defendant in a number of legal, customs and tax proceedings incidental to these operations, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen. In particular, the group is currently a defendant in various customs proceedings that challenge the declared customs value of products imported by certain Diageo companies. Diageo continues to defend its position vigorously in these proceedings.

Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.

19. Commitments

(a) Capital commitments

Commitments for expenditure on intangibles and property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £84 million (2016 – £87 million; 2015 – £114 million).

On 21 June 2017 Diageo agreed to purchase Casamigos Tequila LLC (Casamigos) for a consideration of $1,000 million (£768 million) of which $300 million (£230 million) is contingent on Casamigos performance linked targets being met over the next ten years. The acquisition is dependent on regulatory approval.

(b) Operating lease commitments

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

 

                                           
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
 

Payments falling due:

     

Within one year

     95        92  

Between one and two years

     72        94  

Between two and three years

     52        81  

Between three and four years

     40        70  

Between four and five years

     28        63  

After five years

     51        407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     338        807  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On 1 January 2016 Diageo completed the North American wines transaction with Treasury Wine Estates (TWE). As part of this transaction Diageo sub-let the North American vineyards to TWE. The terms of the sub lease to TWE were identical to the principal lease with Realty Income Corporation (Realty) and as at 30 June 2016 the future lease commitments to Realty were included in finance lease liabilities and other receivables amounting to $47 million (£36 million) and operating lease liabilities of $541 million (£407 million) were reported in operating lease commitments.

In the year ended 30 June 2017 Diageo exited the sublease arrangement and the finance and operating leases for the vineyards were directly between TWE and Realty.

There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. Certain of the operating leases have renewal clauses which are at fair market value.

 

268


Financial statements (continued)

 

20. Related party transactions

Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s length transactions.

(a) Subsidiaries

Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal group companies are given in note 21.

(b) Associates and joint ventures

Sales and purchases to and from associates and joint ventures are principally in respect of premium drinks products but also include the provision of management services.

Transactions and balances with associates and joint ventures are set out in the table below:

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Income statement items

        

Sales

     10        31        117  

Purchases

     32        36        85  

Balance sheet items

        

Group payables

     4        5        3  

Group receivables

     1        2        11  

Loans payable

     6        6        6  

Loans receivable

     4        2        2  

Cash flow items

        

Loans and equity contributions, net

     14               26  

Other disclosures in respect of associates and joint ventures are included in note 6.

(c) Key management personnel

The key management of the group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, the members of the Executive Committee and the Company Secretary. They are listed under ‘Board of Directors and Company Secretary’ and ‘Executive Committee’.

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

     10        11        9  

Annual incentive plan

     9        9        4  

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

     1        1        1  

Share-based payments(i)

     9        7        9  

Post employment benefits(ii)

     2        2        2  

Termination benefits

     2        2        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33        32        26  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Time-apportioned fair value of unvested options and share awards.
(ii) Includes the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

Non-Executive Directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits. Details are given in the Directors’ remuneration report of the individual Directors’ remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

 

269


Financial statements (continued)

 

(d) Pension plans

The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the group to the pension plans and with professional fees paid by the group on behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £15 million (2016 – £16 million; 2015 – £13 million).

(e) Directors’ remuneration

 

                                                                 
     2017
£ million
     2016
£ million
     2015
£ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

     2        2        2  

Annual incentive plan

     3        2        1  

Non-Executive Directors’ fees

     1        1        1  

Share option exercises(i)

     2                

Shares vesting(i)

     4        5        5  

Post employment benefits(ii)

     1        1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13        11        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Gains on options realised in the year and the benefit from share awards, calculated by using the share price applicable on the date of exercise of the share options and release of the awards.
(ii) Includes the cash allowance in lieu of pension contributions.

Details of the individual Directors’ remuneration are given in the Directors’ remuneration report.

 

270


Financial statements (continued)

 

21. Principal group companies

The companies listed below include those which principally affect the profits and assets of the group. The operating companies listed below may carry on the business described in the countries listed in conjunction with their subsidiaries and other group companies.

 

    

Country of
incorporation

   Country of
operation
     Percentage
of equity
owned(i)
   

Business description

Subsidiaries

          

Diageo Ireland

   Republic of Ireland      Worldwide        100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Great Britain Limited

   England      Worldwide        100   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Scotland Limited

   Scotland      Worldwide        100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Brands B.V.

   Netherlands      Worldwide        100   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo North America, Inc.

   United States      Worldwide        100   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

United Spirits Limited(ii)

   India      India        54.78   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Capital plc(iii)

   Scotland      United Kingdom        100   Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance plc(iii)

   England      United Kingdom        100   Financing company for the group

Diageo Investment Corporation

   United States      United States        100   Financing company for the US group

Mey İçki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.Ş.

   Turkey      Turkey        100   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Associates

          

Moët Hennessy SNC(iv)

   France      France        34   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

 

(i) All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.
(ii) Percentage ownership excludes 2.38% owned by the USL Benefit Trust.
(iii) Directly owned by Diageo plc.
(iv) French partnership.

 

(1) Diageo Finance B.V. (Netherlands) is a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of the group. As at 30 June 2017, there were no outstanding securities issued by Diageo Finance B.V.

22. Post balance sheet event

On 26 July 2017 the Board approved a share buyback programme of up to £1.5 billion for the year ending 30 June 2018.

 

271


Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

                                                                                                             
     Year ended 30 June  
     2017
£ million
    2016
£ million
    2015
£ million
    2014
£ million
    2013
£ million
 

Earnings

          

Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations

     3,559       2,858       2,933       2,711       3,057  

Less: Capitalised interest

     —         —         (2     (4     (2

Less: Share of after tax results of associates and joint ventures

     (309     (221     (175     (252     (217

Add: Dividends income received from associates

     223       173       183       228       220  

Add: Fixed charges

     603       623       697       671       758  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,076       3,433       3,636       3,354       3,816  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance charges (i)

     564       589       656       629       716  

Add: Interest capitalised

     —         —         2       4       2  

Add: One third of rental expense

     39       34       39       38       40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     603       623       697       671       758  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     ratio     ratio     ratio     ratio     ratio  

Ratio

     6.8       5.5       5.2       5.0       5.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Interest payable and other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2017 includes a £67 million charge (2016 – £91 million; 2015 – £55 million; 2014 – £117 million; 2013 – £151 million) in respect of fair value adjustments to the group’s derivative instruments.

 

272


Additional information for shareholders

Legal proceedings

Information on the legal proceedings is set out in note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.

Related party transactions

Transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

Share capital

Major shareholders

At 28 July 2017, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company’s ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

 

Shareholder

   Number of
ordinary shares
     Percentage of
issued
ordinary
share capital
(excluding
treasury
shares)
    Date of notification
of interest
 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)(i)

     147,296,928        5.89     3 December 2009  

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

     124,653,096        4.99     28 April 2009  

 

(i) On 19 January 2017, Blackrock Inc. filed an Amendment to Schedule 13G with the SEC in respect of the calendar year ended 31 December 2016 reporting that 169,104,885 ordinary shares representing 6.7% of the issued ordinary share capital were beneficially owned by BlackRock Inc. and its subsidiaries (including BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited).

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company’s substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

As at the close of business on 28 July 2017 427,923,967 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,802 holders (including ADR holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 17.00% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 106,624,985 ADSs were held by 2,500 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares

Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo ADSs, representing four Diageo ordinary shares each, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE).

The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the LSE. Diageo shares are traded on the LSE’s electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

 

273


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Only member firms of the LSE, or the LSE itself if requested by the member firm, can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be reported within three minutes of execution, but may be eligible for deferred publication.

The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) allows for delayed publication of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the LSE and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pounds sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the LSE, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest daily closing prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 

                                                                                       
     Per ordinary share      Per ADS  
     High
pence
     Low
pence
     High
$
     Low
$
 

Year ended 30 June

           

2013

     2085        1649        126.40        102.48  

2014

     2137        1768        132.74        115.83  

2015

     2023        1710        130.41        108.58  

2016

     2087        1640        121.62        100.98  

2017

     2390        1957        123.48        99.95  

Three months ended

           

September 2015

     1950        1640        121.62        102.64  

December 2015

     1945        1766        116.56        107.17  

March 2016

     1911        1745        110.09        101.52  

June 2016

     2087        1748        112.88        100.98  

September 2016

     2225        2066        116.99        110.91  

December 2016

     2268        1957        116.38        99.95  

March 2017

     2328        2099        116.68        104.27  

June 2017

     2390        2202        123.48        113.76  

2017 monthly

           

January

     2244        2099        113.00        104.27  

February

     2292        2188        115.42        111.20  

March

     2328        2252        116.68        110.99  

April

     2305        2202        117.47        113.76  

May

     2337        2252        122.01        117.25  

June

     2390        2269        123.48        119.26  

July

     2442        2248        130.09        118.28  

The information in respect of the month of July is for the period up to and including 28 July 2017. At close of business on 28 July 2017, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 2442 pence and $130.09 respectively.

 

274


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

American depositary shares

Fees and charges payable by ADR holders

Citibank N.A. serves as the depositary (Depositary) for Diageo’s ADS programme. Pursuant to the deposit agreement dated 14 February 2013 between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the ‘Deposit Agreement’), ADR holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge a fee of up to $5.00 per 100 ADSs (or fraction thereof) relating to the issuance of ADSs; delivery of deposited securities against surrender of ADSs; distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e. sale of rights and other entitlements); distribution of ADSs pursuant to stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or exercise of rights to purchase additional ADSs; distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e. spin-off shares); and depositary services. Citibank N.A. is located at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, U.S.A.

In addition, ADR holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (a) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges; (b) registration fees; (c) certain cable, telex, and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses; (d) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (e) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the Custodian, or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of ADSs. The Depositary may (a) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (b) deduct from any cash distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other governmental charges on account.

Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme.

Under the contractual arrangements with the Depositary, Diageo have received approximately $1.8 million arising out of fees charged in respect of dividends paid during the year and a fixed contribution to the company’s ADR programme costs. These payments are received for expenses associated with non-deal road shows, third party investor relations consultant fees and expenses, Diageo’s cost for administration of the ADR programme not absorbed by the Depositary and related activities (e.g. expenses associated with the annual general meeting), travel expenses to attend training and seminars, exchange listing fees, legal fees, auditing fees and expenses, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filing fees, expenses related to Diageo’s compliance with US securities law and regulations (including, without limitation, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) and other expenses incurred by Diageo in relation to the ADR programme.

Articles of association

The company is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo’s articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 14 October 2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 28 July 2017. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Investors can obtain copies of Diageo’s articles of association by contacting the Company Secretary at the.cosec@diageo.com.

Any amendment to the articles of association of the company may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by way of special resolution.

 

275


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Directors

Diageo’s articles of association provide for a Board of Directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by Diageo’s Board. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for election/re-election, assuming they wish to stand for election/re-election: any director who has been appointed by Diageo’s Board since the last Annual General Meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts.

Under Diageo’s articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director’s interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director’s expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

Under Diageo’s articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the Board or any authorised committee of the Board. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directors except for the chairman.

The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group’s adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Diageo’s articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo’s shareholders.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights

Holders of Diageo’s ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo’s ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo’s shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo’s articles of association.

 

276


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

Diageo’s articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

Voting rights

Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of the company is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 

    the chairman of the general meeting;
    at least three shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution and present in person or by proxy at the meeting;
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote on the relevant resolution; or
    any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to vote on the relevant resolution on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Diageo’s articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

 

    ordinary resolutions, which include resolutions for the election, re-election and removal of directors, the declaration of final dividends, the appointment and re-appointment of the external auditor, the remuneration report and remuneration policy, the increase of authorised share capital, and the grant of authority to allot shares; and
    special resolutions, which include resolutions for the amendment of Diageo’s articles of association, resolutions relating to the disapplication of pre-emption rights, and resolutions modifying the rights of any class of Diageo’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

 

277


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Liquidation rights

In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

Pre-emption rights and new issues of shares

While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under Diageo’s articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company’s articles of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Disclosure of interests in Diageo’s shares

There are no provisions in Diageo’s articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo’s shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Conduct Authority (successor to the UK Financial Services Authority) imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Conduct Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

 

    reaches, exceeds or falls below 3% and/or any subsequent whole percentage figure as a result of an acquisition or disposal of shares or financial instruments; or
    reaches, exceeds or falls below any such threshold as a result of any change in the breakdown or number of voting rights attached to shares in Diageo.

The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo’s shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo’s shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

Article 19 of the EU Market Abuse Regulation (2014/596) further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their persons closely associated) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices

At least 21 clear days’ written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a ‘general meeting’. The minimum notice period for general meetings is 21 clear days.

An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo’s accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

 

278


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, Diageo’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of Diageo’s articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and Diageo’s articles of association.

Repurchase of shares

Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo’s issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 251 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28 101108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which that ordinary share is contracted to be purchased and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.

Restrictions on transfers of shares

The Board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the Board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the Board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

The Board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo’s certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the Board to be pursuant to an arm’s length sale (as defined in Diageo’s articles of association).

Exchange controls

Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in effect from time to time, there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends, interest or other payments to holders of Diageo’s securities who are non-residents of the UK or on the conduct of Diageo’s operations.

 

279


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

There are no restrictions under the company’s articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company’s ordinary shares.

Please refer to the ‘Taxation’ section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.

Documents on display

The Annual Report on Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the company with the SEC may be inspected at the SEC’s reference facilities located at the SEC Headquarters at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Taxation

This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.

It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

 

    a dealer in securities or foreign currency;

 

    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;

 

    a tax-exempt organisation;

 

    a life insurance company;

 

    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the voting stock of Diageo;

 

    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction;

 

    a person that holds ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or

 

    a US holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the US dollar.

If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ordinary shares or ADSs should consult its tax advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs.

For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs, all as currently in effect (or, in the case of the UK taxation of dividends paid to UK-resident individual shareholders on or after 6 April 2016), as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

 

280


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or resident for tax purposes of the United States and who is not and has at no point been resident in the United Kingdom;

 

    a US domestic corporation;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their advisor whether they are US holders eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

Dividends

UK taxation

The company will not be required to withhold tax at source when paying a dividend.

Tax treatment of dividends in the hands of UK-resident shareholders who are individuals that are paid on or after 6 April 2016 has changed as follows:

 

    Dividends will not carry a tax credit. All dividends received by an individual shareholder from the company (or from other sources) will, except to the extent that they are earned through an ISA, self-invested pension plan or other regime which exempts the dividends from tax, form part of the shareholder’s total income for UK income tax purposes and will represent the highest part of that income.
    A nil rate of income tax will apply to the first £5,000 of taxable dividend income received by an individual shareholder in a tax year (the “Nil Rate Amount”), regardless of what tax rate would otherwise apply to that dividend income. However, this income is taken into account in determining the income tax band.
    Any taxable dividend income in excess of the Nil Rate Amount will be taxed at a special rate, as set out below. That tax will be applied to the amount of the dividend income actually received by the individual shareholder (rather than to a grossed-up amount).

Where a shareholder’s taxable dividend income for a tax year exceeds the Nil Rate Amount, the excess amount (the “Relevant Dividend Income”) will be subject to income tax:

 

    at the rate of 7.5%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls below the threshold for the higher rate of income tax;

 

    at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax but below the threshold for the additional rate of income tax; and

 

    at the rate of 38.1%, to the extent that the Relevant Dividend Income falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax.

Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will not generally be subject to tax on dividends from the company. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject to tax on dividends from the company so long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class.

 

281


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

US taxation

Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company (PFIC) rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation.

Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long term capital gains, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under UK law, dividends paid by the company are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder’s circumstances, will generally either be ‘passive’ or ‘general’ income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pounds sterling payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder’s basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. However, Diageo does not expect to calculate earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Accordingly, a US holder should expect to generally treat distributions Diageo makes as dividends.

Taxation of capital gains

UK taxation

A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a holder who is resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on the holder’s particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK tax on capital gains.

US taxation

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

282


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

PFIC rules

Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain ‘excess distributions’ pro-rated over the holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Diageo were a PFIC at any time during the holding period in a holder’s ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC (or is treated as a PFIC with respect to the holder) either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

UK inheritance tax

Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual’s lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

Stamp duty or stamp reserve tax (SDRT) arises upon the deposit of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the stamp duty or SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary’s nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired.

Any stamp duty payable (as opposed to SDRT) is rounded up to the nearest £5. No stamp duty (as opposed to SDRT) will be payable if the amount or value of the consideration is (and is certified to be) £1,000 or less. Stamp duty or SDRT is usually paid or borne by the purchaser.

Warning to shareholders – share fraud

Please beware of the share fraud of ‘boiler room’ scams, where shareholders are called ‘out of the blue’ by fraudsters (sometimes claiming to represent Diageo) attempting to obtain money or property dishonestly. Further information is available in the investor section of the company’s website (www.diageo.com) but in short, if in doubt, take proper professional advice before making any investment decision.

 

283


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

DIAGEO plc
(REGISTRANT)

/s/ Kathryn Mikells

Name: Kathryn Mikells
Title: Chief Financial Officer
8 August 2017

 

284


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Exhibits

 

1.1    Articles of Association of Diageo plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001 10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).
2.1    Indenture, dated as of 3 August 1998, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon
   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-8874) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 July 1998 (pages 365 to 504 of paper filing)).(i)
2.2    Indenture, dated as of 1 June 1999, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon
   (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 November 2001 (pages 241 to 317 of paper filing)).(i)
2.3    Indenture, dated as of 8 December 2003, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 December 2003).(i)
4.1    Service Agreement, dated 1 October 2015, between Diageo plc and Kathryn Mikells (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 August 2016).
4.2    Service Agreement, dated 7 May 2013, between Diageo plc, Diageo North America, Inc. and Ivan Menezes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 12 August 2013).
4.3    Letter of Agreement, dated 19 July 2007, between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
   4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.4    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).
4.5    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).
4.6    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United Kingdom, in use as of July 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.7    Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States, in use as of July 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.8    Diageo 2010 Sharesave Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.9    Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.10    Rules of the Diageo plc 2009 International Share Match Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).
4.11    Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).
4.12    Diageo plc 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the
   Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).
4.13    Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).
4.14    Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).
4.15    Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

 

285


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

4.16    Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.17    Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.18    Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.19    Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.20    Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.21    Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.22    Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc’s executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).
4.23    Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan, dated as of 23 August 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 5 September 2012).
4.24    Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 18 September 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-206290) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 11 August 2015).
4.25    Letter of Agreement, dated 12 May 2016, between Diageo plc and Mr. Javier Ferrán (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 August 2016).
6.1    Description of earnings per share (included in the section ‘How we measure performance: Key performance indicators’ on pages 23-24 and pages 146 and 205 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
7.1    Description of unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 272 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
8.1    Principal group companies (included in note 21 to the consolidated financial statements on page 271 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).
12.1    Certification of Ivan Menezes filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of Kathryn Mikells filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of Ivan Menezes furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).
13.2    Certification of Kathryn Mikells furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).
15.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
15.2    Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

 

(i) Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo’s indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

 

286


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Cross reference to Form 20-F

 

Item

  

Required item in Form 20-F

  

Pages

Part I

     

1.

   Identity of directors, senior management and advisers    Not applicable

2.

   Offer statistics and expected timetable    Not applicable

3.

   Key information   
  

A. Selected financial data

  

8-12

  

B. Capitalization and indebtedness

  

Not applicable

  

C. Reason for the offer and use of proceeds

  

Not applicable

  

D. Risk factors

  

37-45

4.

   Information on the company   
  

A. History and development of the company

   5, 17-19, 49-52, 57-59, 83-84, 227-230, 260-261, 268
  

B. Business overview

   5, 17-21, 61-82, 97-114, 212-216
  

C. Organizational structure

   271
  

D. Property, plants and equipment

   17-18, 61, 64, 68, 72, 76, 218-221, 235-236

4A.

   Unresolved staff comments    Not applicable

5.

   Operating and financial review and prospects   
  

A. Operating results

   8-12, 17-21, 34, 61-114, 141-154, 211, 218-222, 237-244, 248-249
  

B. Liquidity and capital resources

   53, 59-60, 88, 93-96, 115-118, 244-246, 251-260, 268
  

C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

   19
  

D. Trend information

   7, 28-34
  

E. Off-balance sheet arrangements

   118
  

F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations

   117
  

G. Safe harbor

  

6.

   Directors, senior management and employees   
  

A. Directors and senior management

   155-159, 195
  

B. Compensation

   184-200, 237-244
  

C. Board practices

   155-157, 160-163, 168-171, 181-183, 196-197
  

D. Employees

   21, 183, 218
  

E. Share ownership

   186-190, 193-194, 198, 261-262

7.

   Major shareholders and related party transactions   
  

A. Major shareholders

  

273

  

B. Related party transactions

  

198, 269-270, 273

  

C. Interests of experts and counsel

  

Not applicable

8.

   Financial information   
  

A. Consolidated statements and other financial information

  

205-271

  

B. Significant changes

  

9.

   The offer and listing   
  

A. Offer and listing details

  

273-274

  

B. Plan of distribution

  

Not applicable

  

C. Markets

  

273-274

  

D. Selling shareholders

  

Not applicable

  

E. Dilution

  

Not applicable

  

F. Expenses of the issue

  

Not applicable

10.

  

Additional information

  
  

A. Share capital

  

Not applicable

  

B. Memorandum and articles of association

  

275-279

  

C. Material contracts

  

181-182, 200, 261-262

  

D. Exchange controls

  

279

  

E. Taxation

  

280-283

  

F. Dividends and paying agents

  

Not applicable

 

287


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

 

Item

  

Required item in Form 20-F

  

Pages

   G. Statement by experts    Not applicable
   H. Documents on display    280
   I. Subsidiary information    Not applicable

11.

   Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk    118, 247-255

12.

   Description of securities other than equity securities   
   A. Debt securities    Not applicable
   B. Warrants and rights    Not applicable
   C. Other securities    Not applicable
   D. American depositary shares    275

Part II

     

13.

   Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies    Not applicable

14.

   Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds    Not applicable

15.

   Controls and procedures   
   A. Disclosure controls and procedures    163-164
  

B. Management’s report on internal control over financial  reporting

   164-165
   C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm    203
   D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting    165

16A.

   Audit committee financial expert    171

16B.

   Code of ethics    164-165

16C.

   Principal accountant fees and services    170-171, 217

16D.

   Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees    Not applicable

16E.

   Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers    59, 94, 116-117, 209, 258-260

16F.

   Change in registrant’s certifying accountant    Not applicable

16G.

   Corporate governance    166-167

16H.

   Mine safety disclosure    Not applicable

Part III

     

17.

   Financial statements    Not applicable

18.

   Financial statements    See Item 8

19.

   Exhibits    285-286

Additional information

  
   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges    272
   Glossary of terms and US equivalents    289-290

It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc at the reference facilities located at the SEC Headquarters at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

288


Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

 

Term used in UK annual report

  

US equivalent or definition

Associates    Entities accounted for under the equity method
American Depositary Receipt (ADR)    Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS
American Depositary Share (ADS)    Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each
Called up share capital    Common stock
Capital redemption reserve    Other additional capital
Company    Diageo plc
CPI    Consumer price index
Creditors    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Debtors    Accounts receivable
Employee share schemes    Employee stock benefit plans
Employment or staff costs    Payroll costs
Equivalent units    An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.
Euro, €, ¢    Euro currency
Exceptional items    Items that, in management’s judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or nature
Excise duty    Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels.
Finance lease    Capital lease
Financial year    Fiscal year
Free cash flow    Net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with net purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software and with movements in loans
Freehold    Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity
GAAP    Generally accepted accounting principles
Group and Diageo    Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries
IFRS    International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
Impact Databank, IWSR, IRI, Beverage Information Group and Plato Logic    Information source companies that research the beverage alcohol industry and are independent from industry participants
Net sales    Sales after deducting excise duties
Noon buying rate    Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
Operating profit    Net operating income

Organic movement

   At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations
Own shares    Treasury stock
Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p    UK currency
Price/mix    Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants or as price changes are implemented.
Profit    Earnings

 

289


Glossary of terms and US equivalents (continued)

 

Term used in UK annual report

  

US equivalent or definition

Profit for the year    Net income
Provisions    Accruals for losses/contingencies
Reserves    Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital
RPI    Retail price index
Ready to drink    Ready to drink products. Ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as premix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.
SEC    US Securities and Exchange Commission
Share premium    Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus
Shareholders’ funds    Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders    Stockholders
Shares    Common stock
Shares and ordinary shares    Diageo plc’s ordinary shares
Shares in issue    Shares issued and outstanding
Trade and other payables    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Trade and other receivables    Accounts receivable
US dollar, US$, $, ¢    US currency

 

290